14. IPO Software Compatibility - Digitcom

Document Sample
14. IPO Software Compatibility - Digitcom Powered By Docstoc
					                                                 1. Cover




AVAYA™ IP Office Product Matrix
                                                To the best of our knowledge, this document is based on
Revised - June 1, 2011                          the most current information available. Although every
IP Office Release7.0                            effort has been made to assure freedom from errors,
                                                Avaya Inc. is not responsible for the accuracy of all the
Frank Ocasio                                    information contained in this document. Please check at
                                                "support.avaya.com" for current IP Office documentation.
Kirk Kirk, Peter Gavin
ATAC - SMEC Pre-Sales Group
                                      Tab Contents:
•    1.   COVER                                 •   23.   PARTNER® & IPO COMPARISON
•    2.   FEATURE LIST                          •   24.   SYSTEM STATUS APPLICATION
•    3.   IP500 CONTROL UNITS                   •   25.   TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
•    4.   IPO CONTROL UNIT COMPARISON           •   26.   UPS VA VALUES
•    5.   EXPANSION MODULES                     •   27.   HANDSET CABLE LENGTHS
•    6.   IPO SUPPORTED SETS                    •   28.   PROTOCOLS
•    7.   Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client            •   29.   BUTTON FEATURE LIST
•    8.   IP OFFICE VIDEO SOFTPHONE             •   30.   SET BUTTON DISPLAY STATUS
•    9.   MODELS & ORDERING CODES               •   31.   SHORT CODE FEATURES
•   10.   DISCONTINUED MODELS                   •   32.   SHORT CODE EXAMPLES
•   11.   IP Office LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS        •   33.   SHORT CODE DEFAULTS
•   12.   APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS           •   34.   TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED
•   13.   SERVER OS SUPPORT                     •   35.   IP OFFICE POWER DEMO KITS
•   14.   IPO SOFTWARE COMPATIBILITY            •   36.   MERGEABLE LIST
•   15.   VOICEMAIL FEATURE COMPARISON          •   37.   IP OFFICE PORTS
•   16.   VOICEMAIL PROMPTS                     •   38.   LOCALE CODES
•   17.   VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS                 •   39.   RELEASE HISTORY
•   18.   ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE            •   40.   TRAINING
•   19.   USER CALL CONTROL COMPARE             •   41.   IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS
•   20.   CUSTOMER CALL REPORTER                •   42.   7.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS
•   21.   IP OFFICE PARTNER® Version            •   43.   IP OFFICE DevConnect APPLICATIONS
•   22.   PARTNER® Version Sets                 •   44.   AVAYA Useful Links




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                   Page 1
                                                         1. Cover




Avaya and the Avaya Logo are trademarks of Avaya Inc. and may be registered in certain jurisdictions. All other
trademarks identified by ® and ™ are registered trademarks or trademarks, respectively, of Avaya Inc. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.




                                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 2
                                        2. FEATURE LIST



                               IP Office 7.0 Feature List
<---- Basic Call Handling
 Tones
   IP Office generates the correct user tones for the geography. These tones are generated for
   all IP Office extension types, analog, digital and IP.
   • Normal, alternate, and secondary; depending on geography
   • Busy
   • Unobtainable
   • Re-order
   • Conferencing tone depending on geography

 Caller ID
   • Display of the caller’s number on incoming calls, where supplied by the service provider.
   • Sending of calling number on outgoing external calls.
   Benefit
   • Confirmation and recognition of who is calling.
   • Storage of Caller ID numbers for return calls.
   • Directory name matching to Caller ID numbers.
   • Screen-Popping customer records in compatible applications.

 Hold
   • A call may be placed on hold with optional Hold music. A held call cannot be forgotten as it
   is presented back to the extension after a timeout set by the system's administrator. See also
   Park .

 Toggle Calls
   • Toggle Calls cycles round each call that the user has On Hold to their extension locally
   within the system, presenting them one at a time to the user

 Hold Call Waiting
   • Hold Call Waiting is a compound feature combining hold and answer and provides a
   convenient way to hold an existing call and answer a waiting call through a single button
   press.

 Hold Music (Music on Hold)
   • The IP Office system supports up to 4 sources of music on hold - one system source which
   may be external, internal (WAV) or tone, plus up to 3 additional internal sources. The internal
   sources are .WAV files saved either in volatile memory, or on the optional memory card in an
   IP500 and IP406 V2. The .WAV file must be 16bit PCM mono and sampled at 8Khz with a
   maximum duration of 30 seconds.

   • Alternate sources for music on hold are selectable for use by Incoming Call Routes or Hunt
   Groups. On IP500 systems, each source can be up to 90 seconds long (30 seconds on IP406
   V2 and IP412).

   • External music on hold sources connect to the 3.5mm Audio socket on all IP Office control
   units.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 3
                                       2. FEATURE LIST


Park
  • As an alternative to placing a call on hold, a call can be parked on the system to be picked
  by another user.


  The call park facility is available through the user's telephone, one-X Portal for IP Office,
  Phone Manager or SoftConsole. Calls are Parked against a ‘park slot number’ which can be
  announced over a paging system so the person the call is for can go to any phone and collect
  the call by dialling the park slot number.

  For convenience Phone Manager has 4 pre-defined park buttons. On digital phones with
  DSS/BLF keys it is possible to program Park keys that will indicate when there is a call in a
  particular park slot and allow calls to be parked or retrieved.

  There is a system configurable timeout that determines how long a call may remain parked
  before it is represented to the extension that originally parked the call.

Automatic Callback
  Feature
  • When calling an extension that is busy, set the system to call you when the extension
  becomes free. This feature is also called "Ringback When Free".
  • When calling an extension that just rings, set the system to call you when the extension is
  next used. This feature is also called "Ringback When Next Used".
  Benefit
  • Carry on with other work and let the system initiate a call for you when the extension
  becomes available.

Direct Inward Dialing (DID/DDI)
  • This relies on the local telephone exchange passing all or part of the dialed number to the IP
  Office. This number can then be used by IP Office call routing software to route the call to an
  individual phone, or groups of phones. This service is typically used to reduce the workload on
  a reception position by giving members of staff or departments individual numbers so they
  can be called directly. For convenience it is common to have the extension or group number
  the same as the digits supplied from the network, but IP Office can convert the number to
  what ever number is needed by the business, within limits


  • In North America, T1 circuits are required for DID.

Transfer
  • Call Transfer allows users to transfer a call in progress to another phone number – either
  internal extension or external public number. The caller is placed on hold while the transfer is
  performed.


  • If the phone is put down before the destination has answered, the original caller will be
  automatically transferred. This is called an Unsupervised or Blind Transfer. Alternatively, a
  user can wait for the destination to be answered and announce the transfer before hanging up
  to complete the transfer. This is called a Supervised Transfer.

  • Unless restricted by the system administrator, the IP Office makes no differentiation
  between internal or external call transfers.



                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 4
                                        2. FEATURE LIST




Distinctive and Personalized Ringing
  • The IP Office uses different ringing sequences to indicate the type of call, for example
  whether internal or external. This feature is called 'distinctive ringing'. For analog phones the
  distinctive ringing sequences used are adjustable. For digital and IP phones the distinctive
  ringing sequences are fixed as follows;

     • Internal Call: Repeated single-ring.
     • External Call: Repeated double-ring.
     • Ringback Call: Single ring followed by two short rings.
  • This ring is used for calls returning from park, hold or transfer. It is also used for call back
  when free and voicemail ringback calls.

  • This feature is supported across the IP Office Small Community Network .

Personalized Ringing
  • In IP Office the term personalized ringing is used to refer to changing the sound or tone of a
  phone's ring. On many Avaya digital phones, the ringer sound can be personalized. Changing
  the ringer sound does not alter the ring sequence used for distinctive ringing. This feature is
  local to the telephone and not supported on all types of telephones.


Message Waiting Indication
  • Message waiting indication (MWI) is a method IP Office uses to set a lamp or other
  indication on compatible telephones when a new message has been left for the user, either in
  a personal voice mailbox or in a group mailbox or call back message. When the message has
  been played or acknowledged, the lamp is turned off.
  • All Avaya digital and IP phones have in-built message waiting lamps. one-X Portal for IP
  Office and Phone Manager also provide message waiting indication on screen
  • For analog phones, from IP Office 3.1 a variety of analog message waiting indication (MWI)
  methods are provided. Those methods are 51V Stepped, 81V, 101V and Line Reversal. The
  MWI method must be selected from the IP Office Manager when configuring a system to
  match the properties of the analog phones. Note that the 101V signaling is only available on
  IP500 Phone cards and expansion modules plus version 2 IP400 Phone
  8, 16 and 30 expansion modules, not on the IP406 V2 control unit.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 5
                                          2. FEATURE LIST


 Visual Voice
    Feature
     • Provides interface to voicemail through handset display and buttons e.g. Listen, Save,
     Delete, Fast Forward.

     • You can access and control voice messages via the display on Digital or IP telephones.
     Visual Voice requires Preferred Edition or Essential Edition, and can only be used with large
     display LCD sets only from the 1400, 1600, 2400, 5400, 4600, 5600, 9500, 9600 and T3
     series. (1403, 1603, 1603SW, 2402, 5402, 4601, 4602SW, 5601, 5602SW do not support
     Visual Voice). On telephones that have a display but do not support visual voice operation,
     use of the button for user mailbox access using voice prompts and for direct to voicemail
     transfer during a call is supported (does not include T3 and T3 IP telephones.



     • The fixed message button on certain phones can be configured to invoke visual voice (this
     is the default setting for new configurations). This configurable option frees the button
     programming required currently for Visual Voice.


    Benefit
     • Quick access to voicemails and commonly used messaging features.

    Features supported are:
     • access new/old/saved messages for personal and hunt group mailboxes.
     • next and previous message.
     • fast forward and rewind.
     • pause message.
     • save, delete and copy message to other users of the system.
     • change default greeting.
     • change password.
     • change email settings (Preferred Edition only).
<---- Advanced Call Handling
 Absence Text
      Feature
    • Display a text message on the user's phone and IP Office Phone Manager application.
    • Display the same message on other internal phones and IP Office applications when calling
    the user.
      Benefit
    • Inform other internal users of your current status and likely availability.

    • There are 10 predefined strings for Absence Text:

        •   None (no text message)    •   "Don't disturb until"
        •   "On vacation until"       •   "With visitors until"
        •   "Will be back"            •   "With cust. til"
        •   "At lunch until"          •   "Back soon"
        •   "Meeting until"           •   "Back tomorrow"
        •   "Please call              •   Custom

     • All may have additional text entered, eg message 4 plus 10:00 will show "Meeting until
     10:00" and the text strings are localized to the system language
    • This feature is supported across the IP Office Small Community Network (SCN).



                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                            Page 6
                                       2. FEATURE LIST




Call Tagging
  Feature
   • Display a text message on the user's phone, one-X Portal for IP Office or Phone Manager,
   when a call is presented to it.
   Benefit
   • Provide additional information about the call.

Reclaim Call
  Feature
   • The ability to recover, or reclaim, the last call that was at your phone but is now ringing or
   is connected elsewhere.
   Benefit
   • If you just miss a call and it goes to voicemail or call coverage, you can get the call back
   while it is still being presented or connected through IP Office

Hunt Group Enable/Disable
   Feature
   • The ability for a user to enable or suspend their membership of hunt groups.
   Benefit
   • A user may need to temporarily join or leave individual hunt groups, for example to cover
   a peak of calls without changing the system programming.


Call Waiting
  A User may not want people calling them to receive busy tone if they are already on another
  call, but have the call receive ring tone and have some kind of alert that there is a call
  waiting. The user can then decide to finish or hold the current call and answer the one that is
  waiting. The amount of information that is available about the call that is waiting depends on
  the type of phone the user has, or if they are using one-X Portal for IP Office or Phone
  Manager.

  As Call waiting tone can be disruptive it is possible to turn the feature on or off and even
  suspend it for a single call – useful for conference calls.


Do Not Disturb (DND)
  This is the ability to temporarily stop incoming calls ringing at a user's telephone. It will
  prevent the user from receiving hunt group calls and give direct callers either voicemail (if
  enabled) or a busy signal. This feature can be enabled/disabled from the phone or via one-X
  Portal for IP Office or Phone Manager.


  It is possible to have some calls bypass the DND setting and ring the phone. For example a
  manager might have their secretary’s extension number on the DND exceptions list. The
  exceptions list can be easily managed by the one-X Portal for IP Office or Phone Manager.
  Both internal and external numbers can be on the exception list.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 7
                                       2. FEATURE LIST


Dial Plan
  IP Office has a very flexible numbering scheme for extensions, hunt groups and feature
  commands. While the system has default numbering for feature codes and extensions, they
  can all be re-defined. Default extensions and hunt groups have 3 digit numbers starting at
  200 but these can be changed from 2 to 9 digits through the IP Office Manager. There is a
  default set of feature access "short codes," but these can be changed to what ever the end
  user requires, within limits. This is useful for example, if IP Office is replacing a system where
  DND was accessed by dialing *21, it is possible to change the IP Office Short Code to mimic
  the code of the replaced system.


  In certain countries IP Office can support a Secondary Dial Tone when an access digit is
  dialed, though this limits some functionality like Alternate Route Selection (ARS). IP Office can
  also be configured to work without line access digits, by analyzing digits as they are dialed
  and determining if they are for an internal number or should be sent out on a line – this is
  valuable in SOHO installations where users will not necessarily be used to dialing an access
  digit for an outside line.
Paging
  All Avaya digital and IP phones supported on the IP Office that have loudspeakers can be
  used to receive broadcast audio messages without having to install a separate paging system.
  Paging can be to individual phones or groups of phones.

  Analog extension ports can be configured for connection to external overhead paging
  systems, usually through an adapter, such that a port can be included in a paging group to
  permit mixed phone and overhead paging.

  Some Avaya digital and IP phones are able to answer a page by pressing a key while the page
  is going on, this terminates the page and turns it into a normal call.

  This feature is supported across the IP Office Small Community Network

Intrude
  The Call Intrude feature allows a user, if permission through IP Office Manager is given, to
  join an existing conversation whether this is an internal or external call.


  A user with the "Can Intrude" option can join a call on any extension on the system, however,
  a User with "Cannot be Intruded" setting would prevent others from joining their call.



Inclusion
  This feature enables selected users to intrude on calls that are already in progress. The
  intruding party intrudes on the existing call and all parties hear a tone. The speech path is
  enabled between the intruding party and the called user, the other party is forced onto hold
  and will not hear the conversation. On completion of the intrusion the called party speech
  path is reconnected to the original connected party. The feature is enabled or disabled on a
  per user basis through the Manager.

Private Call
  Users can set a status of private call using short codes or a programmed button. Private calls
  cannot be recorded, intruded on, bridged into or monitored.



                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 8
                                        2. FEATURE LIST




Hot Desking
   Hot Desking allows a number of users non-exclusive use the same extension. Each user logs
   in with their own identity so they can receive calls and can access their own Voicemail and
   other facilities. For example, sales personnel who visit the office infrequently can be provided
   with telephony and Voicemail services without being permanently assigned a physical
   extension. When finished, they simply log out to make the extension available to others or if
   users log in at another phone, they are automatically logged out of the original extension.



Remote Hot Desking
   Feature
    • The ability for a user to Hot Desk to other locations within the Small Community Network.

    • Available on Digital, Analog and IP phones.
   Benefit
    • A user can make and receive calls from any office as if using the phone on their own desk.

     • Single number, improved mobility and easy access to familiar features.
     • The user has access to the centralized system and personal directory as well as their call
     log (1400, 1600, 9600 Series and T3 phones only).
     • Great for consultants, managers, lawyers working on different offices on different days.

   Description
    IP Office supports remote hot desking between IP Office systems within a Small Community
    Network (SCN). The system on which the user configured is termed their 'home' IP Office,
    all other systems are 'remote' IP Offices. No additional licenses are required to support
    Remote Hot Desking other than the Voice Networking license on each IP500 within the SCN.

     • User Settings
      When a user logs in to a remote IP Office system, all their user settings are transferred to
      that system.
      • The user’s incoming calls are rerouted across the SCN.
      • The user’s outgoing calls use the settings of the remote IP Office.
      • However some settings may become unusable or may operate differently. For example if
      the user uses a time profile for some features, those feature will only work if a time profile
      of the same name also exists on the remote IP Office.
     • Break Out Dialing
      In some scenarios a hot desking user logged in at a remote system will want to dial a
      number using the system short codes of another system. This can be done using either
      short codes with the Break Out feature or a programmable button set to Break Out. This
      feature can be used by any user within the Small Community Network but is of significant
      use to remote hot deskers.
Note: Remote Hot Desking is not supported for use with Customer Contact Center (CCC) or
Customer Call Reporter (CCR). Features handled by the telephone itself are not affected by Hot
Desking (e.g. call log and phone speed dials).




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                            Page 9
                                       2. FEATURE LIST


Relay On/Off/Pulse
  IP Office is fitted with two independent switch outputs for controlling external equipment such
  as door entry systems. Control of these switches is via allotted handsets allowing the switches
  to be opened, closed or pulsed as required. Control of switches is also accessible via Phone
  Manager Pro, SoftConsole and VoiceMail Pro.

Pickup
  Call Pickup allows a user to answer a call presented to another extension. Types of call pickup
  include:
   • Pick up any call ringing on another extension.
   • Pick up a hunt group call ringing on another extension, where the user must be a member
   of that hunt group.
   • Pick up a ringing call at a specified extension.
   • Pick up any call ringing on another extension that is a member of the hunt group
   specified.
 This feature is supported across the IP Office Small Community Network (SCN).

Call Recording
  Where IP Office has VoiceMail Pro installed it is possible to record a call and save the
  recording to the user’s mailbox, a group mailbox or the voice recording library. For example,
  this is useful when a caller is going to give detailed information like an address or phone
  number and the caller will hear a warning message or tone that the call is being recorded in
  some countries. Where call recording is required for Quality Assurance, it is possible to set the
  IP Office system to automatically record a percentage of calls for later review.


  Beginning with IP Office R4.0, any call (normal, conference, or intrusion) and any phone type
  (including IP) can be recorded. Where "advice of recording" needs to be played, IP Office will
  ignore Voicemail port licensing if an insufficient number of voicemail channels have been
  licensed.

   Note: for IP phones, a VCM channel will be required for the duration of the recording.

Telecommuter Mode
  Avaya one-X™ Portal for IP Office for IP Office allows the making and receiving of calls and
  the retrieving of voicemails from an external phone number as if they were in the office, with
  one-X Portal for IP Office server providing the call control. The typical scenario is the remote
  worker that occasionally works from home or from a hotel room.

  This feature also provides billing convenience and potential cost savings for remote workers
  and mobile work force as all the calls are established by IP Office: there is no need to check
  bills, nor to pay for expensive hotel calls.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                           Page 10
                                        2. FEATURE LIST


 Twinning and Mobility

   Internal Twinning
   This is typically used in scenarios like workshops or warehouses where team supervisors may
   have a desk with a fixed phone but also have a wireless extension (e.g. DECT). When a call is
   made from either twinned phone, the call will appear to have come from the primary phone
   (when the secondary is an extension on the IP Office system). Other users of the system
   need not know that the supervisor has two different phones. The supervisor’s Coverage Timer
   and No Answer Time are started for the call and if the call is not answered within that time,
   the call will be delivered to available coverage buttons (if applicable) and then Voicemail (if
   applicable).

     The following features are supported with internal twinning
      • Follow Me To
      • Follow Me Here
      • Forwarding
      • Do Not Disturb (inc exceptions)
      • Context less hunt group actions: Membership / Service Status / Fallback Group
      configuration
      •   Voicemail On / Off / Access
      •   Call Log (Central Call Log for T3 and 1600 phones only)
      •   Redial (Central Call Log for T3 and 1600 phones only)
      •   Personal Directory Entries (for T3 and 1600 phones only)

     Mobility Features include:
      • Mobile (external) Twinning
      • Mobile Call Control
      • Mobility Callback
      • Avaya one-X Mobile Client Support

<---- Key and Lamp Operation




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 11
           2. FEATURE LIST




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 12
                                2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Outbound Call Handling Features




                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 13
           2. FEATURE LIST




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 14
                                2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Forwarding
<---- Avaya Digital and IP Phones




                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 15
           2. FEATURE LIST




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 16
           2. FEATURE LIST




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 17
           2. FEATURE LIST




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 18
                                2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Inbound Call Handling




                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 19
                                         2. FEATURE LIST


<---- Contact Center Features
<---- Miscellaneous Features
 Conference Calls
  Calls can be placed on hold and a conference created using either the phone or desktop
  applications. Additional conference members may be added, however a single conference may
  not have more than 64 members.

  For the IP500 and IP500 V2 the total conferencing capacity is 128 channels. This could be
  alternatively 2 conference of 64 users, 3 conferences of 42 users or any other combination
  (maximum 64 participants per conference call).


  Only two calls connecting through analog trunks are permitted in any single conference.


 Dial On Pickup
  Also known as "Hotline". Automatically dials a specified extension when the phone is taken off
  hook. This facility is commonly used in unmanned reception areas or for door entry systems to
  allow visitors to easily gain assistance.


 Off Hook Operation
  Off-Hook Station is designed for users who want their analog phone to operate like digital or IP
  feature phone, to isolate the user’s phone idle state from the Hook state. This is a useful
  feature when using one-X Portal for IP Office, Phone Manager or SoftConsole to control the
  phone state when using a headset on an analog telephone and with call control and dialing from
  one-X Portal for IP Office, Phone Manager or SoftConsole.



 E911
  This is a specific service for North America. When an emergency call is connected, IP Office
  provides calling party information to an external line interface unit. The external unit carries out
  a number to text translation and forwards this to the emergency services bureau so that the
  originating location of the call is clearly identified.


                                  Return to Cover




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                            Page 20
                                                                   3. IP500 Control Units




                                                        IP Office IP 500 Control Units
The IP500 V2 control unit is compatible with all IP500 base extension and Voice Compression Modules (VCM) cards as well as all external IP500
expansion modules.
The IP500 and IP500 V2 are stackable units with an optional 19" rack mounting kit and an optional wall mounting kit for smaller configurations. They
provide:
<--- IP Office IP500/IP 500V2 Control Unit

          • 4 slots to house a mixture of extension cards and
          VCM cards
                • Digital Station 8 card
                • TCM8 Station card supporting select Nortel
                digital telephones (IP500 V2 control unit
                • Phone 2 and Phone 8 cards
                • VCM-32 and VCM-64 cards
                • 4-Port Expansion card.
                • ETR 6 port phone card. (IP500 V2 only,
                North America only)
                • Combination Card with 10 VCM channels, 4
                analog trunks, 6 Digital Station (DS) and 2                                 IP500 and IP500 V2 Front View
                Phone ports. (IP500 V2 only)
                • Combination Card with 10 VCM channels, 2
                BRI trunk interfaces (4 channels), 6 Digital
                Station (DS) and 2 Phone ports. (IP500 V2
                • IP500 Legacy Card Carrier: this card allows up
                to two IP400 Trunk or VCM Cards to be used
                with the IP500 control unit (1 Daugther card per
                Carrier)
          • Optional trunk daughter card support:
                • Analog Trunk Module 4 card
                • BRI-4 and BRI-8 cards (2 x 2B+D and 4 x
                2B+D channels respectively)
                • Single and Dual Universal PRI cards
                • Support for IP400 trunk and VCM cards using
                a Legacy Card Carrier
          • Memory/Feature Key card support:
             • IP500: Slot for smart card Feature Key –
             required for system operation as well as licensing
             of optional features.
             • IP 500: Slot for Compact Flash card – used for
             embedded messaging as part of Essential Edition.
             • IP500 V2 : 2 Slots for SD cards (System and
             optional) – System SD card is required for system
             operation as well as licensing of optional features                                    IP500 Back View
             and storage for embedded voicemail in Essential
             Edition.
          • 9-pin DTE Port for maintenance.
          • Support for up to 12 IP500 Expansion Modules:
                • Phone modules (16, 30)
                • Digital Station modules (16, 30) supporting IP
                Office telephones with RJ45 connector
                • Digital Station modules (16A, 30A) supporting
                Nortel telephones with RJ21 connector (IP500
                V2
                control unit only)
                • Analog Trunk Module 16
                • BRI So8 module
                • IP400 expansion modules (not WAN3 10/100
                or Network Alchemy modules)
          • External O/P socket supporting two relay on/off
          switch ports, e.g. for door entry systems.
          • Audio input port for external music on hold source.
          • 48 Data channels
          • Up to 40 VoiceMail Pro ports                                                           IP500 V2 Back View
          • Two 10/100 switched Ethernet ports (Layer 3).




                                                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                Page 21
                                          3. IP500 Control Units




<--- IP Office 500 Base Cards




                                658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 22
          3. IP500 Control Units




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 23
          3. IP500 Control Units




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 24
                                           3. IP500 Control Units




<--- IP Office 500 Trunk Cards




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 25
                            3. IP500 Control Units




RETURN TO COVER




                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 26
          3. IP500 Control Units




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 27
                                                                   4. IPO Control Unit Comparison




The following table summarizes the capacities of the IP Office control units supported by IP Office R7 software.
                                                              IP500 (4)                                               IP500 V2
                 Feature                                           Plus 4 Port Exp                                 Plus 4 Port Exp      PARTNER®
                                                   IP500                                            IP500
                                                                        Card                                            Card             Version
Control Unit Digital Station Ports                 Up to 24                 Up to 24                Up to 30            Up to 24           Up to 30
Control Unit Analog Phone Ports                    Up to 32                 Up to 32                Up to 32            Up to 24           Up to 26
Control Unit ETR Phone Ports                           -                        -                       -                   -                 18
Embedded Voicemail Card Slot                           √                       √                         √                 √                  √
Integral WAN Port                                      X                       X                         X                 X                    X
External Expansion Ports                              12                      12                      12                  12                  1
DTE Port                                             9-way                   9-way                   9-way               9-way              9-way
Audio In (MOH) Port                                    √                       √                         √                 √                  √
External O/P Switch Port                               √                       √                         √                 √                  √
Conference Parties                                  128 (3)                 128 (3)                 128 (3)             128 (3)            128 (3)
Configuration Memory                                1024KB                  1024KB                  2048KB              2048KB             2048KB
Voicemail Pro/TAPI WAV Channels                      40 (1)                  40 (1)                  40 (1)              40 (1)               -
Maximum Extension Capacity                          384 (2)                 384 (2)                 384 (2)             384 (2)              48
  Digital Phones only.                                264                     384                     264                 384                46
  Analog Phones only.                                 272                     384                     272                 384                42
  ETR Phones only.                                     -                       -                       -                   -                 18
  IP Phones only.                                   384 (2)                   384                   384 (2)               384                 -
IP400 Trunk Cards Supported                            2                       2                       2                   2                  -
  Analog trunk cards                                   √                       √                         √                 √                  -
  Quad BRI trunk cards                                 √                       √                         √                 √                    -
  Single PRI trunk cards                               √                       √                         √                 √                    (6)
                                                                                                                                            √
  Dual PRI trunks cards                                √                       √                         √                 √                    -
IP500 Daughter Trunk Cards                              4                       4                        4                 4                    4
  IP500 Analog trunks                               √ 16                    √ 12                    √ 16                √ 12                √    12
  IP500 BRI trunk channels                          √ 32                    √ 24                    √ 32                √ 24                    -
  IP500 PRI trunk channels                          √ 240                   √ 180                   √ 240               √ 180               √   24
VCM Cards
- IP400 VCM Cards                                      2                       2                         2                 2                   -
- IP500 VCM Cards                                      2                       2                         2                 2                 2 (7)
Maximum voice compression channels                    128                     128                    148
                                                                                                             (5)
                                                                                                                          138                 20
Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth                         73x445x365mm            73x445x365mm             73x445x365mm        73x445x365mm       73x445x365mm
                                               2.9"x17.5"x14.4"        2.9"x17.5"x14.4"         2.9"x17.5"x14.4"    2.9"x17.5"x14.4"   2.9"x17.5"x14.4"

* Note:
  1. IP500 VoiceMail Pro/TAPI WAV channels increased from 30 to 40 for IP Office R5 and
  2. IP500 Maximum extensions increased from 272 to 384 for IP Office R5 and higher.
  3. IP500 Conference capacity increased from 64 to 128 for IP Office R5 and higher.
  4. For IP Office R5 and higher, the IP500 no longer runs in separate Standard or
  5. For IP Office R4.0 to R5.0 128 VCM channels maximum. For IP Office R6 or higher
  6. Only ONE (1) T1/PRI supported on the IP Office Essential Partner Edition.
  7. IP500v2 in Partner Version mode only supports VCM channels provided by fitting


                                     RETURN TO COVER



                                                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                    Page 28
                                                            5. EXPANSION MODULES




 Manufacture Discontinued                                                            IP400 Digital
                                                        IP400 Phone V2                                   IP400 So8 Module
The following equipment is IP400 Analog Trunk 16                                  Station V2 Modules
                                                                  8,10 & 11                                    12,16
no longer sold by Avaya but       Module                Modules                           9,14
  is still supported by IP
      Office Release 7.

                               IP500 Analog             IP500 Phone V2               IP500 Digital        IP500 BRI So8     IP500 Digital Station
                           Trunk 16 Module
                                             13,14
                                                     Modules
                                                               8,10,11, 14 & 15   Station V2 Modules       Module
                                                                                                                    12,14       A Modules
IP500 Modules Still Sold                                                                  9,14



    FRONT PORTS
Digital Station Ports                 0                         0                   DS16 V2 or 30 V2            0             DS16A or DS30A
Analog Station Ports                  0                Phone 8, 16 or 30 V2                0                    0                   0
                           16 Loop Start or Ground
Analog Trunks                                                    0                         0                    0                     0
                                    Start
Euro ISDN BRI "S" Ports               0                          0                         0                    8                     0
     REAR PORTS

Rear View IP400                                                                                                                      NA

Rear View IP500

DTE Port IP400 V2          25-Way D-Type socket        9-Way D-Type socket        9-Way D-Type socket        1 - DB25               NA
DTE Port IP500V1 & V2      25-Way D-Type socket        9-Way D-Type socket        9-Way D-Type socket        1 - DB25       9-Way D-Type socket
Power Fail Over Pots                2                          0                          0                      0                   0
Wan Ports                           0                          0                          0                      0                   0
Expansion Ports                     1                          1                          1                      1                   1
  Stations Supported
                                                                                  1403, 1408, 1416,
                                                                                  DBM3218, 2402, 2410,
                                                                                  2420, 4406D+,
                                                                                                   2
                                                                                  4412D+1, 4424D+ ,
                                                                                  4450DSS3&4, 5402,                         M-Series and T-Series
                                                                                  5410, 5420 ,EU243&5,                         digital stations
Terminals                           N/A                 6211, 6219, 622110        6408D+, 6416D+,              N/A          4100 and 7400 Series
                                                                                  6416D+M, 6424D+M                           with Digital Mobility
                                                                                  & XM243&6, 3810, T3                         Solution (DMS)19
                                                                                  Compact, Classic,
                                                                                  Comfort, T3 DSS




                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                    Page 29
                                              5. EXPANSION MODULES



Included with Module
Power Supply Unit            YES                  YES                      YES           YES     YES
Power Lead - As of July 1,
2002, the power cord must
be ordered separately. The
                             NO                   NO                        NO           NO      NO
base units and all other
module prices have been
reduced accordingly.
Interconnect cable (Blue,
for linking back to base     YES                  YES                      YES           YES     YES
unit)
Maximum Expansion Modules per IP-Office Systems
IP Office 500, IP500V2       12 17                12 17                   12 17          12 17   12 17
IP Office 403                  3                    3                       3              3       0
IP Office 406                  6                    6                       6              6       0
                                       Any combination of 8,16   Any combination of 16
                                       or 30 port modules not to or 30 port modules
IP Office 412                 12                                 not to exceed 360        12      0
                                       exceed 360 ports
                                                                 ports
                    7
Rack Mounting
Rack Size                    19"                  19"                       19"          19"     19"
Space on Rack                2U                   2U                        2U           2U      2U




                                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                          Page 30
                                                                5. EXPANSION MODULES



Notes
 1. A maximum of twenty-seven 4412D+ telephones are supported on the DS30 (version 2) expansion module at PCS level 5.
 Earlier DS30 expansion modules will only support sixteen of these telephones.
 2. A maximum of twenty-four 4424D+ telephones are supported on the DS30 (version 2) expansion module at PCS level 5.
 Earlier DS30 expansion modules will only support sixteen of these telephones.
 3. DSS4450, XM24 and EU24 requires external power supply to the Telephone set it's attached to.
 4. IP Office supports a maximum two 4450 units on each Digital Station expansion module, including the 406 V2 control unit,
 Maximum 10 4450 units per system
 5. IP Office supports a maximum of eight EU24/EU24 BL's on each IP Office system.
 6. IP Office supports a maximum two XM24 units on each Digital Station expansion module, including the 406 V2 control unit.
 Maximum 10 XM24 units per system
 7. The IP Office control units and expansion modules are designed to be stacked free-standing. However they can also be rack
 mounted using optional rack mounting kits. The Small Office Edition cannot be rack mounted but can be wall mounted if
 required. The IP500 expansion modules use IP500 Rack Kits.
 8. Phone (V2) Modules are supported by IP Office Software Release 3.0(44) onwards and also by the August 2005
 Administration Maintenance Release Software R2.1(44).
 9. DS (V2) Modules are supported by IP Office Software Release 2.1(31), 3.0 and 3.0(DT) and above.
 10. Avaya would like to stress that although most analog phones will work on IP Office - Avaya cannot guarantee that
 all analog phones in every region of the world will work on the IP Office.
 11. IP Office Phone Modules provide support for a variety of analog MWI methods. These methods are 51V Stepped, 81V, 101V
 and Line Reversal. The 101V method is only supported when using a Phone V2 expansion module.
 12. The IP Office So8 expansion module supports both point-to-point and point-to-multipoint connections. A maximum of 10
 terminal endpoints identifiers (TEIs) are supported on each bus.
 13. IP500 ATM16 only supported in North America utilizing the older V1 un-earth power lead (2 Pin).
 14. Use on the IP Office 500 control unit requires the unit to be configured with an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional
 license.
 15. The IP500 Phone 8 Module is not available. Should use the IP500 Phone 8 base card instead.
 16. The IP400 So8 Module and the IP500 So8 module have been discontinued.
 17. The IP500 and IP500V2 can reach 12 expansion modules by using the new IP500 4-Port Expansion Card in the base unit.
 The 4-Port Expansion Card comes with 4 Yellow cables. The new DS16A/DS30A only work on IP500V2 with IP Office Software
 Release 7.0(5).
 18. Up to 3 units can be connected in a chain from a single 1416 and you will need a 1151C power supply.
 19. See Tab 6 for a list of all the Nortel sets currenly supported on these expansion modules.
                                                         Return to Cover




                                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 31
                                      6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




IP OFFICE SUPPORTED TERMINALS
IP Office 14XX; 16XX and 16XX-I series Telephones
<--- 1403 DS Hardphone;1603/1603-I & 1603SW/1603SW-I IP Hardphone -




                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 32
                                         6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 1408 Digital; 1608/1608-I IP Hardphone -




                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 33
                                               6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 1416 Digital; 1616/1616-I IP Hardphone -
             1                             1
<--- DBM32       (DS) Button mdule; BM32       (IP) Button module -
<--- New Feature Set for Regional EMEA Markets (supported on 1600 series sets only)




                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls          Page 34
                                         6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




IP Office 96XX series Telephones - IP500 and IP500V2 Only
<--- 9608, 9621G & 9641G IP Hardphone




                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 35
                                       6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 9620L & 9620C IP Hardphone
<--- 9630, 9640, 9640G IP Hardphone
<--- 9650 & 9650C IP Hardphone




                                658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 36
                                     6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




          1                                              1
<--- SBM24 (9630G/9640/9650/9650C only) & BM12 (9508, 9608 and 9641G only)
<--- 9600 Gigabit Ethernet Adapter (all phone except 9620L)
<--- 9600 Bluetooth Adapter (all phones expept 9620L)




                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls       Page 37
                                        6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




10XX, 11xx, 12xx and Expansion Modules SIP Series Telephones
<--- 1010, 1040 Telephones




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 38
                                        6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 1120, 1140 SIP Telephones




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 39
                                       6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 1220, 1230 SIP Telephones
<--- 11XX & 112XX Expansion Modules




                                658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 40
                                         6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




95xx Digital Phone Series Telephones
<--- 9504, 9508 Telephones
1
  System Button Module Support
<--- System Button Module Support




                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 41
                                        6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




IP Wireless Supported Worldwide Terminals:
<--- 3641 Ruggedized Wireless Telephone
<--- 3645 Ruggedized Wireless Telephone
<--- 3720 DECT R4 Telephone




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 42
                                        6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 3725 DECT R4 Telephone
<--- 3740 Ruggedized DECT Telephone & 3749 Intrinsically Safe DECT R4 Telephone




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls         Page 43
                                        6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




<--- 3720, 3725, 3740 & 3749 DECT R4 Telephone Feature Overview




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 44
       6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 45
       6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 46
                                                             6. IPO SUPPORTED SETS




Norstar/BCM Telephones
<--- Norstar/BCM M-Series & T-Series & IP Series
The following Norstar/BCM telephones are fully supported on IP Office R7 but might require special interface cards/modules. Not all of
them are available for new sales and they are not available to all channels.
                       How do the sets work on the IPO - see this link: IP Office & BCM Phone Detailed Comparison
Nortel Heritage Digital telephones                                                          Nortel Heritage IP telephones:
T7000                                                                                    1120 IP phone
T7100                                                                                    1140 IP phone
T7208                                                                                    LCD KEM for 1100 telephones
T7316; T7316e                                                                            1220 IP phone
T24 KIM– Key Indicator Module                                                            1230 IP phone
M7000                                                                                    LCD KEM for 1200 telephones
M7100                                                                                    LED KEM for 1200 telephones
M7208                                                                                    7420/7430/7440 Digital Mobility
M7310                                                                                    7439/7449 Digital Mobility Handset,
M7324                                                                                    4135/4145/4145EX Digital Mobility
CAP (48 buttons) – Central Answering Position                                            4136/4146/4146EX Digital Mobility
T7406, T7406E BXT cordless Telephone, North America                                      7420/7430/7440 Digital Mobility


<--- Norstar/BCM Digital mobility components-Series
The following Norstar/BCM Digital mobility components are supported on IP Office R7 but might require special interface
cards/modules. Not all of them are available for new sales and they are not available to all channels

                       How do the sets work on the IPO - see this link: IP Office & BCM Phone Detailed Comparison
Digital Mobility 2.4 GHz solution - North America and CALA
                         Digital Mobility Base Station 10                 (2.4GHz, Compatible
                           Digital Mobility Repeater 40                   (2.4GHz, Compatible
                      Digital Mobility External Antenna 51
                                     DMC 080                              Digital Mobility Controller
                                     DMC 320                              Digital Mobility Controller
Digital Mobility 1.9 GHz solution - North America (1929-1930 MHz)
                     Digital Mobility Base Station 19 (NAR)
                   Digital Mobility Repeater 49 (Canada, US)
                      Digital Mobility External Antenna 51
                                     DMC 080                              Digital Mobility Controller
                                     DMC 320                              Digital Mobility Controller
Digital Mobility 1.8 GHz solution - Europe, Hong Kong, Australia, New Zealand (1880-
                         Digital Mobility Base Station 15
                           Digital Mobility Repeater 25
                           Digital Mobility Repeater 45
                      Digital Mobility External Antenna 51
                                     DMC 081                              Digital Mobility Controller
                                     DMC 321                              Digital Mobility Controller
Digital Mobility 1.8 GHz solution - South America (1900-1930 MHz)
                         Digital Mobility Base Station 14
                           Digital Mobility Repeater 24
                      Digital Mobility External Antenna 51
                                     DMC 081                              Digital Mobility Controller
                                     DMC 321                              Digital Mobility Controller

                                          IPO R7.0 Product Description Summary Link

                                Return to Cover




                                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                             Page 47
                                                7. Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client



                              Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client for Small Business

IP Office supports the Avaya one-X Mobile 'Single Mode' Clients running on selected Symbian Single-Mode or
Windows Mobile 5 or 6.x handsets. This provides a graphical interface for call control and allows a one-number
service for both incoming and outgoing calls.


For a full list of supported handsets see http://support.avaya.com.
           One-X Mobile Compatibilty List
IP Office systems supporting one-X Mobile require a dedicated
DID/DDI number for each feature required (e.g. hold, transfer).

Mobile Call Control

This allows a user who has answered a twinned call on their

Mobile Call Control is a mobility feature similar to but
independent of one-X Mobile. It allows any mobile phone user to
access IP Office features without using the one-X Mobile client
application.
Mobile users can gain access to the “Star Star Service” dial tone
when they receive a twinned call. After receiving a twinned call,
the mobile user can dial ** to place that call on hold and get dial
tone from the IP Office. Once the mobile user receives IP Office
dial tone, any subsequent dialing done is interpreted as if the
user is logged into an analog extension on the IP Office.

To gain access to the “Star Star Service” dial tone, the mobile user can dial the FNE 31 DID/DDI that has been
programmed in the IP Office. Similarly, once dial tone is heard, the user can dial numbers and short codes as
if the user is logged into an analog extension on the IP Office.


Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile require twinned calls to be routed through specific trunk types on IP500 & IP500v2
only:

           • IP500 PRI-U (single or dual) daughter cards
           • IP500 Dual or Quad BRI daughter cards
           • SIP trunks (RFC 2833)

This feature requires one instance of the Mobile Worker or Power User License.




                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 48
                                   7. Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client



<--- FNE Supported Functionality




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 49
               7. Avaya one-X™ Mobile Client




Return to Cover




         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 50
                                    8. IP Office Video Softphone



                                IP Office Video Softphone
With Release 6.0 IP Office introduces – as part of the Teleworker and Power User profiles – a new
Softphone application.
The IP Office Video Softphone is a full feature telephony client that supports standard
telephony features on a PC running supported Microsoft operating systems including new
Microsoft Windows 7.
Support of several audio options including support of wireless headsets with full hook-switch
support provides a flexible telephone option, especially for people on the move.
IP Office Video Softphone forms part of the Teleworker and the Power user profiles. A Teleworker
or Power User license for the user of the IP Office Video Softphone is required; however IP Office
Video Softphone does not require any additional license, e.g. no (Avaya) IP-station license.

New Features R7.0:
  With Release 7 a number of new features have been added to Video Softphone:
   • The Avaya Video Softphone can now be used as an Agent extension for the Avaya
   Customer Call Reporter with the following limitations:
        • Cannot set DND reasons
        • Agent can not be logged in using the CCR Control Panel
   • Busy Lamp Field allowing to see telephone status of colleagues including pickup of alerting
   calls
   • HD Video support, delivering high quality Video conferences between Softphone users as
   well as with other supported Video endpoints.
New Features R6.1:
BLF with Pickup feature – The Speed Dial feature allows the user to configure
extension numbers onto the speed dial buttons. If these entries match Users
in the IP Office configuration the button will display Busy/Idle indication on
that button. The button when selected can be used to call the programmed
destination. The same BLF button can be used to pickup a ringing call from that
programmed User.
Do Not Disturb – This is enabled/disabled by use of an icon displayed in the
top left of Softphone
Updated HD Video Codec – provides better video quality and compatibility
with other SIP video conferencing telephones.




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                Page 51
                                   8. IP Office Video Softphone



IP Office Video Softphone can run in two different operating modes:
Softphone client mode:
 The IP Office Video Softphone provides its own User interface, similar to a standard IP Office
 telephone for making calls, transferring calls, multiple call appearances or making conference
 calls. A programmable feature button list allows one-touch access to standard IP Office
 features. This is the preferred usage scenario for customers not running one-X Portal for IP
 Office. It is also the preferred operation mode for users who want to smoothly migrate from
 their desktop phone or who use Softphone only occasionally and prefer a phone-centric user-
 interface, with optional dial pad and standard phone feature keys. The user interface is flexible,
 allowing adjustment for personal preferences with detachable specific windows like the directory
 and call log window. The attached picture shows the Softphone with dial pad and feature keys,
 plus a view of the contacts of Softphone.




Softphone can also be configured to be minimized to the system tray when not in use to smaller
or larger configurations to save desk-space.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 52
                                   8. IP Office Video Softphone



Application mode:
 the IP Office Video Softphone runs in the background and standard call control is accomplished
 through one-X Portal for IP Office.
 If run with one-X portal it provides the following additional value:
 • Consistent user interface when using one-X Portal with a desktop phone, in telecommuter
 mode or in combination with Softphone.
 • Off-line call log with updates even when Softphone is not logged in
 • Additional features of one-X Portal e.g. presence and instant messaging.




Video Support
 As well as audio calls, IP Office Video Softphone supports end to end video calls on a single IP
 Office or within an IP Office Small Community Network. Currently, video is limited to end to end
 calls, no multi-party conferencing is supported.




 Video adds a new level of interaction to the standard phone communication so this is especially
 useful for users working from a remote location, needing to get in touch with colleagues in the
 main site or when used in an IP Office Small Community Network.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                Page 53
                                    8. IP Office Video Softphone



Feature overview
 The following feature overview is applicable when using the IP Office Video Softphone in Client
 mode. When used in application mode, available functionality depends on the one-X Portal for
 IP Office application.
 Standard Telephone Features
   • Making and receiving calls
   • Audio Conference (IP Office based)
   • Redial
   • Speakerphone and Mute.
   • Hold, transfer (attended and unattended)
   • Do Not Disturb.
   • End/Disconnect/Drop
   • Call display
   • Call forward.
   • Call transfer.
   • Message waiting with direct voicemail access
   • Call history – list of received, missed, and dialed calls.
   • Multiple Call Appearances (No bridged or line appearances)
   • Dial Pad with Alpha/Numeric Keypad
   • Local Softphone call log, local Softphone directory/Personal Contacts
   • Access to IP Office directory (system, corporate, personal)
   • 12 Speed Dial / User BLF
   • Feature keys for up to 12 IP Office features:
       •   Conference Add
       •   DND on
       •   DND off
       •   DND Exception Add
       •   DND Exception Delete
       •   Cancel All Forwarding
       •   Forward Unconditional On
       •   Forward Unconditional Off
       •   Forward On Busy On
       •   Forward On Busy Off
       •   Forward On No Answer On
       •   Forward On No Answer Off
       •   Forward Number
       •   Follow Me Here
       •   Forward Me To
       •   Forward Hunt Group Calls On
       •   Forward Hunt Group Calls Off
       •   VoiceMail on
       •   VoiceMail off
       •   Set Hunt Group Night Service
       •   Clear Hunt Group Night Service
       •   Call Pick up any
       •   Call Pick up group
       •   Call Pick up Members
       •   Directed Call Pick up
       •   Call Steal
       •   Call Queue
       •   Hold Music
       •   Park
       •   Ride Call/Un-park
       •   Relay On
       •   Relay Off
       •   Relay Pulse
       •   Forward On Busy Number
       •   Call Record




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 54
                                     8. IP Office Video Softphone



  The IP Features and Functions
EnhancedOffice Softphone also supports the following features and functions:
  • Video
  • Support for several languages in addition to English: French, German, Italian, Portuguese,
  and Spanish.
  • Contact list containing the individual user’s contacts
  • Directory containing names from central and personal IP Office directory.
  • Automatic detection and configuration of audio and video devices.
  • Acoustic echo cancellation, automatic gain control, voice activity detection.
  • Support for DTMF (RFC 2833, inband DTMF or SIP INFO messages).
  • Support for the following audio codecs: G.711, G.723.1, G.729a
  • Support for the following video codecs: H.263, H.263+, H.264
  • Compliance to 3261 SIP standard.
  • Support for these firewall traversal solutions: STUN, TURN, or ICE.
Licensing and Provisioning
  IP Office Video Softphone forms part of the Teleworker or Power User profile. A user can log
  onto the IP Office Video Softphone using their normal username and password. License
  entitlement will be checked against that user before the login is accepted.
  Unlike Avaya hard phones, IP Office Video Softphone does not require an Avaya IP Phone
  License to work on IP Office.
  While the IP Office Video Softphone is a thick client application, it is extremely easy to install
  and provision. Installation of the application on a standard PC requires minimal to no
  configuration as all provisioning of the product is done from the IP Office as a provisioning
  server.
  If a DHCP server is present and set up correctly, Softphone will completely configure itself. The
  user only needs to enter the username and password to get connected.
  If DHCP is not available, the user needs to enter a single IP address of the IP Office; all other
  parameters will be set automatically.
  Softphone can be set up so that, when the PC starts up, the application is automatically started
  with the default username and password. The user can disable automatic login as well as
  interrupt it any time.

Username and Twinning
  When logged in to IP Office Video Softphone with their username and password, the user will
  automatically be logged off from their existing desktop extension, so the user is fully available
  on their normal number without any additional steps.
  For users that are using a physical telephone e.g. in the office, this is very convenient as they
  do not use a different extension for Softphone calls. All calls will be routed automatically to the
  Softphone when logged in. There is no need to use twinning to tie the IP Office Video
  Softphone to the standard desktop phone.




                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 55
                                     8. IP Office Video Softphone



Supported Audio and Video Hardware
 IP Office Video Softphone can run with any Windows sound device supporting full-duplex
 quality.
 If possible, audio devices are automatically detected and allocated to the IP Office Video
 Softphone.
 IP Office Video Softphone supports simultaneous operation of two sound devices, e.g. a headset
 or USB handset for normal calls and a USB hands free unit for hands free operation. It is
 possible to switch between the sound devices at any time during the call.
 For alerting, in addition to that the PC speakers can be activated to ring the phone.
 For easy use, similar to a desktop phones, Softphone supports USB devices for audio as well as
 for call control, e.g. accepting and terminating a call. Softphone supports the “HID” standard for
 USB devices allowing generic HID devices to be configured.
 A number of USB devices have been tested with Softphone for interoperability, including Hook
 switch control as well as dialing (if supported by that device)
    Audio Devices:
      • Plantronics DSP (USB headset)
      • Plantronics 510 (Bluetooth headset with USB base)
      • Plantronics CS50 (USB wireless headset)
      • GN Netcom 8120 (USB headset adapter for GN Netcom headsets)
      • Yealink W1DL (Cordless USB phone with Dialpad)
      • Yealink P1K (Corded USB Phone with Dialpad)
      • Generic USB soundcard and USB HID interface support (with configuration assistant)
    Video Cameras:
      • Logitech QuickCam Pro 4000, 5000, 9000
      • Creative Webcam NX Pro
      • Microsoft Lifecam VX-3000
    Video Cameras for HD Video.
      • Logitech Webcam Pro 9000:




Supported Audio and Video Codecs:
 Softphone supports G.711 and G.729 audio Codecs. Audio Codec negotiation is done by IP
 Office in order to ensure best quality for local or SCN calls. At login, user can select the default
 mode, e.g. best quality or low bandwidth for remote operation.
 For Video, Softphone supports H.263, H.263+ and H.264 Video Codecs with resolution of up to
 1280*768 pixels and 30 frames per second.




 Note: The above numbers show an average bandwidth requirement but peak usage might be
 higher. The above numbers do not include the audio-bandwidth.

Supported languages

 Currently the following languages are supported:
      • English,
      • French,
      • German,
      • Spanish,
      • Italian,
      • Portuguese
      • Simplified Chinese
   Over the time, new languages can be added to the product.




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                   Page 56
                                   8. IP Office Video Softphone



PC requirements.

  Processor:
      • Minimum: Pentium 4 2.4 GHz or equivalent, Video Card with DirectX 9.0c support
      • Optimal: Intel Core 2 Duo or equivalent, Video Card with DirectX 9.0c support.
  Memory:
      • Minimum: 1 GB RAM
      • Optimal: 2 GB RAM
  Hard Disk Space: 50 MB
  Operating System:
  • Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 2.
  • Microsoft Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit).
  Vista support is only on Business, Enterprise and Ultimate versions.
  • Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit).
  Windows 7 support is only on Professional, Enterprise and Ultimate versions.
  Additional: Microsoft Windows Installer 3.1, Microsoft .NET 3.5 SP1, Microsoft VC 9.0 Runtime
  Service Pack 1
  Connection: IP network connection (broadband, LAN, wireless)
  Sound Card: Full-duplex, 16-bit or use USB headset
  Multimedia Device Requirements

  The IP Office Softphone requires both speakers and a microphone to make calls.
  Any of the following configurations are acceptable:
  • External speakers and microphone
  • Built-in speakers and microphone
  • Dual-jack multimedia headset
  • USB multimedia headset
  • USB phone.

  HID-compliant devices can be configured to work with the IP Office Softphone
  to support e.g. hook-switch functionality.
  Video Cameras
  Calls made with the IP Office Softphone will work without a video camera, but a video camera is
  necessary to allow other parties to see your image. The IP Office Softphone will work with most
  USB video cameras.
Note that these are recommendations. Depending on other applications on the PC, Softphone
cannot guarantee uninterrupted voice and Video quality. While Softphone runs with high priority
on the PC in order not to be impacted by normal applications other programs with similar priority
could impact Softphone performance. Sample applications could be other Multimedia or
communication applications like web-sharing programs or programs that are essential for PC
performance like some Virus-scanners or firewall programs.


                                      Return to Cover




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                Page 57
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                   Model              NPL       End of Sale
            AVAYA™ IP OFFICE PRODUCT LINE LIST
     *** Note: All items with a lavander background are scheduled to go End of Sale
     *** Note: All items with a blue background are new with Release 7.0
 <----   Upgrade Licenses
            Control Unit Upgrades
                                                  To release R7.0
 262645     IPO LIC UPG 7.0 SML - IP500 & IP500V2 only!            IP OFFICE LICENSE
            This license can be used to upgrade IP500 systems with UPGRADE R7.0 SMALL
            up to 32 users and no external expansion modules.

 262644     IPO LIC UPG 7.0 - IP500 & IP500V2 Only!                  IP OFFICE LICENSE
            This license can be used to upgrade system with more     UPGRADE R7.0
            than 32 users or external expansion modules.
                                                  To release R6.1
 262695     IPO LIC UPG R6.1 SML - IP500 only!                       IP OFFICE LICENSE
            This license can be used to upgrade IP500 systems with   UPGRADE R6.1 SMALL
            up to 32 users and no external expansion modules.

 262694     IPO LIC UPG R6.1 - IP406V2, IP412 and IP500            IP OFFICE LICENSE
            This license can be used to upgrade system with more UPGRADE R6.1
            than 32 users or external expansion modules.
                                                  To release R6.0
 229421     IPO LIC UPG R6.0 SML - IP500 only!
            This license can be used to upgrade IP500 systems with
            up to 32 users and no external expansion modules.

 229420     IPO LIC UPG R6.0 - IP406V2, IP412 and IP500
            This license can be used to upgrade system with more
            than 32 users or external expansion modules.
 <----      System Editions
            Systems
700343460   IPO - Essential Edition (formerly Embedded               IPO MC ESSNTL (EMBD
            Voicemail) - Essential Edition Compact Flash             MSGING) EXP KIT -
            version for IP500v1 and IP406V2 Control Units            Renaming of: IPO MC EMBD
            only. Release R6 with the IP500V2 Control Unit           MSGING EXP KIT
            the SD card, also provides the Essential VM
            functionality with two (2) ports of voicemail!
            Memory Expansion Kit is a plug in 512MB Compact
            Flash PCMCIA card required for the embedded
            voicemail/auto-attendant option.
 171991     IPO - Preferred Edition (formerly VoiceMail Pro)         IPO LIC PREFRD (VM PRO)
            In addition to the features provided by the Essential    RFA LIC:DS
            Edition, Preferred Edition includes:                     Renaming of: IPO LIC VM
            • "Meet-Me" Conferencing                                 PRO RFA LIC:DS
            (Professional Edition is no longer required with
            Release 5.0 and above)
 229424     IPO - R6.0 Advanced Edition                              IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION
            Preferred Edition required.
            In addition to the features provided by the Preferred
            Edition, Advanced Edition includes:
            • Support for Customer Call Reporter (1 Supervisor).
            • Voicemail Pro database interaction (IVR).
            • Voicemail Pro call flow generic TTS (8 ports).[1]
            • Voicemail Pro Visual Basic Scripting.
            • Voicemail Pro call recording to ContactStore.[2]
            1.Note: Provides up to 8 ports of TTS for use with
            Speak Text actions within Voicemail Pro call
            flows. Not used for user TTS email reading.
            2.Note: In a Small Community Network using
            centralized voicemail, this license only enables
            ContactStore support for the central IP Office.
            Remote IP Offices in the network require their
            own Advanced Edition license or a VMPro
            Recordings Administrator license.
 227043     IPO - R5.0 Advanced Edition                              IPO LIC ADVANCED RFA       $2,295.00
            Preferred Edition required.                              LIC:DS
            In addition to the features provided by the Preferred
            Edition, Advanced Edition includes:
            • Customer Service Supervisor - 1 User
            • VoiceMail Pro Contact Store License
            • VoiceMail Pro VB Script License
            • VoiceMail Pro 3rd-party Database Interface License
            (IVR)
            • Voicemail Pro 3rd party TTS (Licenses for 8-ports)




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                       Page 58
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                  Model                        NPL            End of Sale
           Voice Networking Option (SCN, H.232 & Qsig)
 205650    IPO 500 Multi-Site Networking - The Voice Networking Renaming of: IP500 VCE                   $695.00
           Base license allows unlimited Q.Sig calls but restricts IP NTWKG ADD 4
           and SCN trunks to a maximum of 4 outbound calls.
           Also now includes Advanced Networking features (Hot-
           Desking & distributed groups across SCN).
           For IP500 on release 4.0 to 4.2, adds support for
           4 additional outbound calls for IP or SCN trunks
           also requires IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START4
           LIC:DS (202960) License before this license can
           be applied (Release 4.0 to 4.2 only).


 <----     User Productivity Profiles
           R6.x Office Worker
           This license will enable the following functionality for the user:
             • one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode disabled)
             • Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)
           This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.
           Note 1: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is
           required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the Unified Messaging Service (UMS)
           function will not work without the Preferred Edition license.
           Note 2: For migration purposes, any existing Phone Manager Pro license can enable the Office Worker
           functionality (instead of Phone Manager Pro).
 229438    Enables one named user to use all office worker              IPO LIC R6 OFF
           functionality.                                               WORKER 1
 229439    Enables 5 named users to use all office worker               IPO LIC R6 OFF
           functionality.                                               WORKER 5
 229440    Enables 20 named users to use all office worker              IPO LIC R6 OFF
           functionality.                                               WORKER 20
           R6.x Mobile Worker
           This license will enable the following functionality for the user:
             • Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support
             • Text-to-Speech (TTS)
           This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.
           Note: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is
           required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the TTS function will not work without the
           Preferred Edition license.
 229434    Enables one named user to use all mobile worker              IPO LIC R6
           functionality.                                               MOBILE
                                                                        WORKER 1
 229435    Enables 5 named users to use all mobile worker               IPO LIC R6
           functionality.                                               MOBILE
                                                                        WORKER 5
 229436    Enables 20 named users to use all mobile worker              IPO LIC R6
           functionality.                                               MOBILE
                                                                        WORKER 20




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                     Page 59
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                                      Model                   NPL         End of Sale
           R6.x Teleworker
           This license will enable the following functionality for the user:
             • one-X Portal for IP Office
             • Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)
             • IP Office Video Softphone
           This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.
           Note: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition. No specific System Edition license is
           required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the UMS function will not work without
           the Preferred Edition license.
 229430    Enables one named user to use all teleworker                 IPO LIC R6
           functionality.                                               TELEWORKER 1
 229431    Enables 5 named users to use all teleworker                  IPO LIC R6
           functionality.                                               TELEWORKER 5
 229432    Enables 20 named users to use all teleworker                 IPO LIC R6
           functionality.                                               TELEWORKER 20
           R6.x Power User
           This license will enable the following functionality for the user:
             • Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support
             • one-X Portal for IP Office
             • Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail)
             • IP Office Video Softphone
             • Text-to-Speech (TTS)
           This license has to be applied to a particular user to be valid.
           Note: Full feature capability requires Preferred Edition . No specific System Edition license is
           required as a prerequisite for this license to be valid. However, the UMS and TTS functions will not work
           without the Preferred System package The above 4 profiles are mutually exclusive, only one may be
           selected per user. In addition, the user may have one of the licenses below.
 229426    Enables one named user to use all power user                 IPO LIC R6 PWR
           functionality.                                               USER 1
 229427    Enables 5 named users to use all power user                  IPO LIC R6 PWR
           functionality.                                               USER 5
 229428    Enables 20 named users to use all power user                 IPO LIC R6 PWR
           functionality.                                               USER 20
           Receptionist
           Renaming of IP Office SoftConsole, eliminating
           "additional SoftConsole RFA 1". Available as a single
           user (just purchase additional license to a maximum of
           4 users per system).
 171987    IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:CU
           R6.x Customer Service Supervisor
 229442    Enables one customer service supervisor, only for R6         IPO LIC R6
           and higher and requires Advanced Edition .                   CUSTMR SVC SPV 1
           R6.x Customer Service Agent
           Renaming of Customer Call Reporter agent.
           Available in 1,5, and 20 users.
 217650    IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 1 LIC:CU
 217651    IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU
 217653    IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 20 LIC:CU
           CCC to CCR Migration
 217658    IPO CUSTMR CALL REPORTER UPG LIC -
           This upgrade license will convert ALL CCC licenses to
           Customer Call Reporter (CCR). This includes all
           supervisors and agents.
           Release R5.0 Mobile Worker
           Renaming of Mobile Twinning. Each user also has 1
           license of 3rd party (Generic) TTS. Available in 1,5,
           and 20 users.
 195569    IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 1                                  IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER
                                                                        RFA 1
 195570    IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 5                                  IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER
                                                                        RFA 5
 195572    IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 20                                 IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER
                                                                        RFA 20
           Release R5.0Teleworker
           Includes VPN phone license, one-X Portal and
           Phone Manager Pro. Available in 1,5, and 20 users.

 227047    IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 1 LIC:CU
 227054    IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 5 LIC:CU
 227057    IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 20 LIC:CU




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                  Page 60
                                                  9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                                    Model    NPL   End of Sale
            Release R5.0 Power User
            Everything in Teleworker and Mobile Worker PLUS
            Unified Messaging (UMS) and PC softphone.
            Available in 1,5, and 20 users. Full feature functionality
            requires Preferred Edition.
 227046     IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 1 LIC:CU
 227051     IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 5 LIC:CU
 227056     IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 20 LIC:CU
            Receptionist
            Renaming of IP Office SoftConsole, eliminating
            "additional SoftConsole RFA 1". Available as a single
            user (just purchase additional license to a maximum of
            4 users per system).
 171987     IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:CU
            Release R5.0 Customer Service Supervisor
            Renaming of Customer Call Reporter Supervisor.
            Available in 1,10, and 20 users.
 217655     IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 1 LIC:CU
 217656     IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 10 LIC:CU
 217657     IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 20 LIC:CU
            Release R5.0 Customer Service Agent
            Renaming of Customer Call Reporter agent.
            Available in 1,5, and 20 users.
 217650     IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 1 LIC:CU
 217651     IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU
 217653     IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 20 LIC:CU
            CCC to CCR Migration
 217658     IPO CUSTMR CALL REPORTER UPG LIC -
            This upgrade license will convert ALL CCC licenses to
            Customer Call Reporter (CCR). This includes all
            supervisors and agents.
 <----      IP Office 500V2 SD Cards & Essential VM Upgrades
            IP500V2 SD Cards
                                               IP Office Edition
700479710   IPO IP500V2 SYSTEM IP Office Essential Edition SD
            CARD MU-LAW NAR
            NA, CALA
            Includes two (2) port Essential VM, upgradeable
            to a maximum of six (6) ports.
700479702   IPO IP500V2 SYSTEM IP Office Essential Edition SD
            CARD A-LAW
            APAC, CALA, EMEA
            Includes two (2) port Essential VM, upgradeable
            to a maximum of six (6) ports.
                                  IP Office PARTNER® Version
700479728   IPO IP500V2 SYSTEM PARTNER® Version SD CARD
            PARTNER
            NA, CALA
            Includes two (2) port Essential VM, upgradeable
            to a maximum of six (6) ports.
                                              IP Office Norstar
700500948   IPO IP500V2 SYSTEM SD CARD NORSTAR (available        IP OFFICE IP500 R6.1
            for Middle East Africa region)                       SYSTEM SD CARD NORSTAR

            Essential Edition Voicemail Port upgrade
 229423     IPO LIC R6 ESSNTL EDITION ADD 2CH
            IP500V2 only . 2 embedded voicemail ports are
            already enabled by default; this license increases
            the capacity by 2 ports (up to a maximum of 6).

 <----      IP Office 500V1 Smartcards
            IP500 Smartcards - IP500 R4.0 to 6.x
700417470   IPO 500 FEAT KEY MU-LAW - NAR
            Required with every IP 500 Control Unit for
            system operation and licensing of applications.
            Not supported on the IP500V2!
700417488   IPO 500 FEAT KEY A-LAW - ROW
            Required with every IP 500 Control Unit for
            system operation and licensing of applications.
            Not supported on IP500V2!




                                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 61
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                    Model      NPL   End of Sale
 <----      IP Office 500V1/V2 Control Unit, Modules and Cards
            IP Office 500V2 Control Unit
700476005   IPO IP500V2 CONTROL UNIT
            Global
            IP Office 500V1 Control Unit
700417207   IPO 500 SYSTEM UNIT -
            On the IP Office 500 R5 does not requires IP
            Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA
            (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does
            require the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade
            RFA (202959 ).
            The following requires IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (Release 4.0 to 4.2
            only).
            • Use of Expansion ports
            • 64-way Meet me Conference Bridge
            • VMLite or VMPro
            • ContactStore
            • Conference Center
            • CCC
700429194   • TAPI WAV
            IPO 500 BLANKING PLATE KIT
            IP500V2 Base Cards Only
                                                              TCM-8
700500758   IPO IP500 EXTN CARD TCM-8 - Internal Extension card IPO IP500 EXTN CARD TCM-
            for 8 Nortel digital phones                             8 DGTL STA 8
                                                Combo Card Global
700476013   IPO IP500V2 COMBINATION CARD ATM Global
            · Supports
            · 6 Digital Station ports.
            · 2 Analog Extension ports. With port 8 Power Failover
            port 12
            · 4 Analog Trunk ports.
            · 10 VCM channels.
            · Maximum per IP500 V2 Control Unit: 2.
            · IP500 Daughter Card Support: 1. The trunk daughter
            card is preinstalled and cannot be replaced with
            another card type.
            Provides DS ports for digital stations (except 4406D,
            4412D and 4424D). In PARTNER® Version only
            14xx digital sets are supported.
            The Combination card is only supported in the IP500v2
            control unit. A maximum of two cards are supported.
                                       Combo Card APAC & EMEA
700476021   IPO IP500V2 COMBINATION CARD BRI APAC,EMEA
            · Supports
            · 6 Digital Station ports.
            · 2 Analog Extension ports.
            · 2 BRI Trunk ports (4 BRI channels).
            · 10 VCM channels.
            · Maximum per IP500 Control Unit: 2.
            · IP500 Daughter Card Support: 1. The trunk daughter
            card is preinstalled and cannot be replaced with
            another card type.
            The Combination card is only supported in the IP500v2
            control unit. A maximum of two cards are supported.


                                    Partner ETR Card NA & CALA
700476039   IPO IP500V2 EXTN CARD ETR 6 NA, CALA
            · Supports
            PARTNER® ETR and analog phones.
            · Maximum per IP500 Control Unit: 3.
            · The ETR 6 Card is only supported in the IP500v2
            control unit and only when it is running in Essential
            Edition – PARTNER® Version mode.
            · IP500 Daughter Card Support: 1.
            The IP500 BRI trunk daughter card is not supported.




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                           Page 62
                                                 9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                     Description                                          Model              NPL   End of Sale
            IP500V1/V2 Base Cards
                                                   Analog Stations
700431778
            IPO 500 EXTENSION CARD PHONE 2 - To connect up to
            2 Analog station sets. The card can be fitted with an IP
            Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the
            additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections.
            Maximum of 4 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit
            • This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk
            daughter card of any type.
700417231
            IPO 500 EXTENSION CARD PHONE 8 - To connect up
            to 8 Analog station sets. The card can be fitted with an
            IP Office 500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the
            additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections.
            Maximum of 4 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit
            • This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk
            daughter card of any type.
                                                     Digital Stations
700417330   IPO 500 EXTENSION CARD DGTL STA 8 - To connect up
            to 8 of the IP Office supported Digital sets except the
            44xx series. The card can be fitted with an IP Office
            500 daughter trunk card, which then uses the
            additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk connections.
            Maximum of 3 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit
            • This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk
            daughter card of any type.

                                                               VCMs
700417389   IPO 500 MC VCM 32 - Comes with 4 VCM channels               Note: For Release R4.0 to
            enabled, the rest are enabled with licensing. The card      5.0 comes with 4 VCM
            can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card,    channels enabled.
            which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk       Additional channels can be
            connections.                                                enabled through licensing.
            Maximum of 2 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit                 For release 6.0 and higher
            and no more than 128 VCM channels per Control               comes with 32 VCM
            Unit.                                                       channels enabled and 12
            • This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk                 Avaya IP Endpoint
            daughter card of any type.                                  licenses.
700417397   IPO 500 MC VCM 64 - Comes with 4 VCM channels               Note: For Release R4.0 to
            enabled, the rest are enabled with licensing. The card      5.0 comes with 4 VCM
            can be fitted with an IP Office 500 daughter trunk card,    channels enabled.
            which then uses the additional 4 RJ45 ports for trunk       Additional channels can be
            connections.                                                enabled through licensing.
            Maximum of 2 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit                 For release 6.0 and higher
            and no more than 128 VCM channels per Control               comes with 64 VCM
            Unit.                                                       channels enabled and 12
            • This card accepts one IP Office 500 trunk                 Avaya IP Endpoint
            daughter card of any type.                                  licenses.
                                                    Legacy Carrier
700417215   IPO 500 LEGACY CARD CARRIER
            • This card supports, one each, of the following
            IP400 cards:
            • PRI T1
            • Dual PRI T1
            • NA E1 PRI
            • PRI 30 E1 (1.4)
            • Dual PRI E1
            • PRI 30 E1R2 RJ45
            • Dual PRI E1R2 RJ45
            • ANLG 4 Uni
            • BRI-8 (UNI)
            • VCM 4
            • VCM 8
            • VCM 16
            • VCM 24
            • VCM 30
            Maximum of 2 per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                     Page 63
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                           Description                                Model              NPL   End of Sale
            IP OFFICE IP500 EXPANSION CARD 4 PORT   Expansion Card
700472889   · Supports                                              IPO IP500 EXP CARD 4PT
            Provides 4 additional expansion ports for connection of
            external expansion modules.
            · Supported Expansion Modules: The following external
            expansion modules are supported:
            · IP500 Analogue Trunk Module
            · IP500 BRI So Module
            · IP500 Digital Station Module
            · IP500 Phone Module
            · IP400 Digital Station V2 Modules
            · IP400 Phone V2 Modules
            · Maximum per IP500/IP500V2 Control Unit: 1 - Right
            hand slot 4 only.
            IP500 Trunks Cards
                                                      Analog Trunks
700417405   IPO 500 TRUNK ANLG 4 UNI - This card can be added
            to an IP Office 500 Digital Station card, IP Office 500
            Analog Phone base card, or IP Office 500 VCM card. It
            allows that card to then also support 4 analog loop-
            start trunks. It also provides one analog V.32 modem.
            • When fitted to an IP Office 500 Analog Phone 8
            base card, the combination supports 1 power
            failure extension to trunk connection.

                                           BRI Trunks - Euro ISDN
700417413   IPO 500 TRUNK BRI 4 UNI (Euro ISDN) - This type of
            card can be added to an IP Office 500 Digital Station
            card, IP Office 500 Analog Phone card, or IP Office 500
            VCM card. It allows that card to then also support up 2
            BRI trunk connections, each trunk providing 2B+D
            digital channels.
700417421   IPO 500 TRUNK BRI 8 UNI (Euro ISDN) - This type of
            card can be added to an IP Office 500 Digital Station
            card, IP Office 500 Analog Phone card, or IP Office 500
            VCM card. It allows that card to then also support up 4
            BRI trunk connections, each trunk providing 2B+D
            digital channels. The card is
                                               S0 Converter Cable
700458649   IPO IP500 BRI S0 CONVTR CBL -
            Converter cable for use with IP500 BRI in S0 mode
                                          T1/PRI/E1/E1R2 Trunks
700417439   IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI SINGLE - Support up to 24 T1        IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI
            channels or up to 30 E1 channels. Eight (8) channels SINGLE
            are enabled by default. Further channels may be
            enabled by the purchase of additional licenses in
            2-channel or 8-channel increments.
            • Up to four Universal PRI cards can be installed in any
            combination in the IP500 chassis.
            • The IP500 PRI daughter card works on any IP500
            VCM or extension base card (not the Legacy Card
            Carrier).
700417462   IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI DUAL - Support up to 48 T1          IPO 500 TRNK PRI UNI DUAL
            channels or 60 E1 channels. Eight (8) channels are
            enabled per T1/PRI port by default. Further
            channels may be enabled by the purchase of
            additional licenses in 2-channel, 8-channel
            increments, 22-channels or 32-channels.
            • Up to four Universal PRI cards can be installed in any
            combination in the IP500 chassis.
            • The IP500 PRI daughter card works on any IP500
            VCM or extension base card (not the Legacy Card
            Carrier).




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 64
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                     Description                                       Model   NPL   End of Sale
            IP500 Expansion Modules
                                                   Analog Stations
700449507   IPO 500 EXP MOD PHONE 16 - Adds an additional 16       46USC0002UKRE
            Plain Ordinary Telephone ports to the IP500/IP500V2.
            Not Included: Power Lead.
            On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP
            Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA
            (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2
            does require the IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).
            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit
700426224   IPO 500 EXP MOD PHONE 30 - Adds an additional 30
            Plain Ordinary Telephone ports to the IP500?IP500V2.
            Not Included: Power Lead.
            On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP
            Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA
            (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2
            does require the IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).
            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit.
                      IP500 Digital Expansion Modules
                                          IP Office Digital Stations
700449499   IPO 500 EXP MOD DGTL STA 16 - Adds an additional 16 46USC0002UKRA
            Digital Station ports to the IP500/IP500V2, to support
            24xx or 44xx or 54xx or 64xx Series Digital sets.
            Not Included: Power Lead.
            On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP
            Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA
            (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2
            does require the IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).
            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit
700426216   IPO 500 EXP MOD DGTL STA 30 - Adds an additional 30
            Digital Station ports to the IP500/IP500V2, to support
            24xx or 44xx or 54xx or 64xx Series Digital sets.
            Not Included: Power Lead.
            On the IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP
            Office Standard to Professional upgrade RFA
            (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2
            does require the IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).
            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit
                                          Nortel Digital Stations
700500699   IPO IP500 EXP MOD DS16A DGTL ST RJ21 - External
            Expansion module for 16 Nortel digital phones
            Not Included: Power Lead.

            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit

700500698   IPO IP500 EXP MOD DS30A DGTL ST RJ21 - External
            Expansion module for 30 Nortel digital phones
            Not Included: Power Lead.

            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                        Page 65
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                Model      NPL   End of Sale
                                                     Analog Trunks
700449473   IPO 500 EXP MOD ANLG TRNK 16 provides an               46USC0002UKRQ
            additional 16 Analog trunks (loop start, LS-ICLID or
            ground start) and two power fail sockets. On the
            IP500 release 5.0 does not requires IP Office
            Standard to Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).
            However, IP500 release 4.0 to 4.2 does require
            the IP Office Standard to Professional upgrade
            RFA (202959 ).
            Not Included: Power Lead and Trunk Cable(s).
            Included: IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M Blue For
            Connecting Expansion Module to Base Unit
            IP500 Mountings
700500923   IPO IP500 WALL MNTG KIT V2 - New Wall Mount with
            cable management
700429202    IPO 500 RACK MOUNTING KIT
700430150    IPO 500 WALL MOUNTING KIT
 <----      IP Office 500 RFAs
            IP500 Standard to Professional Upgrade
            IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO PRO
 202959     On the IP Office 500 R5 and higher do not
            requires IP Office Standard to Professional
            upgrade RFA (202959 ). However, IP500 release 4.0
            to 4.2 does requires the IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (202959 ).
            The following requires IP Office Standard to
            Professional upgrade RFA (Release 4.0 to 4.2 only).
            • Use of Expansion ports
            • 64-way Meet me Conference Bridge
            • VMLite or VMPro
            • ContactStore
            • Conference Center
            • CCC
            • TAPI WAV
            IP500 Voice Networking (SCN,Qsig, H450 )
 202960     IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START4 LIC:DS
            The Voice Networking Base license allows unlimited
            Q.Sig calls but restricts IP trunks to a maximum of 4
            outbound calls.
            • Starting with release 4.0.10, IP500 no longer
            requires IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO PRO
            (202959) License. This license is used with IP500
            Systems on release 4.0 to 4.2 only, Not to be used
            on IP500 with R5 system.
 205650     See above to add support for 4 additional outbound
            calls for IP or SCN trunks
            • IP500 requires IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK
            START4 LIC:DS (202960) License before this
            license can be applied
            IP500 VCM RFAs *
 202961      IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 4 CH
  Note:     This license is to add four (4) additional VCM
            channels to the IP500 VCM32/64 base cards
            release R4.0 to 5.0 only. This license is not
            required with release R6.0 or higher
            IP500 T1/E1 Channel RFAs *
                                                            T1/PRI
 215180     IPO LIC IP500 T1 CHANNELS ADD 2
 215181     IPO LIC IP500 T1 CHANNELS ADD 8
 215182     IPO LIC IP500 T1 CHANNELS ADD 32
                                                                  E1
 215183     IPO LIC IP500 E1 CHANNELS ADD 2
 215184     IPO LIC IP500 E1 CHANNELS ADD 8
 215185     IPO LIC IP500 E1 CHANNELS ADD 22
                                                              E1R2
 215186     IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 CHANNELS ADD 2
 215187     IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 CHANNELS ADD 8
 215188     IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 CHANNELS ADD 22
  Note:     These licenses are to add additional
            T1/PRI/E1/E1R2 channels to the IP500 PRI
            daughter card only.
            • The IP500 PRI daughter card works on any
            IP500 VCM or extension base card (not the
            Legacy Card Carrier).




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                       Page 66
                                                 9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                                      Model               NPL    End of Sale
 <----      IP400 and IP 500 Advanced Networking/SIP Trunking RFAs
            The following licenses are supported with IP Office release 4.0 - 4.2 and only on the following
            IP400 and IP500 Advanced Networking
            IPO LIC ADVANCED NTWKG LIC -The following new
 202966
            features are supported with IP Office Release 4.0. and
            provides the following features:
            This license is used with IP500V1 Systems on
            release 4.0 to 4.2 only, Not to be used on IP500
            with R5 system.
            • Hot Desking across the Network
            • Distributed Hunt Groups
            • Break Out
            Note that these features require entry of an IP
            Office Advanced Networking License into each of
            the IP Office systems within the network.
            IP400 and IP500 SIP Trunking
 202967      IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 1
 202968      IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 5
 202969      IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 10
 202970      IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 20
 <----      R6 Avaya IP Endpoint RFA
            R6.x IP Telephone RFA
 229444     Enables the use of one Avaya IP telephone.                  IPO LIC R6 AV IP
                                                                        ENDPOINT 1
 229445     Enables the use of 5 Avaya IP telephones.                   IPO LIC R6 AV IP
                                                                        ENDPOINT 5
 229447     Enables the use of 20 Avaya IP telephones.                  IPO LIC R6 AV IP
                                                                        ENDPOINT 20
 <----      IP Office Applications, Feature Keys & CDs
            IP 400 Feature Key Dongles - Only used with IP400 Series Control Units
700293095   Feature Key with unique serial number. One Feature    IP400 FEATURE KEY -
            Key is required per IP Office system for all software SERIAL
            licenses (RFA product codes). Connects to IPO Serial
            port (No PC Key Server required). Connects to Small
            Office Edition, IPO 406 V2 and IPO 412 only.


            Application CD's
                                             IP Office Phone Status
700411184   IP Office Phone Status has been created to assist           IP OFFICE PHONE STATUS
            people who are blind or visually impaired to use IP         SOFTWARE
            Office telephones. It is available for use with IP Office
            R3.2 and above.                                             This a a client application
            The IP Office Phone Status application “speaks out”         and purchased once per IP
            information about calls using the Microsoft Speech          Office control unit for all
            Engine. Events are spoken as they occur (in real time)      Users on the same IP Office.
            or status items can be requested by pressing a key on
            the keyboard. Special keys can be defined to control
            various speaking functions. The information to be
            spoken is user selectable. All activities can be logged
            for later review.
                                                            VMPro CD
700459357   CD-ROM containing the VoiceMail Pro application for IP      VoiceMail Pro 4.2 CD
            Office. Licence keys are required to enable VoiceMail
            Pro functionality for the appropriate number of ports
            (4.2 Release).
                                 IP Office Application Server DVD
700501420   IP OFFICE R7.0 APPLICATION SERVER DVD                       IPO 7.0 APPL SRVR DVD
700501078   IP OFFICE R6.1 APPLICATION SERVER DVD                       IPO R6.1 APPL SRVR DVD
                                          IP Office Admin SET DVD
700500928   IP OFFICE R7.0 APPLICATION SERVER DVD                       IPO 7.0 USER/ADMIN SET
                                                                        DVD
700500949   IP OFFICE R6.1 USER/ADMIN SET DVD                           IPO R6.1 USER/ADMIN SET
                                                                        DVD
700480569   IPO DVD R6.0 USER/ADMIN SET                                 IP OFFICE R6.0 ADMIN DVD
                                                           TTS CDs
700478068   IPO DVD TTS SET                                             IP OFFICE DVD TEXT TO
                                                                        SPEECH SET




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                        Page 67
                                                      9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




  SAP Code                            Description                                      Model                      NPL     End of Sale
   <----        60 Day Free ApplicationTry-It-Buy-It License RFA
Trial licenses allow applications to run in fully functional form for 60 days (from the date of license generation),
after which time they cannot be used until upgraded at cost to the full license but can be ordered at any time
 during the product ownership.
                  Release 6.1 Specific Trial RFA's
    263128        IP OFFICE LICENSE CTI RFA TRIAL LIC:DS - Also              IPO LIC CTI RFA
                  known as 3rd Party TAPI trial license, needed to trial     TRIAL
                  DevConnect Solutions with IP Office
                  Release 6.0 Specific Trial RFA's
    229425        IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION TRIAL
                  (includes 1 Supervisor and 20 Agents)
    229441        IP Office - Office Worker solution (for 5 Users) for a 60- IPO LIC R6 OFF
                  day trial period.                                          WORKER 5
                                                                             TRIAL
    229437        IP Office Mobile Worker solution (for 5 Users; formerly IPO LIC R6
                  Mobility) for a 60-day trial period.                       MOBILE
                                                                             WORKER 5
                                                                             TRIAL
    229433        IP Office Teleworker solution (for 5 Users) for a 60-      IPO LIC R6
                  daytrial period.                                           TELEWORKER 5
                                                                             TRIAL
    229429        IP Office Power User solution (for 5 Users) for a 60-day IPO LIC R6 PWR
                  trial period.                                              USER 5 TRIAL
    229443        IP Office Customer Service Supervisor solution for a 60- IPO LIC R6
                  day trial period. (includes 1 additional Supervisor) CUSTMR SVC
                                                                             SPV 1 TRIAL
    229449        IP Office Avaya IP Endpoint (for 5 endpoints) for a 60- IPO LIC R6 AV IP
                  day trial period.                                          ENDPOINT 5 TRIAL
                  Release 5 Specific Trial RFA's
    189782        IP Office Preferred Edition (formerly VoiceMail Pro)       Renaming of: IPO TRIAL
                                                                             VM PRO RFA LIC:DS
    227044        IPO LIC ADVANCED RFA TRIAL
    195574        IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 5 TRIAL
    227055        IPO LIC TELEWORKER RFA 5 TRIAL
    227052        IPO LIC POWER USER RFA 5 TRIAL
    189783        IP OFFICE LICENSE RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 TRIAL
    227053        IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 TRIAL
    227040        IPO LIC IP ENDPOINT RFA 5 TRIAL
                  IP500 Specific Trial RFA's
    205822        IPO LIC IP500 STD UPG TO PRO TRIAL
    205823        IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START 4 TRIAL

                IP400/500 Trial RFA's
   217890       Unified Messaging Service (for 10 Users)                   IPO LIC UMS 10 USER TRIAL
   205821       IPO LIC ADVANCED NTWKG TRIAL
   205820       SIP Trunking (1 Trunk)
   189776       VoiceMail Pro Networked Messaging                           IPO TRIAL NTWKD MSGING
                                                                           RFA LIC:DS
    189778      Avaya Text-to-Speech (1 port)                               IPO TRIAL AVAYA TTS RFA
                                                                           1 LIC:CU
    189781      3rd party Text-to-Speech(1 port)                            IPO TRIAL 3RD PRTY TTS
                                                                           RFA LIC:CU
    189786      Centralized Voicemail with Avaya Messaging (Modular         IPO TRIAL ACM CENTRAL
                Messaging and Intuity AUDIX)                               VM LIC:DS
    189806      IPSec Virtual Private Networking                            IPO TRIAL IPSEC VPN RFA
                                                                           LIC:DS
NOTE: The ContactStore application has a 45 day trial built into the software and therefore does not require a separate
license key, but this 45 day trial runs from the date the software is installed.
   <----        CTI RFA Licenses
                Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) Link
   171988       Enables CTI Link Pro functionality (TAPILink Pro & IP400 CTI RFA
                DevLink Pro).
                Does not include TAPI WAV ports, add RFA
                177466 for TAPI WAV ports.
                TAPI Wav
   177466       Enables 4 Voice Processing ports via TAPI WAV      IP400 TAPI WAV RFA 4
                (Requires CTI Link Pro RFA). Up to 28 ports.
                • IP500 requires IPO LIC IP500 IPO STD UPG TO
                PRO (202959) License.
   <----        Embedded Voicemail
                IP406 V2 and IP500 Embedded Voicemail
                See "Essential Edition above"




                                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                               Page 68
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                        Description                                       Model                    NPL   End of Sale
 <----     Voicemail & VoiceMail Pro License RFA
           Intuity Audix behind MultiVantage/ACM
 177467    Enables IP Office to use Intuity Audix behind the          IP400 AUDIX RFA
           MultiVantage/ACM (requires CLAN & Media Processor
           integrated to MultiVantage/ACM for IP or DS1 for T1
           integrated to MultiVantage/ACM) as Centralized Voice
           Mail when IP Office is Qsig to MultiVantage/ACM
           (MultiVantage/ACM requires Qsig Supplemental).
           (Does Not require VoiceMail Pro).

           VoiceMail Pro
 171991    Basic VoiceMail Pro with 4 Ports. - Now called Preferred   IP400 VoiceMail Pro RFA
           Edition
           See "Preferred Edition above"
           Add additional VoiceMail Pro Ports
 174459    Adds 2 VoiceMail Pro ports.                                IP400   VoiceMail   Pro   RFA   2
 174460    Adds 4 VoiceMail Pro ports.                                IP400   VoiceMail   Pro   RFA   4
 174461    Adds 8 VoiceMail Pro ports.                                IP400   VoiceMail   Pro   RFA   8
 174462    Adds 16 VoiceMail Pro ports.                               IP400   VoiceMail   Pro   RFA   16
           VoiceMail Pro Networking
 182297    Enables VoiceMail Pro to inter-operate with other Avaya    IP400 Networked Messaging
           compliant voice messaging systems.                         RFA
           VoiceMail Pro Unified Messaging (UMS)
 217880    IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 1 USER - Enables 1 user to access
           voicemail through the web or IMAP
 217881    IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 5 USER - Enables 5 users to
           access voicemail through the web or IMAP
 217883    IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 20 USER - Enables 20 users to
           access voicemail through the web or IMAP
           Text to Speech
 182299    Enables VoiceMail Pro to use Avaya/Scansoft Text To        IP400 AVAYA TTS RFA 1
           Speech (TTS) engine within VM Pro callflows (IVR)
           and/or for listening to Emails (MS-Exchange). One TTS
           RFA is required per concurrent user up to the
           number of licensed VM Pro ports.
 182303    Enables VoiceMail Pro to use Microsoft or any other 3rd    IP400 3rd PARTY TTS RFA 1
           Party SAPI 5 Text To Speech (TTS) engines within VM
           Pro callflows (IVR) and/or for listening to Emails (MS-
           Exchange). One TTS RFA is required per
           concurrent user up to the number of licensed VM
           Pro ports.
           ContactStore
 187166    IP Office ContactStore compliments VMPro recording         IPO IP400 CONTACTSTORE
           capabilities by storing and cataloging the recordings      FOR IPO RFA
           into a database so that users can easily search and
           replay call recordings through a Web browser based
           graphical user interface (GUI). (Requires VoiceMail
           Pro RFA)
           • Required on each IP Office in an SCN
           • IP500 R4.2 and below requires IPO LIC IP500
           IPO STD UPG TO PRO (202959) License.
           • Included in the IP Office Advanced Edition with
           IP500 R5..
           NOTE: ContactStore has a 45 day trial built into the
           software and therefore does not require a separate
           license key. A fully featured IP Office ContactStore
           system can be installed and used for 45 days from the
           creation of the first recording.
 <----     Phone Manager License RFA
           PhoneManager PRO
 177468    Enables PhoneManager Pro for 1 user (or 1 additional       IP400 PhoneManager Pro
           user).                                                     RFA 1
           iPhoneManager
 171992    Enables iPhoneManager Pro (IP Soft-Phone) for 1            IP400 IPPRO RFA 1
           additional user (or 1 additional user). Requires at
           least the same number of PhoneManager Pro
           licenses (IP400 Phone Manager Pro RFA) to be
           installed.




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                            Page 69
                                                  9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                      Model             NPL   End of Sale
 <----      VPN Phone Software License RFA
            VPN Phone License
 213980     enables 1 remote 46xx/56xx VPN phone to connect to IPO LIC VPN PHONE 1 LIC
            IP Office
            Note: The VPN Phone license is only valid up to release
            5.0. With release R6.0 and above the Avaya IP
            Endpoint license is required.
 <----      3 Rd Party End Points License RFA
            3rd Party IP End points
 174956     Enables 3rd party IP end points. The Avaya 4600 series IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 1
            hardphones do not require this license key and
            iPhoneManager Pro (IP Office IP Soft-Phone) is enabled
            separately by IPPRO RFA. Enables 1 3rd party end
            point (or 1 additional 3rd party end point).

 174957     Enables 3rd party IP end points   for 5 end points (or 5   IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 5
            additional end points).
 174958     Enables 3rd party IP end points   for 10 end points (or    IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 10
            10 additional end points).
 174959     Enables 3rd party IP end points   for 20 end points (or    IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 20
            20 additional end points).
 174960     Enables 3rd party IP end points   for 50 end points (or    IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 50
            50 additional end points).
 <----      CCC License RFA
            Compact Contact Center (CCC)
            Note: CCC is "End of Sale" and not supported on Release 6.0 and higher
                                           Additional Supervisors
 171996     Enables an additional supervisor for Compact Contact  IP400 CCC SUP RFA
            Centre - Requires IP400 CCC SVR RFA (171994)
            before additional Supervisors can be added (up to
            21 Supervisors in total with CCC V5 and 5 with CCC
            V4), including the one supervisor in CCC SVR).

                                                 Additional Agents
 171995     Enables reporting for 5 CCC agents (or 5 additional    IP400 CCC AGT RFA 5
            CCC agents). (Requires CCC V5)
                                              Physical Wallboards
 176196     Provides software activation for up to 4 physical      IP400 CCC Wallboard 4 RFA
            wallboards for use with the Compact Contact Centre, up
            to a maximum of 16. Please note that this activation
            does not apply to the WB 22 product. For a list of
            approved readerboard displays, please refer to the CCC
            System Administrator's Guide.

 <----      IPSec Licence RFA
            IPSec VPN
 182301     Enables IP Office and Small Office Edition to initiate and IP400 IPSec VPN RFA
            terminate L2TP and IPSec VPN tunnels
 <----      Rack Mounts, Barrier Box, Cables & Physical Wallboards
            IP500 Mountings
700500923   IPO IP500 WALL MNTG KIT V2 - New Wall Mount with
            cable management
700429202    IPO 500 RACK MOUNTING KIT
700430150    IPO 500 WALL MOUNTING KIT
            PHONE BARRIER BOX
700385495   Use with Phone V2 module. Includes an RJ45 to RJ11         IP400 Phone Barrier Box V2
            cable and functional earth lead.                           (101V)
700293905   Flat Panel with mounting holes for 8 x Barrier Boxes on    IP400 BARRIER BOX 1U
            19 inch racking                                            PANEL
            T1/Analog CO Trunk Cable
700213440   Cable - 3 meters for BRI / PRI / T1 / Analogue Trunks.     IP400 ISDN RJ45/RJ45
                                                                       3M Red
            Expansion Module Cable
700213457   Spare Cable - For connecting Expansion Modules to        IP400 EXP RJ45/RJ45 1M
            Base Units - 1 meter (Cable is included in all Expansion Blue
            Modules).
700472871   Only for use with the 4-Port Expansion card.             IPO EXP CBL RJ45/RJ45
                                                                     2M YELLOW
            LAN Cables
700213481   LAN Cable - 3 meters.                                    IP400 LAN RJ45/RJ45 3M
                                                                     Gray




                                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 70
                                              9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                        Description                                  Model          NPL   End of Sale
                                *
            Physical Wallboards
            Spectrum Wallboard - WALLBD 2X20 CHARS 40.2"          3214C1
            LONG 115V SERIAL                                      MSRP $2,455
            Spectrum Wallboard Master Kit - MASTER KIT 115        M2-MK001
            VOLTS FOR SERIAL WALLBD                               MSRP $295.00
            Wireless Keyboard - INFRARED WIRELESS KEYBOARD        M2-IK055
                                                                  $115.00
            * Spectrum Wall Boards must be ordered directly from Spectrum:
 <----      Power Supplies and Leads
            Spare earthed 60W PSU Power Supply
700357387   Spare earthed 60W PSU Power Supply (Power Supply is IPO SPR - PWR SUPP
            included with Control Units & V2 expansion modules). EARTHED
            For IP412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units

            Power Leads
                                         Earthed Power Cords
            North, Central and South America
700289770   IP412, IP500, DS16/30V2, Phone 16/30V2 and ATM16     Power Lead (Earthed)
            V2 For IPO 412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units        NEMA5-15P / CS22.2 No.42
            Power Lead
            Czech Republic, Ireland, United Kingdom.
700289747   IP412, IP500, DS16/30V2, Phone 16/30V2 and ATM16     Power Lead (Earthed) -
            V2 For IP412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units          BS1363
            Power Lead
            Europe and South Africa
700289762   IP412, IP500, DS16/30V2, Phone 16/30V2 and ATM16     Power Lead (Earthed) -
            V2 For IP412, IP500, and V2 Expansion Units          CEE7/7 (Schuko)
            Power Lead
 <----      B100 Conference phones
            B100 Conference phones - Requires IPO release 7.0 or higher
            B100 Conference phones
700501533   AVAYA B149 ANALOG CONFERENCE PHONE               AVAYA B149 ANLG CONF
                                                             PHONE
700501530   AVAYA B159 ANALOG CONFERENCE PHONE               AVAYA B159 ANLG
                                                             CONFERENCE PHONE
700501532   AVAYA B179 SIP CONFERENCE PHONE                  AVAYA B179 SIP CONF
                                                             PHONE
            B100 Conference Accessories
700501534   AVAYA B100 SERIES AC 100-240V/14 DC POWER        AVAYA B100 SER PWR
            ADAPTER                                          ADPTR
700501536   AVAYA B100 SERIES CONFERENCE PHONE WALL          AVAYA B100 SER WALL
            MOUNTING BRACKET                                 MNTG BRKT
700501537   AVAYA B100 SERIES INTERFACE BOX W/SFTW FOR       AVAYA B100 SER PA SYS
            AUDITORIUM PA SYSTEM                             INTF BOX
700501538   AVAYA B100 SERIES MEMORY CARD 2GB                AVAYA B100 SER MEMORY
                                                             CARD 2GB
700501539   AVAYA B100 SERIES EXPANSION MICROPHONES 1PR      AVAYA B100 SER EXP MIC
            FOR CONFERENCE PHONE                             1PR
700501540   AVAYA B100 SERIES SECURITY LOCK AND CABLE FOR AVAYA B100 SER SECURITY
            CONF PHONE                                       LOCK/CBL
700501541   AVAYA B100 SERIES DUAL ANALOG LINE AND POWER AVAYA B100 SER ANLG/PWR
            CABLE 7.5M                                       CBL 7.5M
700501542   AVAYA B100 SERIES POWER EXTENSION CABLE 7.5M     AVAYA B100 SER PWR EXT
                                                             CBL 7.5M
700501543   AVAYA B100 SERIES DUAL ANALOG LINE AND POWER AVAYA B100 SER ANLG/PWR
            EXTENSION CABLE 7.5M                             EXT CBL
700501544   AVAYA B100 SERIES USB CBL 1.5M                   AVAYA B100 SER USB CBL
                                                             1.5M
700501545   AVAYA B100 SERIES MOBILE PHONE CABLE FOR GSM AVAYA B100 MOBILE CBL
            SONY ERICSSON 1.5M                               SONY ERICSSON
700501546   AVAYA B100 SERIES MOBILE PHONE CABLE FOR GSM AVAYA B100 MOBILE CBL
            NOKIA N95 1.5M                                   NOKIA N95
700501547   AVAYA B100 SERIES MOBILE PHONE CABLE FOR GSM AVAYA B100 MOBILE CBL
            NOKIA 2.5MM 1.5M                                 NOKIA 2.55MM
700501548   AVAYA B100 SERIES MOBILE PHONE CABLE FOR         AVAYA B100 MOBILE CBL
            DECT/GSM/2.5MM 1.5M                              DECT/2.5MM
700501549   AVAYA B100 SERIES MOBILE PHONE CABLE FOR GSM AVAYA B100 MOBILE CBL
            HTC USB 1.5M                                     HTC USB
700501551   AVAYA B100 SERIES POWER CABLE CONNECTION 7.5M AVAYA B100 SER PWR CBL
            EIJA-5320 CLASS IV                               CONN 7.5M
700501552   AVAYA B100 SERIES ETHERNET NETWORK CABLE 6.5M AVAYA B100 SER ETH CBL
                                                             6.5M
700501553   AVAYA B100 SERIES MOBILE PHONE CABLE FOR GSM AVAYA B100 MOBILE CBL
            IPHONE 4/3GS 1.5M                                IPHONE




                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 71
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                   Model   NPL   End of Sale
 <----      14xx IP OFFICE DIGITAL SETS
            IP OFFICE 14xx Digital SETS - Requires IPO release 6.0 or higher
700469927   Avaya 1403 - Available in April. Digital 3-button         1403 TELSET
            phone for IP Office only                                  FOR IPO
700469851   Avaya 1408 -Available in April. Digital 8-button phone 1408 TELSET
            for IP Office, Communication Manager and Integral 55 FOR CM/IE/IPO
                                                                      UpN
700469869   Avaya 1416 -Available in April. Digital 16-button         1416 TELSET
            phone for IP Office, Communication Manager and            FOR CM/IE/IPO
            Integral 55                                               UpN
700469968   Available in the first half of 2010. 32 button module for BUTTON MOD
            1416 digital phone                                        FOR 1400
                                                                      SERIES
 <----      95xx & 96xx IP OFFICE Digital/IP SETS
            IP OFFICE 95xx Digital SETS - Requires IPO release 7.0 or higher
700500206   9504 TELSET FOR IP OFFICE - New 4/12 keys paperless
            digital phone for IP Office
700500207   9508 TELSET FOR IP OFFICE - New 8/24 keys paperless
            digital phone
            IP OFFICE 96x1 IP SETS - Requires IPO release 7.0 or higher
700480585   IP PHONE 9608 - New 8/24 -button LCD-paperless IP-
            phone. Order Ethernet cable separately
700480601   IP PHONE 9621G - New touch-screen Gigabit IP-phone.
            Order Ethernet cable separately.
700480619   IP PHONE 9621G W/O FCPLT - 9621G phone without
            faceplate
700480627   IP PHONE 9641G - New touch-screen Gigabit IP-phone
            with Bluetooth for future use. Order Ethernet cable
            separately.
700480635   IP PHONE 9641G W/O FCPLT - 9641G phone without
            faceplate
700480643   BUTTON MOD 12B - Button module with 12 paperless
            keys for 9508, 9608 and 9641G
            Note: 9508 set will require 1151C (700356447) to
            power set.
            Note: 9608 & 9641G sets will require Single port POE
            Injector (700500725) to power set.
700500725   IP PHONE SNGL PT POE INJCTR SPPOE-1A - New Power
            injector for 9608, 9621G and 9641G phone. The current
            power supplies of the 1151-series cannot be used.
            Power cord, which is not included, must be ordered
            separately or obtained elsewhere.
                                             Country Power Cords
405362641   US Plug (15A, 120V) 17505
407786623   Europe Plug (10A) 12013S
407786599   UK Plug (10A) 14012
407786631   Australia/NZ (10A) Plug 15012
407790591   India Plug (10A) SPC-P250CIM
408161453   Argentina
                                                        Faceplates
700500723   FACEPLATE KIT 9621G/9641G PACK OF 25
                                              Replacement Stands
700500726   IP PHONE 9608/9611G REPLACEMENT STAND
700500727   BUTTON MODULE 12 REPLACEMENT STAND
                                                    96xx Handsets
700416548   96XX REPLACEMENT HANDSET
700446370   IP PHONE 96XX AMPLIFIED SPEECH HANDSET
                                              96xx Handset Cords
700383318   IP PHONE 96XX REPLACEMENT HANDSET CORD 9FT
700383821   IP PHONE 96XX REPLACEMENT HANDSET CORD 25FT
                                     96xx Handset Ethernet Cable
700383326   IP PHONE 96XX REPLACEMENT LINE CORD (CAT5)




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                        Page 72
                                                 9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                               Model                  NPL   End of Sale
            IP OFFICE 96xx IP SETS - Requires IPO release 6.0 or higher
700461197   IP PHONE 9620 LITE WITH CHARCOAL GREY                 IP PHONE 9620L CHARCOAL
            FACEPLATE                                             GRY
700461205   IP PHONE 9620 COLOR WITH CHARCOAL GREY                IP PHONE 9620C CHARCOAL
            FACEPLATE                                             GRY
700383938   IP TELEPHONE 9650 AVAYA CHARCOAL GRAY                 IP PHONE 9650 GRY
            9650D01A                                              9650D01A
700461213   IP PHONE 9650 COLOR WITH CHARCOAL GREY                IP PHONE 9650C CHARCOAL
            FACEPLATE                                             GRY
700405673   IP TELEPHONE 9630G AVAYA CHARCOAL GRAY                IP PHONE 9630G GRY
            9630GD01A - The 9630G is ideal for those customers    9630GD01A
            who require 10/100/1,000 Mbps bandwidth to the
            desktop. And with its built-in Ethernet switch, the
            9630G also provides GigE support to a co-located
            laptop or workstation.
700383920   IP TELEPHONE 9640 AVAYA CHARCOAL GRAY                 IP PHONE 9640 GRY
            9640D01A                                              9640D01A
700419195   IP PHONE 9640G CHARCOAL GRAY - The 9640G is           IP PHONE 9640G GRY
            ideal for those customers who require 10/100/1,000
            Mbps bandwidth to the desktop. And with its built-in
            Ethernet switch, the 9640G also provides GigE support
            to a co-located laptop or workstation.
700462518   IP PHONE BUTTON MODULE FOR 9600 SERIES MODELS 9600 SBM24 BUTTON MOD
            GREY                                                  GRY
700461239   IP PHONE 9620 LITE WITHOUT FACEPLATE                  IP PHONE 9620L W/O FCPLT

700461247   IP PHONE 9620 COLOR WITHOUT FACEPLATE                       IP PHONE 9620C W/O FCPLT

700408602   IP PHONE 9630G WITHOUT FACEPLATE                            IP PHONE 9630G W/O FCPLT

700408610   IP PHONE 9640 WITHOUT FACEPLATE - The 9640 is          IP PHONE 9640 W/O FCPLT
            shipped without the standard charcoal gray faceplate.
            This material code is intended for those customers who
            plan to deploy alternate color faceplates.

700429095   IP PHONE 9640G WITHOUT FACEPLATES - The 9640G IP PHONE 9640G W/O FCPLT
            is shipped without the standard charcoal gray faceplate.
            This material code is intended for those customers who
            plan to deploy alternate color faceplates.

700408628   IP PHONE 9650 WITHOUT FACEPLATE                             IP PHONE 9650 W/O FCPLT
700461254   IP PHONE 9650 COLOR WITHOUT FACEPLATE                       IP PHONE 9650C W/O FCPLT

700462526   IP PHONE BUTTON MODULE FOR 9600 SERIES MODELS               9600 SBM24 BUTTON MOD
            WITHOUT FACEPLATE                                           W/O FCPLT
700383789   IP TELEPHONE BLUETOOTH ADAPTER SBTA -                       IP PHONE BLUETOOTH
            Integrated Bluetooth Adapter for one-X Deskphone            ADPTR SBTA
            Edition IP Telephones seamlessly integrates into the
            bottom of the 9600 series telephones, providing
            wireless bluetooth connectivity to other bluetooth
            enabled communications devices - including 3rd party
            bluetooth headsets.
            Note: A wedge stand is required for all 9600
            phones when using any adapter - including
            Gigabit Ethernet.
700383870   IP PHONE 9620 WEDGE STAND                                   IP PHONE 9620 WEDGE
            Wedge stand for 9620 IP Telephone. Replaces the             STAND
            default flip stand which comes standard with the 9620
            itself. The Wedge stand places the phone in a more
            horizontal position, while holding any installed adapters
            securely to the back of the phone.
            Note: A wedge stand is required for all 9600
            phones when using any adapter - including
            Gigabit Ethernet.
700383888   IP PHONE 9630/40/50/21/41 WEDGE STAND                       IP PHONE 9630/40/50
            Wedge stand for 9630, 9640, 9650, 9621,9641 IP              WEDGE STAND
            Telephones. Replaces the default flip stand which
            comes standard with the phones themselves. The
            Wedge stand places the phone in a more horizontal
            position on the desk, while holding any installed
            adapters securely to the back of the phone.
            Note: A wedge stand is required for all 9600
            phones when using any adapter - including
            Gigabit Ethernet.
700383375   IP PHONE 9620, 9608/11 AND DIGITAL 94XX, 95XX               9620/08/11 WALL MNT
            WALL MOUNT




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                   Page 73
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                       Description                                      Model         NPL   End of Sale
700383383   IP PHONE 9630/40/50 AND 9621/41 WALL MOUNT                9630/40/50/21/41 WALL
                                                                      MNT
700446370   96XX SERIES AMPLIFIED SPEECH HANDSET ROHS                 96XX AMPLD SPEECH
                                                                      HANDSET RHS
700383771   IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT ETHERNET ADAPTER -                  IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT
            Note: A wedge stand is required for all 9600              ETHERNET ADPTR
            phones when using any adapter - including
            Gigabit Ethernet.
            Faceplates for 96xx series phones
                                                              Grey
700430838   FCPLT KIT 9620 GRY W/O LABEL PK25
700430846   FCPLT KIT 9630/40 GRY W/O LABEL PK25
700430853   FCPLT KIT 9650 GRY W/O LABEL PK25
                                                            Yellow
700431018   FCPLT   KIT 9620 YELLOW PK25
700431026   FCPLT   KIT 9630/40 YELLOW PK25
700431034   FCPLT   KIT 9650 YELLOW PK25
700431042   FCPLT   SBM24 YELLOW PK25
                                                               Red
700431067   FCPLT   KIT 9620 RED PK25
700431075   FCPLT   KIT 9630/40 RED PK25
700431083   FCPLT   KIT 9650 BLUE PK25
700431091   FCPLT   SBM24 RED PK25
                                                              Blue
700431117   FCPLT   KIT 9620 BLUE PK25
700431125   FCPLT   KIT 9630/40 BLUE PK25
700431133   FCPLT   KIT 9650 BLUE PK25
700431141   FCPLT   SBM24 BLUE PK25
                                                              Silva
700431315   FCPLT   KIT 9620 SLV PK25
700431323   FCPLT   KIT 9630/40 SLV PK25
700431331   FCPLT   KIT 9650 SLV PK25
700431349   FCPLT   SBM24 SLV PK25
                                                             White
700431364   FCPLT   KIT 9620 WH PK25
700431372   FCPLT   KIT 9630/40 WH PK25
700431380   FCPLT   KIT 9650 WH PK25
700431398   FCPLT   SBM24 WH PK25
 <----      54xx IP OFFICE DIGITAL SETS
            IP OFFICE 54xx DIGITAL SETS - Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher
700381981   IPO 5402 DCP TELSET GREY LIC:DS ROHS - Requires 5402 - RoHS                             1-Aug-11
            IPO release 3.0 or higher
700382005   IP OFFICE 5410 DCP TELSET GREY LIC:DS ROHS -    5410 - RoHS                             1-Aug-11
            Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher
700381627   IPO DCP TELSET 5420 D01A-2001 ROHS LIC:DS -     5420 - RoHS                             1-Aug-11
            Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher
 <----      24xx ACM DIGITAL SETS
            DEFINITY/ACM DIGITALSETS
700381973   TELSET 2402D GLOBAL DIGITAL VOICE TERMINAL -              2402 - RoHS
            Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher
700381999   TELSET 2410D GLOBAL DIGITAL VOICE TERMINAL -              2410 - RoHS
            Requires IPO release 3.0 or higher
700381585   TELSET 2420D GLOBAL DIGITAL VOICE TERMINAL -              2420D - RoHS
            Requires IPO release 2.0 or higher
 <----      Recorder Interface Module
            Recorder Interface Module
700381635   The 201B Recorder Interface Module (RIM) is supported TELSET MODULE RECORDER
            for use with 2420 and 5420 phones. It provides the      INTERFACE 201B-003
            phone with a 3.5mm mini-RCA jack socket for
            connection of recording devices. It also provides two
            headset sockets which can be used in place of the
            phones existing headset socket (the phone and the RIM
            sockets can not be used at the same time).
            To install the 201B, the phones existing stand must be
            removed and be replace by a 20B stand (also called the
            20B Module Adapter Base). This is an expanded stand
            that includes two slots, into one of which the 201B can
            be inserted. However only one 201B is supported per
            phone.
            Use of the 20B and therefore the 201B requires
            the phone to be powered by a 1151C1 or 1151C2
            power supply unit. Full installation instructions
            are included with the 20B Stand.
700381650   TELSET MODULE ADAPTER 20B-003                             TELSET MOD ADPTR 20B-
                                                                      003




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 74
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                        Description                                   Model        NPL   End of Sale
 <----      EU24 Expansion Modules
700381817   EU24 - 1XU-A Expansion module - ROHS for               EU24 - RoHS
            2420/5420, 4620/5620 and 4621/5621 - Requires
            IPO release 3.0 or higher or higher
 <----      16xx IP OFFICE IP SETS
700476849   1603-I IP PhoneBLK - Available in APAC in February     IP PHONE 1603-I BLK
            (Australia/New Zealand in March),
            EMEA in March, NA & CALA in April
700458524   IP PHONE 1603SW-I BLACK                                IP PHONE 1603SW-I BLK
700458532   IP PHONE 1608-I BLACK                                  IP PHONE 1608-I BLK
700458540   IP PHONE 1616-I BLACK                                  IP PHONE 1616-I BLK
700415573   1600 SERIES 32 BUTTON MODULE (BM32) - For 1616         Supported with 4.2 Q4
            only. Includes bond bridge.                            2008 Maintenance
                                                                   Release
            16XX & 96XX Add-Ons
700383326   CAT5 ETHERNET CORD (14 FT) For desktop usage of
            1600 series phones if CAT5 cord does not exist at
            desktop already.
700436710   CAT5 ETHERNET CORD (1FT) - For wall-mounting
            applications. Optional add-on for 1603 when wall-
            mounted. Replacement for 1608, 1616 cord included in
            wall-mount kits.
700415623   1608 WALL MOUNT KIT - Includes 1 ft Ethernet cord
            and screws
700415631   1616 WALL MOUNT KIT - Includes 1 ft Ethernet cord
            and screws
            16XX POWER ACCESSORIES
700415607   1603 PoE adapter - Fits inside 1603 wedge stand to
            add PoE capabilities. No wall plug needed.
700451230   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V US
700451248   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V UK
700451255   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V EU
700451263   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V ARGENTINA

700451271   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V KOREA
700451289   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V CHINA
700451297   POWER ADAPTER FOR 1600 IP PHONES 5V AUSTRALIA

            16XX REPLACEMENT PARTS
700415581   1600 SERIES BM32 CABLE - REPLACEMENT
700415599   1600 SERIES BM32 BOND BRIDGE - REPLACEMENT
            Includes screws
700419831   1603 PLASTIC LABEL COVERS (10) - REPLACEMENT
            Quantity = 10 pieces (covers 10 phones)
700415664   1608 PLASTIC LABEL COVERS (10) - REPLACEMENT
            Quantity = 10 pieces (covers 10 phones)
700415672   1616 BM32 PLASTIC LABEL COVERS (20) -
            REPLACEMENT
            Quantity = 20 pieces (covers 10 1716s or 5 BM32s)
700415615   1603 WEDGE STAND - REPLACEMENT
            For desktop and wall mount configuration. Ethernet
            cord sold separately.
700415714   1608 FLIP STAND - REPLACEMENT
700415722   1616 FLIP STAND - REPLACEMENT
700432800   1600 SERIES BM32 FLIP STAND - REPLACEMENT
700427495   1600 SERIES HANDSET - REPLACEMENT
            Handset cord sold separately.
700429707   1600 SERIES 9' HANDSET CORD - REPLACEMENT
            (BLACK)
700383821   9600/1600 SERIES 25' HANDSET CORD (GREY)
700446388   16XX SERIES AMPLIFIED SPEECH HANDSET ROHS              16XX AMPLD SPEECH
                                                                   HANDSET RHS




                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 75
                                               9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                                  Model   NPL   End of Sale
            16XX PAPER LABELS
700415706   1603 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS
            (8.5" x 11")
            25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1703 phones.

700415649   1608 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS
            (8.5" x 11")
            25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1708 phones.

700415656   1616 BM32 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50
            LABELS (8.5" x 11")
            25 sheets, 4 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1716 phones
            (2 per phone) or 25 BM32s (4 per unit)
700434210   1603 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS
            (A4)
            25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1603 phones.

700434228   1608 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50 LABELS
            (A4)
            25 sheets, 2 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1703 phones.

700434236   1616 BM32 PAPER DESI LABELS - PACKAGE OF 50
            LABELS (A4)
            25 sheets, 4 labels per sheet. Covers 50 1716 phones
            (2 per phone) or 25 BM32s (4 per unit)
            HEADSETS AND HEADSET ADAPTERS
                 Click to access the Avaya Headset Wizard
 <----      T3 IP OFFICE DIGITAL SETS (EMEA – select regions only)
            Requires IPO release 3.1 or higher!
                                                     T3 Compact
700380264   IPO T3 TELSET COMPACT UPN DGTL BLK                                         NA
700380298   IPO T3 TELSET COMPACT UPN DGTL WH                                          NA
                                                       T3 Classic
700380272   IPO T3 TELSET CLASSIC UPN DGTL BLK                                         NA
700380306   IPO T3 TELSET CLASSIC UPN DGTL WH                                          NA
                                                      T3 Comfort
700380280   IPO T3 TELSET COMFORT UPN DGTL BLK                                         NA
700380314   IPO T3 TELSET COMFORT UPN DGTL WH                                          NA
                                                    T3 DSS
700380322   IPO T3 TELSET DSS MOD DGTL BLK                                             NA
700380330   IPO T3 TELSET DSS MOD DGTL WH                                              NA
                                          T3 DSS Expansion
700380348   IPO T3 TELSET DSS EXP MOD DGTL BLK                                         NA
700380355   IPO T3 TELSET DSS EXP MOD DGTL WH                                          NA
                                            T3 Headset Link
700380363   IPO T3 HEADSET LINK                                                        NA
 <----      3810 Avaya Wireless Telephone
700313067   AVAYA 3810/3910 - Battery (1300MAH)                              BT2499A
700313075   AVAYA 3810/3910 - Wall Mount Plate                               EXP9660




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                        Page 76
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                   Model        NPL   End of Sale
 <----      3920 Avaya Wireless Telephone - PARTNER Version Only
700471121   3920 Wireless Telephone                                   AVAYA 3920 WIRELESS
                                                                      PHONE
700501144   3920 Wireless Telephone w/Repeater Package                AVAYA 3920 WIRELESS
                                                                      PHONE AND REPEATER
700501142   3920 Repeater                                             AVAYA 3920 WIRELESS
            The new wireless repeater replaces the current            REPEATER
            repeater. It is compatible with the existing 3920
            wireless handset and provides:
            • Smaller size
            • Weatherproof housing
            • Easier setup without any special tools
            A range of accessories and spare parts for this phone
            can be ordered directly on-line at the following WEB-
            page of our product Partner. They are not available
            through AVAYA:
                          www.unidendirect.com/avaya
            Accessories include headset, leather carrying case,
            spare power adapters, batteries and chargers as well as
            paper labels and plastic covers.
 <----      36XX Avaya IP Wireless
            3641 Handsets
700430408   AWTS 3641 WRLS PHONE
700430481   AWTS HANDSET 3641 BELT CLIP
700430499   AWTS HANDSET 3641 SWIVEL BELT CLIP
700430507   AWTS HANDSET BELT CLIP FOR 3641
700430523   AWTS SWIVEL CASE 3641 BLK W/KYPD CVR
            3645 Handsets
700430416   AWTS 3645 WRLS PHONE
700430515   AWTS HANDSET 3645 SWIVEL BELT CLIP
700430556   AWTS SWIVEL CASE 3645 BLK W/KYPD CVR
            3641/3645 Handset Accessories
700430424   AWTS SINGLE CHRGR FOR 3641/3645
700430432   AWTS DUAL CHRGR FOR 3641/3645
700430440   AWTS QUAD CHRGR FOR 3641/3645
700480957   AWTS 3624x PWR SUPP QUAD CHRGR GLOB
700430457   AWTS BATTERY STD FOR 3641/3645
700430465   AWTS BATTERY EXTD FOR 3641/3645
700430473   AWTS BATTERY ULTRA FOR 3641/3645
700430549   AWTS CASE 3641/3645 RUGGED HOLSTER
700430572   AWTS CORD LANYARD W/QUICK DISCONNECT
700430580   AWTS COILED LANYARD W/CLOTHING CLIP
700430622   AWTS USB CBL 464x DUAL CHARGER

            Processors/Rack Mount/Chargers/AVPP Power
                                                       AVPP
700413164   AWTS NETLINK AVPP 10 RHS AVPP10 (Max.. 10 Users)                  SVP011A

700413172   AWTS NETLINK AVPP 20 RHS AVPP20 (Max.. 20 Users)                  SVP021A

700413073   AWTS NETLINK VCE PRIORITY SRVR AVPP 100 RHS                       SVP101A
                                              Rack Mount Kit
700412976   AWTS RACK MNT KIT RHS                                             MKR151
                               Phone Chargers Power Supply
700480932   AWTS BATTERY CHARGER PWR SUPP (N.A.)
700480940   AWTS BATTERY CHARGER PWR SUPP INT
            EURO RHS , UK HK RHS, AUST NZ
                                             AVPP PWR SUP
700480965   AWTS AVPP PWR SUPP GLOB
            N.A., CONT EURO RHS, UK HK RHS, AUST NZ




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 77
                                              9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                        Description                                   Model          NPL   End of Sale
 <----      37xx IP DECT Wireless R4
            Handsets
                                                 374x Handsets
700479454   DECT 3740 HANDSET - Ruggedized DECT Handset
700479462   DECT 3749 HANDSET - Intrinsically Safe DECT handset

                                                    372x Handsets
700466105   Avaya 3720 DECT handset (BW display, four way         DECT 3720 HANDSET
            navigation key, half duplex speaker phone, 2.5mm
            wired headset connector), standard belt clip, battery
            pack include, charger not included
700466139   Avaya 3725 DECT handset (Color display, five way      DECT 3725 HANDSET
            navigation key, half duplex speaker phone, 2.5mm
            wired headset connector, BlueTooth headset interface,
            text message support, additional side keys for volume
            and mute), standard belt clip, battery pack included,
            charger not included
            Basic Charger
                                               374x Basic Charger
700500871   DECT 374x HANDSET BASIC CHARGER KIT
            UK/NAR/AUSTRALIA - Basic Charger (374x handsets)
            for UK, North America, Australia
700479470   DECT 374x HANDSET BASIC CHARGER KIT EUROPEAN -
            Basic Charger (374x handsets) for countries using the
            “EU-Style” connector
700500872   DECT 374x HANDSET BASIC CHRGR MX - Basic
            Charger (374x handsets) for Mexico
700500873   DECT 374x HANDSET BASIC CHRGR AR - Basic Charger
            (374x handsets) for Argentina
                                               372x Basic Charger
700500011   DECT HANDSET BASIC CHARGER MEXICO - Basics
            Handset Charger for 372x handsets for Mexico
700500012   DECT HANDSET BASIC CHARGER ARGENTINA - Basics
            Handset Charger for 372x handsets for Argentina

700500013   DECT HANDSET ADVANCED CHARGER KIT
            BRAZIL/MEXICO - Advanced Handset Charger for 372x
            handsets for Brasil and Mexico
700500014   DECT HANDSET ADVANCED CHARGER KIT ARGENTINA -
            Advanced Handset Charger for 372x handsets for
            Argentina
700466253   Charger cradle for one DECT handset (3720 and 3725    DECT HANDSET BASIC
            are both possible), Western European power supply     CHRGR EU
            included
700466261   Charger cradle for one DECT handset (3720 and 3725    DECT HANDSET BASIC
            are both possible), universal power supply for United CHRGR UK/NAR/AU
            Kingdom, North America and Australia included

            Advanced Cradle Charger
                                          374x Advanced Charger
700500875   DECT 374x HANDSET ADVANCED CHARGER KIT NORTH
            AMERICA REGION - Advanced Charger (374x handsets)
            for the North American Region
700479488   DECT 374x HANDSET ADVANCED CHARGER KIT
            EUROPEAN - Advanced Charger (374x handsets) for
            countries using the “EU-Style” connector
700500874   DECT 374x HANDSET ADV CHRGR UK - Advanced
            Charger (374x handsets) for the United Kindgom
700500876   DECT 374x HANDSET ADV CHRGR AU - Advanced
            Charger (374x handsets) for the Australia
700500877   DECT 374x HANDSET ADV CHRGR BR MX - Advanced
            Charger (374x handsets) for Brasil and Mexico
700500878   DECT 374x HANDSET ADV CHRGR AR - Advanced
            Charger (374x handsets) for Argentina
                                          372x Advanced Charger
700466295   Same as 700466279 DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT             DECT HANDSET ADV
            EU but with power supply for North America              CHRGR KIT NAR
700466279   Charging cradle for one DECT handset (3720 and 3725     DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR
            are both possible), contains also a USB connector and   KIT EU
            an Ethernet connector to use the charger for phone
            configuration either with a PC attached via standard
            USB cable or using the centralized management offered
            by the AIWS server via Ethernet

700466287   Same as 700466279 DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT             DECT HANDSET ADV
            EU but with power supply for United Kingdom             CHRGR KIT UK
700466303   Same as 700466279 DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR KIT            DECT HANDSET ADV CHRGR
            EU but with power supply for Australia                  KIT AU




                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 78
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                              Model           NPL   End of Sale
            Six Handset Charger
                                         374x Rackmount Charger
700479496   DECT 374x HANDSET RACKMOUNT CHARGER KIT -
            374x rack-mount charger
                                         372x Rackmount Charger
700466311   Charger to charge six DECT handsets (3720 and 3725    DECT HANDSET
            are both possible), contains also a USB connector and RACKMOUNT CHRGR KIT
            an Ethernet connector to use the charger for phone
            configuration either with a PC attached via standard
            USB cable or using the centralized management offered
            by the AIWS server via Ethernet, up to four Rack
            mount Chargers can be serially connected to the same
            power source with Ethernet pull through possible,
            universal power supply for Western Europe, United
            Kingdom, North America and Australia included
            Multi Battery Charger
                                      374x Multi Battery Charger
700479504   DECT 374x MULTIPLE BATTERY CHARGER KIT -374x
            multi-battery charger
                                      372x Multi Battery Charger
700466329   Charger to charge six 3725 battery packs (not usable DECT MULT BATTERY CHRGR
            for 3720 battery packs), universal power supply for  KIT
            Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America and
            Australia included
            374X Headsets and Adapters
700479512   DECT 374x HEADSET MICROPHONE ON BOOM -
            Headset for 374x with Microphone on the Boom
700500879   DECT 374x HEADSET ADAPTER QD - QD- Headset
            Adapter for 374x
700479520   DECT 374x HEADSET INDUSTRY - Industrial Headset
            for 374x
700479538   DECT 374x HEADSET ADAPTER INDUSTRY AND ATEX -
            Headset Adapter for 374x

            Spare Battery
700500841   DECT 3740 HANDSET BATTERY PACK - Spare Battery
            Pack for 3740 handsets
700500842   DECT 3749 HANDSET BATTERY PACK - Spare Battery
            Pack for 3740 handsets
700500843   DECT 3749 BATTERY PACK OPENER - Battery pack
            opener for 3749 handsets (special tool required due to
            intrinsically safe design)
700466683   Additional battery pack for 3720 handset                 DECT 3720 HANDSET
                                                                     BATTERY PK
700466691   Additional battery pack for 3725 handset                 DECT 3725 HANDSET
                                                                     BATTERY PK
            Leather Case
700479546   DECT HANDSET LEATHER CASE 374x - Leather Case for
            374x handsets
            Belt Clip
700479553   DECT 374x HANDSET BASIC BELT CLIP - Basic Belt-Clip
            for 374x Handsets
700479561   DECT 374x HANDSET SWIVEL BELT CLIP - Swivel Belt-
            Clip for 374x Handsets
700466568   Spare basic belt clip for 3720 and 3725 handset     DECT HANDSET BASIC BELT
                                                                CLIP
700466337   Swivel belt clip for 3720 and 3725 handset          DECT HANDSET SWIVEL
                                                                BELT CLIP




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                            Page 79
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                          Description                                   Model          NPL   End of Sale
            Indoor Radio Station
700480080   DECT IP RBS COMPACT IP OFFICE NA, EMEA, APAC
            IP Office Release 6.0 supports lower cost/functionality
            base-stations for the IP Office DECT R4 system
            released with IP Office 5.0. The compact base station,
            which is exactly the same size as the current DECT R4
            base station, supports a maximum of 4 channels per
            base station with a maximum of 5 base stations being
            supported per IP Office.
            Standard and Compact base stations may be mixed as
            long as no more than 5 compact base stations are
            installed.


700466394   Indoor IP radio base station with internal antenna for DECT IP RBS W/INT ANTNA
            usage with CM and IP Office only, requires external
            power either via separately purchased power adapter or
            via Power over Ethernet, for outdoor usage separate
            outdoor housing has to be bought separately

            Outdoor Radio Station
700466402   Indoor IP radio base station with external antenna for  DECT IP RBS W/EXTL ANTNA
            usage with CM and IP Office only, two standard Omni-
            directional antennas included, usage not allowed in the
            US and Canada, requires external power either via
            separately purchased power adapter or via Power over
            Ethernet, for outdoor usage separate outdoor housing
            has to be bought separately

            Radio Base Station Power Supply
700466436   Power supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for      DECT RBS PWR SUPP UK
            Western Europe, only needed if Power over Ethernet is
            not used
700466444   Power supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for      DECT RBS PWR SUPP EU
            United Kingdom, only needed if Power over Ethernet is
            not used
700466451   Power supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for      DECT RBS PWR SUPP US
            North America, only needed if Power over Ethernet is
            not used
700466469   Power supply for IP and ISDN radio base stations for      DECT RBS PWR SUPP AU
            Australia, only needed if Power over Ethernet is not
            used
            Housing for Outdoor Radio Base Station
700466477   Outdoor housing for all IP and ISDN radio base stations   DECT RBS OUTDOOR
            with feed-through for data and power cable (if external   HOUSING
            power supply is used), does not have heating or
            lightning protection
            RSB Antennas
700466576   10 standard standard Omni-directional antennas (only      DECT RBS STD ANTNA KIT
            needed as spare parts, IP and ISDN radio base stations    10PK
            with external antennas have two of these antennas
            included), usage not allowed in the US and Canada

700466535   Directional dual antenna for usage with IP and ISDN       DECT RBS DIRECTIONAL
            radio base stations, usage not allowed in the US and      DUAL ANTNA
            Canada
700466543   Directional single antenna for usage with IP and ISDN     DECT RBS DIRECTIONAL
            radio base stations, usage not allowed in the US and      SNGL ANTNA
            Canada
700466550   Omni-directional single antenna for usage with IP and     DECT RBS
            ISDN radio base stations, usage not allowed in the US     OMNIDIRECTIONAL DUAL
            and Canada                                                ANTNA
            RSB Pole & Mounting Bracket
700466063    Mounting kit for mounting the outdoor housing on a       DECT RBS POLE MNTG KIT
            pole with a circumference of up to 750 mm
700466071   10 mounting brackets for IP and ISDN radio base           DECT RBS BRACKET KIT
            stations (only needed as spare parts, all IP and ISDN     10PK
            radio base stations have one bracket included)




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 80
                                                  9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                           Description                                    Model           NPL   End of Sale
            Site Survey Kits
700466089   EMEA Site Survey Kit                                       DECT SITE SURVEY KIT
                                                                       EMEA
700466097   NAR Site Survey Kit                                        DECT SITE SURVEY KIT NAR

700471501   DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPARE BATTERY                         DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPR
                                                                       BATTERY
700471519   DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPARE CHARGER                         DECT SITE SURVEY KIT SPR
                                                                       CHRGR
            Server Licensing
700501480
700466493   DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER BASIC -              DECT AIWS BASIC                  7-Nov-11
            Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see
            details in product description), universal power supply
            for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America
            and Australia included
700477466   DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER BASIC+               DECT AIWS BASIC+                 7-Nov-11
            Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see
            details in product description), universal power supply
            for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America
            and Australia included
700471527   DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER                      DECT AIWS STD                    7-Nov-11
            STANDARD -
            Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see
            details in product description), universal power supply
            for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America
            and Australia included
700471535   DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER OPEN                 DECT AIWS OAP                    7-Nov-11
            APPLICATION PROTOCOL -
            Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see
            details in product description), universal power supply
            for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America
            and Australia included
700471543   DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER                      DECT AIWS ENTPRS MGMT            7-Nov-11
            ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT -
            Server hardware plus preinstalled set of licenses (see
            details in product description), universal power supply
            for Western Europe, United Kingdom, North America
            and Australia included
            AIWS Power Supply
700471550   DECT AVAYA INBUILDING WIRELESS SERVER SPARE                DECT AIWS SPR PSU (UNI)          7-Nov-11
            UNIVERSAL PSU -
            Universal power supply for Western Europe, United
            Kingdom, North America and Australia for AIWS server

            Handset Carry Case
700471576   Leather carry case for the 3720 handset                    DECT   HANDSET LEATHER
                                                                       CASE   3720
700471584   Leather carry case for the 3725 handset                    DECT   HANDSET LEATHER
                                                                       CASE   3725
            SARI Certificate
700471568   DECT SARI CERTIFICATE - SARI (Secondary Access             DECT SARI CERTIFICATE
            Rights Identifier) printed on paper, unique identifier
            needed once per DECT installation, can be use for
            multiple sites within one installation
            Spare Headset connector Plugs
700471592   DECT 372x SPARE HEADSET PLUG 5 PACK -                      DECT 372x SPR HEADSET
            5 spare plugs to cover the headset connector of the        PLUG 5PK
            3720 and 3725
 <----      62xx Avaya ANALOG SETS
            Avaya 6200 Analog Telephone (North America)
                                                      6211
700287642   TELSET ANALOG 6211 GLOBAL WHITE
700287667   TELSET ANLG 6211 GLOBAL GRY
                                                      6219
700058662   TELSET 6219 GRAY ANALOG USA - FCC ENGLISH

                                                                6221
700287717   TELSET ANALOG 6221 GLOBAL WHITE
700287758   TELSET ANLG 6221 GLOBAL GRY




                                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                 Page 81
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                        Description                                     Model                NPL          End of Sale
 <----      Interquartz Gemini Analog Phones (EMEA and APAC)

            9330-AV offers incredible value for money without
            compromising on quality. Its stylish new design and
            rugged build quality are sure to make it a popular
            choice for buyers on a limited budget.
            9335-AV offers a whole host of benefits to business
            users and homeworkers including Caller ID, handsfree
            and headset compatibility, all for a very reasonable
            price.
            9281 AV - A dedicated hotel guest-room handset for
            the IP Office

            To order these phones, please contact your local
            authorised Interquartz distributor, or Interquartz.
            Interquartz (UK) Ltd, Pennine House, Salford Street,
            BURY, Lancashire, BL9 6YA, United Kingdom.
            Tel: +44 (0)161 763 3122 Fax: +44 (0)161 763 4029
            Email: avaya@interquartz.co.uk
            Web: www.interquartz.co.uk


 <----      Replacement and Specialty Handsets
            16xx Series
700446388   1600 Amplified Speech Handset- RoHS                     Amplified Handset for 1600
                                                                    Series Phones
700427495   1600 SERIES HANDSET - REPLACEMENT                       Handset cord sold
                                                                    separately.
            2400 Series, 4601, 4602, 4610, 4620, PARTNER®
            refresh(6D, 18D & 34D), 5400s & 5600s use the
            same as 2400s and 4600s
700410004    HANDSET REPLACEMENT AK1D DARK GRAY ROHS                 AK1D-1001
700229727    Push-to-Talk - Dark Gray                                AK5A-1001
700229735    Amplified VARIABLE VOLUME - Dark Gray                   AK6A-1001
700229743    Noisy Location - Dark Gray                              AK8A-1001
            6400 Series, 6200 Series, 302D, 4606, 4612,
            4624, 4630, 44xx series, PARTNER® ETR(7311*,
            7515*)
108216177   HANDSET BLACK 150 OHM                                    AB1C-003
            2500, 2554, 8100 Series, 8400 Series, 8500
            Series
407327170   Amplified Hearing Handset-Black                          2523A
 <----      Replacement Long Handset Cords
            Handset Cords - 24XX, 46XX, 54XX and 56XX
108004359   Handset Cords 9ft Gray                                   H4DU
108004367   Handset Cords 12ft Gray                                  H4DU
 <----      Power for IP Hard Phones
            1151x Stand alone Power Adapters
            Note: The stand alone Power Supply is required for Digital sets when used inconjuction with XM24 or
            EU24 expansion adjuncts.
            The 1151C1/C2 can be used on Digital sets, the 1151D1/D2 can not be used on digital sets.
            The 1151D1, 1151D2, 1151C1 and 1151C2 products will include a CAT5 cable. However, the old 1151B1
            and 1151B2 included a standard North American power cord which is not included anymore (must be
            ordered separately or obtained elsewhere).
                                        Without Battery Back-Up
700434897   POWER SUPPLY 1151D1 TERMINAL POWER WITH CAT 5
            CABLE - For IP Hard Phone and not Digital Set and
            requires appropriate power cord
700356447   POWER SUPPLY 1151C1 TERMINAL POWER WITH CAT 5
            CABLE - For IP Hard Phone or Digital Set and
            requires appropriate power cord
                                           With Battery Back-Up
700434905   POWER SUPPLY 1151D2 TERMINAL POWER WITH
            BATTERY AND CAT 5 CABLE - For IP Hard Phone and
            not Digital Set and requires appropriate power
            cord
700356454   POWER SUPPLY 1151C2 TERMINAL POWER WITH
            BATTERY AND CAT 5 CABLE - For IP Hard Phone or
            Digital Set and requires appropriate power cord

                                            Country Power Cords
405362641   US Plug (15A, 120V) 17505
407786623   Europe Plug (10A) 12013S
407786599   UK Plug (10A) 14012
407786631   Australia/NZ (10A) Plug 15012
407790591   India Plug (10A) SPC-P250CIM
408161453   Argentina




                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                            Page 82
                                                9. MODELS & ORDERING CODES




SAP Code                         Description                                   Model          NPL   End of Sale
 <----      Integrated Management for IP Office
            Avaya Integrated Management for IP Office works with
            Avaya IP Office Manager to provide a complete
            management solution for enterprises with distributed IP
            Office deployments. Designed for retailers, financial
            firms and other enterprises that deploy groups of
            locations with similarly configured hardware and dial
            plans, Avaya Integrated Management can significantly
            reduce total cost of operations by centralizing
            management for key ongoing management,
            provisioning, and maintenance tasks.
            * Note: Only supported with IP Office
            Release 4.1 and AIM 4.1. AIM 5.2.1
            (scheduled for Nov 2009) will support IP
            Office 5.0)
 205701     Integrated Management for IP Office - 250 licenses        INTGR MGMT NETWORK
            Avaya Integrated Management for IP Office for up to       MANAGEMENT 250 IP
            250 sites                                                 OFFICE SYSTEMS LIC:DS
 <----      Gigabit Adapter
            Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
700383771   IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT ETHERNET ADAPTER                    IP PHONE 9600 GIGABIT
                                                                      ETHERNET ADPTR

                     Return to Cover




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 83
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
           AVAYA™ IP OFFICE PRODUCT LINE LIST
 <----     R6 Upgrade Licenses
 <----     IP Office 500 RFAs
 <----     IP 400 Base Modules




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 84
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Internal Daughter Cards, Interface Cards and PCMCIA card




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 85
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     IP 400 Expansion Modules
 <----     IPO 500 Control Unit, Modules and Cards
 <----     IPO Small Office Edition Expansion Options




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 86
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     IP Office Applications, Feature Keys & CDs




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 87
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Customer Call Reporter (CCR)
 <----     60 Day Free ApplicationTry-It-Buy-It License RFA




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 88
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Avaya Unified Communications for Small Business
 <----     DEMO Kits
 <----     SoftConsole Remote Feature Activation (RFA) Licenses




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 89
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     40 User Vertical Pack Bundle




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 90
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     80 User Vertical Pack Bundle
 <----     Remote Voice Access to Data S/W Pack Bundle
 <----     Contact Center S/W Pack Bundle




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 91
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Productivity S/W Pack Bundle
 <----     Embedded Voicemail
 <----     Voicemail & VoiceMail Pro License RFA
 <----     Conferencing Center License RFA
 <----     Phone Manager License RFA




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 92
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     VPN Phone Software License RFA
 <----     3 Rd Party End Points License RFA
 <----     CBC & CCC License RFA




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 93
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     MS-CRM RFA
 <----     WiFi Access Point, MS-CRM & VPN Licence RFA
 <----     Rack Mounts, Barrier Box, Cables & Physical Wallboards




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 94
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Power Supplies and Leads
 <----     Mobility License RFA (Previously Mobile Twinning)
 <----     IP OFFICE 54xx DIGITAL SETS
 <----     44xx Merlin Magix DIGITAL SETS
 <----     24xx ACM DIGITAL SETS
 <----     64xx ACM DIGITAL SETS




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 95
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     IP OFFICE 56xx IP SETS
 <----     46xx ACM IP SETS
 <----     EU24 Expansion Modules




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 96
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     16xx IP OFFICE IP SETS
 <----     3810 Avaya Wireless Telephone
 <----     TransTalk 9040




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 97
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Avaya 36XX IP Wireless




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 98
                   10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code   Description                                  Model   End of Sale




             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 99
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     37xx IP DECT Wireless




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 100
                                 10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                 Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Recorder Interface Module
 <----     Replacement and Specialty Handsets
 <----     Replacement Long Handset Cords




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 101
                                  10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                  Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Power for IP Hard Phones
 <----     Integrated Management for IP Office




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 102
                                10. DISCONTINUED MODELS




SAP Code                Description                                  Model   End of Sale
 <----     Gigabit Adapter
 <----     CSU/DSU and Cables


                 Return to Cover




                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 103
                                                             11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS



                                                      IP Office License Descriptions
Material
                              Description                        Type    Category                                      Action
 Code
IP Office Upgrade License
 262645    IPO LIC UPG R7.0 SML                                 System     Toggle    Upgrading IP500 from R4.0 through R6.1 or IP500V2 from R6.1 to
                                                                                     Release 7.0 – up to 32 users. Single control unit with no external
                                                                                     expansion modules.
 262644    IPO LIC UPG R7.0 SML                                 System     Toggle    Upgrading from R5 or earlier to Release 7.0 – more than 32 users and/or
                                                                                     external expansion module(s).
 262695    IPO LIC UPG R6.1 SML                                 System     Toggle    Upgrading IP500 from R4.0 through R6.0 or IP500V2 from R6.0 to
                                                                                     Release 6.1 – up to 32 users. Single control unit with no external
                                                                                     expansion modules.
 262694    IPO LIC UPG R6.1                                     System     Toggle    Upgrading from R5 or earlier to Release 6 – more than 32 users and/or
                                                                                     external expansion module(s).
 229421    IPO LIC UPG R6.0 SML                                 System     Toggle    Upgrading IP500V1 only from R4.0 to R5.0 to Release 6 – up to 32
                                                                                     users. Single control unit with no external expansion modules.

 229420    IPO LIC UPG R6.0                                     System     Toggle    Upgrading from R5 or earlier to Release 6 – more than 32 users and/or
                                                                                     external expansion module(s).
IP Office Group Collaboration Licenses
 171991    R5 and higher Preferred Edition: IPO LIC PREFRD      System     Toggle    Enables 4 ports of VoiceMail Pro, advanced messaging, multi-level
           (VM PRO) RFA LIC:DS                                                       automated attendant, secure meet-me conferencing call recording,
                                                                                     conditional call routing,Text to Speech (TTS) for e-mail reading for users
                                                                                     with appropriate User profiles and· queue announcements

 227043    R5 Only Advanced Edition: IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION     System     Toggle    Enables IP Office Customer Call Reporting (CCR 1 Supervisor),
           RFA LIC:DS                                                                ContactStore Call Recording Library, Interactive Voice Response (IVR)
                                                                                     with external databases, Visual Basic Scripting, 8 ports of Text-to-Speech
                                                                                     (TTS) to allow database queries using IVR to be read over the phone.
                                                                                     The Advanced Edition needs a valid Preferred Edition license as a
                                                                                     pre-requisite to run.

 229424    R6 and higher Advanced Edition: IPO LIC R6 ADV       System     Toggle    Enables IP Office Customer Call Reporting (CCR 1 Supervisor),
           EDITION RFA LIC:DS                                                        ContactStore Call Recording Library, Interactive Voice Response (IVR)
                                                                                     with external databases, Visual Basic Scripting, 8 ports of Text-to-Speech
                                                                                     (TTS) to allow database queries using IVR to be read over the phone.
                                                                                     The Advanced Edition needs a valid Preferred Edition license as a
                                                                                     pre-requisite to run.

Essential Edition Additional Voicemail Ports License (IP500 V2 only)
 229423    IPO LIC R6 ESSNTL EDITION ADD 2                      System   Cumulative Release 6 onwards each IP500 V2 system supports Essential Edition by
                                                                                    default with 2 ports of voicemail enabled. This can be expanded up to 6
                                                                                    channels through licenses in steps of two.




                                                      658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                            Page 104
                                             11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS



MOBILE WORKER - R6 and Higher
 229434   IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 1              User     Each User   1 User enabling Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control
                                                                       and one-X Mobile Client support and 3rd party Text-to-Speech (TTS)

 229435   IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 5              User     Each User   5 Users enabling Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control
                                                                       and one-X Mobile Client support and 3rd party Text-to-Speech (TTS)

 229436   IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 20             User     Each User   20 Users enabling Mobility including Mobile Twinning, Mobile Call Control
                                                                       and one-X Mobile Client support and 3rd party Text-to-Speech (TTS)


MOBILE WORKER - R5 Only
 195569   IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 1             User     Each User   Renaming of Mobile Twinning, each user has 1 license for 3rd party TTS

 195570   IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 5             User     Each User   Renaming of Mobile Twinning, each user has 5 license for 3rd party TTS

 195572   IPO LIC MOBILE WORKER RFA 20            User     Each User   Renaming of Mobile Twinning, each user has 20 license for 3rd party TTS


OFFICE WORKER - R6 and Higher
 229438   IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER RFA 1             User     Each User   1 User enabling one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode
                                                                       disabled) and Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to
                                                                       voicemail)
 229439   IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER RFA 5             User     Each User   5 Users enabling one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode
                                                                       disabled) and Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to
                                                                       voicemail)
 229440   IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER RFA 20            User     Each User   20 Users enabling one-X Portal for IP Office (with Telecommuter mode
                                                                       disabled) and Unified Messaging Service (web and email access to
                                                                       voicemail)
TELEWORKER - R6 and Higher
 227047   IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 1               User     Each User   1 User enabling a user to use one-X Portal for IP Office, Unified Messaging
                                                                       Service (web and email access to voicemail) and IP Office Video
                                                                       Softphone.
 227054   IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 5               User     Each User   5 Users enabling them to use one-X Portal for IP Office, Unified Messaging
                                                                       Service (web and email access to voicemail) and IP Office Video
                                                                       Softphone.
 227057   IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 20              User     Each User   20 Users enabling them to use one-X Portal for IP Office, Unified
                                                                       Messaging Service (web and email access to voicemail) and IP Office
                                                                       Video Softphone.
TELEWORKER - R5 only
 227047   IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 1               User     Each User   1 User enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and one-
                                                                       X Portal for IP Office.
 227054   IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 5               User     Each User   5 Users enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and
                                                                       one-X Portal for IP Office.
 227057   IPO LIC TELE WORKER RFA 20              User     Each User   20 Users enabling a user to use the VPN phone, Phone Manager Pro and
                                                                       one-X Portal for IP Office.




                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                          Page 105
                                                        11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS



Power User - R6 and Higher
 229426   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 1                             User    Each User   1 User enabling use one-X Portal for IP Office and the IP Office Video
                                                                                Softphone. UMS functionality for voicemail/email integration is also
                                                                                enabled, providing synchronization with any IMAP e-mail client (this
                                                                                requires Preferred Edition).
 229427   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 5                             User    Each User   5 Users enabling use one-X Portal for IP Office and the IP Office Video
                                                                                Softphone. UMS functionality for voicemail/email integration is also
                                                                                enabled, providing synchronization with any IMAP e-mail client (this
                                                                                requires Preferred Edition).
 229428   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 20                            User    Each User   20 Users enabling use one-X Portal for IP Office and the IP Office Video
                                                                                Softphone. UMS functionality for voicemail/email integration is also
                                                                                enabled, providing synchronization with any IMAP e-mail client (this
                                                                                requires Preferred Edition).
Power User - R5 only
 227047   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 1                             User    Each User   1 User enabling a user with everything in Teleworker and Mobile Worker
                                                                                PLUS Unified Messaging (UMS) and PC softphone
 227054   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 5                             User    Each User   5 Users enabling a user with everything in Teleworker and Mobile Worker
                                                                                PLUS Unified Messaging (UMS) and PC softphone
 227057   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 20                            User    Each User   20 Users enabling a user with everything in Teleworker and Mobile Worker
                                                                                PLUS Unified Messaging (UMS) and PC softphone
RECEPTIONIST
 171987   IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:DS                 User    Cumulative Enables the 1instance of the receptionist - Note with release R7.0 this
                                                                               license is now Cumulative.
Customer Service Agent
 217650   IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 1 LIC:CU               User    Each User   Adds one CCR agent to the system
 217651   IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU               User    Each User   Adds 5 more CCR agent to the system
 217653   IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 20 LIC:CU              User    Each User   Adds 20 more CCR agent to the system

Customer Service Supervisor - R6 and Higher
 229442   IPO LIC R6 CUSTMR SVC SPV 1                      System   Cumulative This supervisor license enables a supervisor to use IP Office Customer Call
                                                                               Reporter
Customer Service Supervisor - R5 Only
 217655   IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 1 LIC:CU              System   Cumulative Adds one CCR supervisor to the system

 217656   IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 10 LIC:CU             System   Cumulative Adds 10 more CCR supervisor to the system

 217657   IPO LIC CUSTMR SVC SPV RFA 20 LIC:CU             System   Cumulative Adds 20 more CCR supervisor to the system


CCC to CCR Migration
 217658   IPO LIC CUSTMR CUSTMR CALL REPORTER UPG LIC      System     Toggle    This upgrade license will convert ALL Compact Contact Center (CCC)
                                                                                licenses to Customer Call Reporter (CCR). This includes all supervisors
                                                                                and agents.
Phone Manager
 177468   IPO LIC IP400 PMGR PRO RFA 1 LIC:CU               User    Each User   Enables 1 user to access Phone Manager Pro



                                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                           Page 106
                                                      11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS


 171992   IPO LIC PMGR SFTPHN RFA 1 LIC:CU                 User     Each User   Enables 1 user to use the Phone Manager SoftPhone

Additonal VoiceMail Pro Ports
 174459   IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 2 LIC:CU               System    Cumulative Adds 2 more ports to VoiceMail Pro

 174460   IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 4 LIC:CU               System    Cumulative Adds 4 more ports to VoiceMail Pro

 174461   IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 8 LIC:CU               System    Cumulative Adds 8 more ports to VoiceMail Pro

 174462   IPO LIC IP400 VM PRO RFA 16 LIC:CU              System    Cumulative Adds 16 more ports to VoiceMail Pro


UMS Web Services Licenses
 217880   IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 1USER                          User     Each User   Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro
                                                                                for 1 user
 217881   IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 5 USER                         User     Each User   Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro
                                                                                for 5 users
 217883   IPO LIC VMPRO UMS 20 USER                        User     Each User   Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro
                                                                                for 20 users
VoiceMail Pro Add-ons
 182297   IPO LIC IP400 NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS           System      Toggle    Enables VoiceMail Pro to exchange messages with other Avaya voicemail
                                                                                systems
 187166   IPO LIC CONTACTSTORE RFA LIC:DS                 System      Toggle    Enables the use of ContactStore for recordings management
 182298   IPO LIC IP400 3RD PRTY IVR RFA LIC:DS           System    Cumulative Enables VoiceMail Pro to work with a 3rd party data base for Interactive
                                                                               Voice Response.
 182299   IPO LIC IP400 AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU            System    Cumulative Enables VoiceMail Pro to offer a Text-to-Speech using the Avaya library,
                                                                               each sesion being a service that can be used by many users but only one
                                                                               session per user at a time
IP500 Universal PRI Additional Channel Licenses
 215180   IPO LIC IP500 T1 ADD 2CH                        System    Cumulative Enables 2 more channels on the IP500 T1 interface

 215181   IPO LIC IP500 T1 ADD 8CH                        System    Cumulative Enables 8 more channels on the IP500 T1 interface

 215182   IPO LIC IP500 T1 ADD 32CH                       System    Cumulative Enables 32 more channels on the IP500 dual T1 interface

 215183   IPO LIC IP500 E1 ADD 2CH                        System    Cumulative Enables 2 more channels on the IP500 E1 PRI interface

 215184   IPO LIC IP500 E1 ADD 8CH                        System    Cumulative Enables 8 more channels on the IP500 E1 PRI interface

 215185   IPO LIC IP500 E1 ADD 22CH                       System    Cumulative Enables 22 more channels on the IP500 E1 PRI interface

 215186   IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 ADD 2CH                      System    Cumulative Enables 2 more channels on the IP500 E1R2 interface

 215187   IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 ADD 8CH                      System    Cumulative Enables 8 more channels on the IP500 E1R2 interface

 215188   IPO LIC IP500 E1R2 ADD 22CH                     System    Cumulative Enables 22 more channels on the IP500 E1R2 interface




                                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                        Page 107
                                                     11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS



IP500 Voice Compression Module Licenses - R4.0 to R5.0
 202961   IPO LIC IP500 VCM LIC 4 CH                     System    Cumulative Adds 4 more VCM channels to the VCM32 or VCM64 cards


IP500 Voice Networking Licenses
 205650   IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWKG ADD 4 LIC:CU           System    Cumulative Enables the IP500 to connect to other systems using H.323 or SCN (using
                                                                              up to 4 concurrent connections for outbound calls) or Q.sig (unlimited
                                                                              outbound calls). Four (4) additional concurrent connections can be added
                                                                              this this same license.




                                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                       Page 108
                                                        11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS



SIP TRUNKING
 202967   IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 1                            System    Cumulative Enables 1 SIP trunk on the IP Office Ethernet port

 202968   IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 5                            System    Cumulative Enables 5 SIP trunks on the IP Office Ethernet port

 202969   IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 10                           System    Cumulative Enables 10 SIP trunks on the IP Office Ethernet port

 202970   IPO LIC SIP TRNK RFA 20                           System    Cumulative Enables 20 SIP trunks on the IP Office Ethernet port


Avaya IP Endpoint Licenses
 229444   IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 1 LIC:CU                 User     Each User    Enables 1 Avaya IP Endpoint License.
 229445   IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 5 LIC:CU                 User     Each User    Enables 5 Avaya IP Endpoint Licenses.
 229447   IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 20 LIC:CU                User     Each User    Enables 20 Avaya IP Endpoint Licenses.

3rd Party IP Endpoint Licenses
   174956 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 1 LIC:CU             User     Cumulative Enables 1 3rd Party IP phone to register with IP Office call control

   174957 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 5 LIC:CU             User     Cumulative Enables 5 3rd Party IP phones to register with IP Office call control

   174958 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 10 LIC:CU            User     Cumulative Enables 10 3rd Party IP phones to register with IP Office call control

   174959 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 20 LIC:CU            User     Cumulative Enables 20 3rd Party IP phones to register with IP Office call control

   174960 IPO LIC IP400 IP ENDPOINT RFA 50 LIC:CU            User     Cumulative Enables 50 3rd Party IP phones to register with IP Office call control


Other System Licenses
 171988   IPO LIC IP400 CTI RFA LIC:DS                      System      Toggle   Enables 3rd party TAPI software to control calls on IP Office.
 177466   IPO LIC IP400 TAPI WAV RFA 4 LIC:CU               System    Cumulative Enables 4 ports for voice streaming once 171988 is enabled.

 182301   IPO LIC IP400 IPSEC VPN RFA LIC:DS                System      Toggle     Turns on IPSec encryption for wide area interfaces over IP
 177467   IPO LIC IP400 ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS               System      Toggle     Enables the use of a centralised Intuity Audix system in place of VoiceMail
                                                                                   Pro
CCC
 171996   IPO LIC IP400 CCC SPV RFA LIC:CU                  System    Cumulative Adds one CCC supervisor to the system on IP Office running R5 and
                                                                                 below.
 171995   IPO LIC IP400 CCC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU                 User     Cumulative Enables 5 additional agents to be reported on by a supervisor on IP Office
                                                                                 running R5 and below.
 176196   IPO LIC IP400 CCC WALLBRD 4 RFA LIC:CU             User     Cumulative Enables 4 Wallboards to connect to the CCC server on IP Office running
                                                                                 R5 and below.
VPN Phone - Not required R6 and Higher
 213980   IPO LIC VPN PHONE 1 LIC:CU                         User     Each User    Enables the use of IPSec encryption software on the Avaya 5610 and 5621
                                                                                   telephones to encrypt calls over public IP connections.




                                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                              Page 109
                                                       11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS



Trial – enables the feature for 60 days, starting from when the license is activated on ADI.
 263128   IP OFFICE LICENSE CTI RFA TRIAL LIC:DS           System      Toggle    Also known as 3rd Party TAPI trial license, needed to trial DevConnect
                                                                                 Solutions with IP Office
 189782   IPO LIC PREFRD (VM PRO) RFA TRIAL                System      Toggle    Enables 4 ports of VoiceMail Pro
 229425   IPO LIC R6 ADV EDITION TRIAL LIC:DS              System      Toggle    Enables R6 Advanced Edition trial with one CCR Supervisor and 20 CCR
                                                                                 Agents.
 229429   IPO LIC R6 PWR USER 5 TRIAL LIC:CU                User     Each User   Enables R6 Power User trial for 5 Users
 227053   IPO LIC R5 CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 TRIAL            System    Cumulative Adds 5 more CCR agent to an IP Office system running on R5 only.

 229449   IPO LIC R6 CUSTMR SVC SPV 1 TRIAL                System    Cumulative Enables R6 CCR Supervisor trial for 1 User

 229433   IPO LIC R6 TELEWORKER 5 TRIAL:CU                  User     Each User   Enables R6 Teleworker trial for 5 Users
 229437   IPO LIC R6 MOBILE WORKER 5 TRIAL CU               User     Each User   Enables R6 Mobile Worker trial for 5 Users
 229441   IPO LIC R6 OFF WORKER 5 TRIAL CU                  User     Each User   Enables R6 Office Worker trial for 5 Users
 189783   IPO LIC RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 TRIAL                 System      Toggle    Enables the 1instance of the receptionist
 189776   IPO TRIAL NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS                System      Toggle   Enables VoiceMail Pro to exchange messages with other Avaya voicemail
                                                                                systems
 189778   IPO TRIAL AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU                 System    Cumulative Enables VoiceMail Pro to offer Text-to-Speech using an Avaya library

 189786   IPO TRIAL ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS                  System      Toggle    Enables the use of a centralised Voicemail system in place of VoiceMail
                                                                                 Pro
 189806   IPO TRIAL IPSec VPN RFA LIC:DS                   System      Toggle    Turns on IPSec encryption for wide area interfaces over IP
 205820   IPO LIC SIP TRUNKING TRIAL RFA 1                 System    Cumulative Enables 1 SIP trunk on the IP Office Ethernet port

 205823   IPO LIC IP500 VCE NTWK START 4 TRIAL             System      Toggle    Enables the IP500 to connect to other systems using H.323 or SCN (up to
                                                                                 4 concurrent connections) or Q.sig (unlimited connections),

 229449   IPO LIC R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 5 TRIAL                 User     Each User   Enables R6 Avaya IP Endpoint trial for 5 Users
 227040   IPO LIC IP ENDPOINT RFA 5 TRIAL                  System      Toggle    Enables R6 3rd Party IP Endpoint trial for 5 Users
 217890   IPO TRIAL UMS 10 USER                             User     Each User   Enables IMAP email client and web browser integration with VoiceMail Pro
                                                                                 for 10 users

Notes:    Type:
           System license - shared resource by many users on the system
           User License - exclusive to selected users
          Category:
           Toggle license - license is either ON or OFF
           Cumulative license - can be added together to give a total resource
           Each user - a license that is allocated to specific users




                                                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                          Page 110
    11. IPO LICENSE DESCRIPTIONS




              Return to Cover




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 111
                                                            12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



                         Min PC
   Applications                            Intel Pentium          Intel Celeron              AMD                                   Notes
                        Resourses
Application Appliance Server dependencies: (CentOS Linux)
  IMPORTANT: Compatible Servers
The compatibility of any particular server PC for the operating system cannot be guaranteed. It is the installers responsibility to ensure that the server
platform is compatible with CentOS 5 (http://www.centos.org). A list of tested servers is available at https://hardware.redhat.com/.
The servers used by Avaya for product testing were:
• HP ProLiant DL160
• Dell Optiplex 780MT
one-X Portal for    2GB RAM 30 GB        Intel Dual Core       NA                   AMD Athlon 64 4000     Operating System:
IP Office and       Hard disk space      2.4GHz                                     or equivalent          The IP Office Application Server installation installs
Voicemail Pro       Recommended:                                                                           its own operating system (CentOS Linux), replacing
                    4GB RAM 30 GB                                                                          any existing operating system on the PC. If an OS
                                                                                                           free PC cannot be obtained, Linux based PCs are
                    Hard disk space
                                                                                                           typically cheaper than equivalent Windows based
                                                                                                           PCs.

                                                                                                           Drives
                                                                                                           DVD Drive or other bootable source for operating
                                                                                                           system installation.

                                                                                                           Other Requirements:

                                                                                                           • The server PC must be configurable to boot from
                                                                                                           DVD or another external source in order to overwrite
                                                                                                           any existing OS. This may require access to the BIOS
                                                                                                           in order to change the boot order if the PC is
                                                                                                           supplied with an operating system already installed.

                                                                                                           • The IP Office Application Server is intended to
                                                                                                           operate as a headless server, i.e without requiring
                                                                                                           any keyboard, video and mouse (KVM) connections
                                                                                                           after initial installation. All configuration and user
                                                                                                           access is done remotely from other PCs.




                                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                         Page 112
                                                      12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



Server Applications dependencies: (See Note 1, 2 and 3 below)
VoiceMail Lite  256MB RAM             Any - 1.4GHz clock Any - 1.7GHz clock Any - 1.4GHz clock      Attempting to run the applications on lower
(EOS- 8/3/2009)                       speed              speed              speed                   specification PC’s may cause degradation of
                                                                                                    operation and will not be supported.
VoiceMail Pro     256MB RAM, Hard     Any - 1.4GHz clock Any - 1.7GHz clock Any - 1.4GHz clock      To avoid replacing the server when adding new
Standalone        Disk Free Space 2   speed              speed              speed                   applications we recommend that a Pentium 4
                  GB*                                                                               2.8GHz (or equivalent) is used when possible.


VoiceMail Pro +  512MB RAM, Hard      Pentium 4          Not tested           Athlon XP 3000+       • Both Web Campaigns and UMS Web Voicemail
UMS Web          Disk Free Space 2    2.8GHz clock speed                      All Athlon 64 chips   require the IIS web server on the voicemail
Voicemail and/or GB*                                                          are supported         server PC to be enabled.
Campaigns                                                                                           • Windows 2008 Server IIS does not support
                                                                                                    legacy IIS applications such as Campaigns by
                                                                                                    default. This is rectified by reinstalling IIS from
                                                                                                    the Windows installation disk, and selecting
                                                                                                    Legacy IIS support.
                                                                                                    • UMS Web Voicemail will install PHP is not
                                                                                                    detected as already installed.
VoiceMail Pro +                       Supported on a                                                Voicemail Pro and IP Office Customer Call
Customer Call                         Dual Core CPU of                                              Reporter can be run on the same server up to a
Reporter                              2.4Ghz and higher.                                            maximum of 16 Voicemail Pro ports.
SEE NOTE 3                            The separate                                                  SEE NOTE 3
                                      requirements of
                                      Voicemail Pro and
                                      Customer Call
                                      Reporter must be
                                      meet.

VoiceMail Pro +   512MB RAM        Pentium 4          Not tested              Athlon XP 3000+       If the database being queried is located on the
IVR               Hard Disk Free   2.8GHz clock speed                         All Athlon 64 chips   VM Pro server the query speed of the database
TTS               Space Min 20 GB*                                            are supported         will be affected by the amount of memory
                  drive                                                                             available. Please take into account the memory
                                                                                                    requirements of the database being queried.




                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                    Page 113
                                                     12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



VoiceMail Pro +   512MB RAM        Pentium 4          Not tested             Athlon XP 3000+       If run on the same PC as the VoiceMail Pro,
ContactStore      20GB drive.      2.8GHz clock speed                        All Athlon 64 chips   apart from meeting the requirements of
                                                                             are supported         VoiceMail Pro:
                                                                                                   · IP Office ContactStore must use a separate
                                                                                                   hard disk partition for its message archiving
                                                                                                   from that used by Voicemail Pro for current
                                                                                                   mailbox messages. Use of a separate hard disk
                                                                                                   or installation onto a separate server PC are
                                                                                                   alternatives.
ContactStore      512MB RAM        Pentium 4          Not tested             Athlon XP 3000+       The sizing guidelines given assume a sustained
Standalone        10GB drive.      2.8GHz clock speed                        All Athlon 64 chips   recording load of up to 15 concurrent recordings
                                                                             are supported         and a moderate replay load of up to 5
                                                                                                   concurrent replays.
                                                                                                   SEE CONTACTSTORE INSTALLATION FOR
                                                                                                   DETAILS ON SIZING.

VoiceMail Pro + 512MB RAM          Any Dual Core     Not tested              Athlon XP 3000+     VM Pro and CCC can be run on the same
Compact Contact Min10GB*           CPU of 2.4Ghz                             All Athlon 64 chips server up to a maximum of 25 agents, 8
Center V5       drive              and higher. The                           are supported       ports of VM Pro.
CCC (EOS-                          separate
2/3/2010)                          requirements of
                                   Voicemail Pro and
                                   CCC must be meet.

Customer Call     2GB (4GB         D945 Dual Core       Not tested           AMD Athlon 64         Also requires MS-SQL 2005.
Reporter          recommended).                                              4000+                 If installing a licensed edition of MS-SQL on the
                  Hard Disk Free                                                                   IP Office Customer Call Reporter server PC, the
                  Space 30GB                                                                       separate requirements of the MS-SQL Edition
                                                                                                   must be meet.

Compact Contact 512MB RAM          Any -                Any -                Any -
Center          20 GB drive.       1.4GHz               1.7GHz               1.4GHz
Standalone                         clock                clock                clock speed
(EOS-2/3/2010)                     speed                speed


Conferencing   512MB RAM           Pentium 4            Not tested           Athlon XP 3000+     Windows XP Professional, 2000
Center         Min 80GB            2.8GHz                                    All Athlon 64 chips Professional can be used but would
(EOS-2/8/2010) free disk           clock                                     are supported       typically support a maximum of 10 web
               space               speed                                                         clients. To support more than 10 clients a
                                                                                                 server with IIS will be required. Any Dual
                                                                                                 Core CPU of 2.4Ghz and higher is
                                                                                                 supported.




                                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                   Page 114
                                                       12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



one-X Portal for   2GB RAM           D945 Dual Core       Not tested           AMD Athlon 64     SEE NOTE 3 FOR SINGLE SERVER SPECS
IP Office          10GB free disk                                              4000+             WHEN INSTALLING WITH VMPRO AND
                   space                                                                         CCR.

Delta Server       256MB RAM         Any -                Any -                Any -             The Delta Server and CBC can be installed
(SMDR)             Min 10GB          1.4GHz               1.7GHz               1.4GHz            on either the same PC or on separate PC's.
See Note 1         free disk         clock                clock                clock speed       In both cases these are the minimum PC
                   space.            speed                speed                                  specifications.
                   IE5.5 or
                   higher
Feature Key        256MB RAM         Pentium III          Celeron 3            Athlon B 650MHz   Feature key server is not required for IP
Server PC          1MB free disk     800MHz clock         800Mhz clock         clock speed       Office systems with a serial port dongle
See Note 1         space.            speed                speed                                  attached directly to the IP Office control
                                                                                                 unit or for IP500 systems.
                   *Also allow 1MB per minute for message and prompt storage.




                                                      658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                          Page 115
                                                          12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



               Features No Longer Supported:
               In addition to the ending of Voicemail Lite support in IP Office Release 5, the following applications are no longer supported in IP
               Office Release 6.0 and higher.
               • Delta Server
Note 1:        • Customer Contact Center (CCC)
               • Compact Business Center (CBC)
               • Conferencing Center
               • Feature Key Server
               • Call Status
               Virtual Server Support:
               For IP Office Release 6.0 and higher, all applications supported on Windows server operating systems are supported while running
               on the following virtual servers:
Note 2:        • VMWare.
               • Microsoft Virtual Server.
               • Microsoft Server Hyper-V.

               Server PC Consolidation:                     See Technical Tip 227 for other options
                 The VoiceMail Pro server application with all its components can be installed on a single server PC together with the Avaya
                 one-X Portal for IP Office server application and the customer Call Reporter application. For this scenario the following
                 limits have to be considered:
Note 3:




          Key: VM Lite – VoiceMail   VM Pro – VoiceMail     IMS – Integrated     CM – Campaign        CCC – Compact Contact Center
               Lite                  Pro                    Messaging Pro        Manager              CCR – Customer Call Reporter
               TTS – Text To         IVR – Third Party      CS – ContactStore    CBC – Compact        UMS – Unified Messaging Service
               Speech                Database Access        EOS - End of Sale    Business Center



                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                   Page 116
                                                     12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



Client Applications dependencies:
IP Office        Minimum: 1 GB        Minimum: Pentium Not Tested           Not Tested         Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later.
Softphone        RAM                  4 2.4 GHz or                                             Sound Card:
                 Optimal: 2 GB        equivalent.                                               • Full-duplex, 16-bit or use USB headset
                 RAM                  Optimal: Intel Core                                      Multimedia Device Requirements:
                                      2 Duo or                                                 The IP Office Softphone requires both speakers
                 50 MB of free disk   equivalent, Video                                        and a microphone to make calls. Any of the
                 space                Card with DirectX                                        following configurations are acceptable:
                                      9.0c support.                                            • External speakers and microphone
                                                                                               • Built-in speakers and microphone
                                                                                               • Dual-jack multimedia headset
                                                                                               • USB multimedia headset
                                                                                               • USB phone.

                                                                                               HID-compliant devices can be configured to
                                                                                               work with the IP Office Softphone to support
                                                                                               functions such as hook-switch control.

                                                                                               Video Cameras:
                                                                                               Calls made with the IP Office Softphone will
                                                                                               work without a video camera, but a video
                                                                                               camera is necessary to allow other parties to
                                                                                               see your image. The IP Office Softphone will
                                                                                               work with most USB video cameras.
Conferencing   Internet Explorer      ANY              ANY                  ANY                Any desktop machine can be used as long
Web Client     6.0 or above                                                                    as it is capable of running IE6
(EOS-2/8/2010)

Phone Manager    64MB RAM             800Mhz           Celeron3 800Mhz.     Athlon B 650MHz.   A sound card is needed if audio features are
Lite/Pro         and 160 Mb                                                                    required.
                 of free disk
                 space
Phone Manager    128MB RAM            800MHz           Celeron3 800Mhz.     Athlon B 650MHz.   Phone Manager Pro PC Softphone also requires
PC SoftPhone     1GB free disk                                                                 the user PC to have a speaker and microphone
                 space.                                                                        installed and the user associated with an IP
                                                                                               extension on the IP Office.
Receptionist     128MB RAM            Pentium II       Celeron 2            Athlon B           A maximum of four Receptionist applications
(formerly        with 1GB of          800MHz           800Mhz               650MHz             can be run per system (a license controls the
SoftConsole)     free disk            clock            clock                clock speed        number of simultaneous Receptionist users). A
                 space                speed            speed                                   sound card is needed if audio features are
                                                                                               required.




                                                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                              Page 117
                                                     12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



ContactStore      Internet            ANY               ANY                  ANY                Any desktop machine can be used as long
Web client        Explorer 5                                                                    as it is capable of running IE5
                  or above
1st Party TAPI    64MB RAM and        Pentium III       Celeron 3 800Mhz     Athlon B 650MHz.   In this unlicensed mode the TAPI software
                  50Mb of free disk   800MHz.                                                   supports control of an individual user's
                  space                                                                         associated extension, allowing a TAPI compliant
                                                                                                application to answer (requires a phone that
                                                                                                supports handsfree answer) and make calls.

3rd Party TAPI    64MB RAM and        Pentium III       Celeron 3 800Mhz     Athlon B 650MHz.   In this licensed mode, TAPI software can be
                  50Mb of free disk   800MHz.                                                   used to control call function on multiple user
                  space                                                                         extension. This mode is used with CTI
                                                                                                Developer applications.
IP Office        256MB RAM            Pentium III       Celeron 3 800Mhz     Athlon Opteron,     .NET2
Manager          and 1 GB             800MHz.                                Athlon64/XP         Installed with Manager if not already present.
                 of free disk
                 space
Call Status      64MB RAM             Pentium III       Celeron 3 800Mhz     Athlon B 650MHz.   Call Status has been replaced by the System
EOSupport for R6 50MB disk space      800MHz.                                                   Status Application and is included in the IP
                                                                                                Office Admin suite to assist with maintenance of
                                                                                                pre-4.0 IP Office systems.
System Monitor    128MB RAM           Pentium III       Celeron 3 800Mhz     Athlon B 650MHz.   For IP Office 4.0 and higher, the System
                  10GB disk space     800MHz.                                                   Status Application has been added to provide
                                                                                                more easily interpreted information than is
                                                                                                provided by Monitor.
                                                                                                Two versions of Monitor are included in the IP
                                                                                                Office Admin applications suite, one for IP Office
                                                                                                4.0 systems and one for pre-4.0 IP Office
                                                                                                systems. Care should be taken to ensure that
                                                                                                the correct version is used when monitoring an
                                                                                                IP Office system.
IP Office SSA    256MB RAM            PIII 800MHz       Celeron 3 800Mhz     Athlon B 650MHz    Requires Java Virtual Machine 1.4.2 or later.
                 and 50Mb                                                                       Each SSA session takes about 35M of RAM.
                 of free disk
                 space
Contact Center   128MB RAM            Pentium III       Celeron 3            Athlon B           For OS of Windows XP, minimum RAM increases
View (CCV)       and 10GB             800MHz            800Mhz               650MHz             to 256MB
EOSupport for R6 of free disk         clock             clock                clock speed
                 space                speed             speed
CCC Reporter     Internet             ANY               ANY                  ANY                Any desktop machine can be used as long as it
EOSupport for R6 Explorer 6                                                                     is capable of running IE6.
                 or above




                                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                Page 118
                                                      12. APPLICATION PC REQUIREMENTS



Wallboard        128MB RAM             Any -             Any -                Any -             The Wallboard Server MUST reside on the same
Server           and 10GB              1.4GHz            1.7GHz               1.4GHz            PC as the Delta Server
EOSupport for R6 of free disk          clock             clock                clock speed
                 space                 speed             speed
Wallboard        128MB RAM             Pentium III       Celeron 3            Athlon B          For OS of Windows XP, minimum RAM
Client           and 10GB              800MHz            800Mhz               650MHz            increases to 256MB
EOSupport for R6 of free disk          clock speed       clock speed          clock speed
                 space
PC Wallboard     128MB RAM             Pentium III       Celeron 3            Athlon B          For OS of Windows XP, minimum RAM
EOSupport for R6 and 10GB              800MHz            800Mhz               650MHz            increases to 256MB
                 of free disk          clock speed       clock speed          clock speed
                 space
one-X Portal for one-X Portal for IP   ANY               ANY                  ANY               • The browser must be JavaScript enabled.
IP Office User   Office is tested                                                               • For sounds, Windows Media Player or Quick
Requirements     using the current                                                              Time must be installed with the browser. When
                 versions of the                                                                using a browser other than Internet Explorer,
                 Internet Explorer,                                                             Windows Media Player can be supported by the
                 Mozilla Firefox and                                                            addition of the Firefox Windows Media Play
                 Safari browsers                                                                plugin. This plugin is available from
                                                                                                http://port25.technet.com/pages/windows-
                                                                                                media-player-firefox-plugin-download.aspx.
                                                                                                Currently this plugin is useable with Google
                                                                                                Chrome, Mozilla Firefox and Windows Safari.
                                                                                                • The Remember me on this computer option
                                                                                                requires the browser to allow cookies.
                                                                                                • Language
                                                                                                one-X Portal for IP Office currently supports
                                                                                                English, French, German, Italian, Dutch,
                                                                                                Brazilian Portuguese, Russian and Simplified
                                                                                                Chinese. The language it uses will be the best
                                                                                                match to the browser language preferences. .
                                                                                                • Phone
                                                                                                one-X Portal can be used with most phones
                                                                                                supported by the Avaya IP Office telephone
                                                                                                system but not with Phone Manager PC
                                                                                                Softphone.
                                                                                                • For analog phone users, the user's Call
                                                                                                Waiting On and Off Hook Station settings
                                                                                                should be selected in the user's IP Office
                                                                                                configuration.


                                                 Return to Cover


                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                            Page 119
                                                                           13. SERVER OS SUPPORT



                                             Windows Operating System support for Release 7.0.5
                                IP Office Applications and Windows Operating System support for Release 7.0.5
The following table gives a summary of the operating systems on which the IP Office applications that are part of the IP Office Release 7.0.5 have been tested and
are supported. While the applications may function of other operating systems, they have not been tested by Avaya and are not supported.
IP Office Application                                                      Windows Clients                                   Windows Servers
                                                       XP Pro                   Vista                  Windows 7         2003     2008/ 2008 R2
                                                   32            64         32         64             32      64          32      32       64
Preferred Edition Server                                          –                       –
... plus UMS                                        –             –            –          –            –       –
... plus campaigns                                  –             –            –          –            –       –
Preferred Edition client
ContactStore                                                      –                       –                    –                                –
one-X Portal for IP Office                          –             –            –          –            –       –
Customer Call Reporter                              –             –            –          –            –       –
SoftConsole                                                       –                                                        –         –          –
IP Office Manager
System Monitor
System Status Application
TAPI - 1st Party
TAPI - 3rd Party
Phone Manager Lite/Pro                                            –                       –                                –         –          –
Phone Manager PC SoftPhone                                        –            –          –            –       –           –         –          –
• Vista support is only on Business, Enterprise and Ultimate versions.
• Windows 7 support is only on Professional, Enterprise and Ultimate versions.




                                                                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                   Page 120
                                                                          13. SERVER OS SUPPORT



Virtual Server Support
For IP Office Release 7.0.5, all applications supported on Windows server operating systems are supported while running on the following virtual servers:
  • VMWare.
  • Microsoft Virtual Server.
  • Microsoft Server Hyper-V.
Browser Application Support
The following applications are accessed using web browsers. The table below details the browsers tested by Avaya.
Application                                                            Windows                                     Mac
                                              Internet      Firefox       Opera         Safari      Chrome        Safari
                                              Explorer
IP Office Application Server                     7+           3+           2+            3.2+           –          3.2+
Voicemail Pro UMS                                7+           3+           2+            3.2+           –          3.2+
one-X Portal for IP Office                       7+           3+           2+            3.2+                      3.2+
Customer Call Reporter                           7+           3+           2+            3.2+                      3.2+
ContactStore 7.8                                 7+            –            –              –            –            –
System Status Application                        7+           3+            –              –            –            –          For IP500v2 systems, SSA is pre-
                                                                                                                               installed on the system's Avaya SD
                                                                                                                                 memory card and can be run by
                                                                                                                              browsing to the IP Office system's IP
                                                                                                                                              address.

Microsoft Outlook Support
Where IP Office applications interact with Microsoft Outlook, for IP Office Release 7.0.5, the version of Outlook supported are 2003, 2007 and 2010.
                                                 IP Office Applications Operating System/Service Pack Support Policy
                                                 When a new PC Operating System or Service Pack is released by Microsoft, Avaya will aim to support the
                       From Tech Tip 198: new OS or Service Pack within 6 months of release. This time is required to re-certify the applications
                                                 through the Software Verification and Field Trial programs. Support will then be announced in a Technical Tip




                                                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                            Page 121
                                                                     13. SERVER OS SUPPORT



                         IP Office Applications and CentOS 5.5 23 bit Linux Operating System support for R7.0.5
The IP Office Application Server is a single installer for selected IP Office applications running on Linux. The Linux operating system is included as part of the
installation. It requires minimal Linux knowledge due to the inclusion of a web based management interface to allow the server to be managed remotely via web
browser. However, experienced Linux System Administrators can extend the value of the solution by installing additional general purpose business applications. Any
additional applications installed should be compatible with the base CentOS 5.5 32 bit Linux operating system.
              Application                                             Notes

                                          This is a web browser application that user's can use to control making and answering calls on their phone. It
                                          also provides a range of gadget for the user to access features such as their directory, call log and voicemail
      one-X Portal for IP Office
                                          messages.
                                          The one-X Portal for IP Office application is configured and managed remotely using web browser access.
                                          This is a voicemail messaging application. It provides mailbox services to all users and hunt groups on the IP
                                          Office switch for which it is configured. In addition is can be highly customized to provide a range of call routing
             Voicemail Pro                and voicemail services. The Voicemail Pro application is configured and managed remotely using the Windows
                                          Voicemail Pro client. A copy of the Voicemail Pro client can be downloaded and installed from the IP Office
                                          Application Server.

             Web Control                  The IP Office Application Server server is configured and managed remotely using web browser access.
                                          The base operating system installed is CentOS 5, a Linux operating system. However, no specific knowledge of
                 Linux                    Linux is required for installation and or maintenance of the server.

For Voicemail Pro server running on the IP Office Application Server, the following Voicemail Pro features are not supported:
                                            • VB Scripting.
                                            • TTS Text to Speech.
                                            • MAPI Email.
                                            • UMS Exchange Integration.
                                            • UMS Web Voicemail Note: However access via IMAP and
                                            one-X Portal are available as alternatives.
                                            • 3rd Party Database Integration.
                                            • VPNM.
                                            • ContactStore.



                                                         Return to Cover




                                                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                      Page 122
                                      14. IPO Software Compatibility



                               IP Office Software Compatibility
This page summarizes the hardware components supported on        different releases of core software.
Control Units
Control Units             1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.1 3.0        3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5.0 6.0 6.1 7.0
                                                      DT
Small Office Edition       -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √              √    √   √   √    √   √     -   -     -      -
IP401                      √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -                         -   -   -    -   -    -    -   -     -      -
IP403                      √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √                        √    √   √    -   -    -    -   -     -      -
IP406 V1                   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √                        √    √   √    -   -    -    -   -     -      -
IP406 V2                   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √            √    √   √   √    √   √    √    √     √      -
IP412                      -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √            √    √   √   √    √   √    √    √     √      -
IP500                      -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -           -   -   -   √    √   √    √    √     √      √
IP500v2                    -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -           -   -   -    -   -    -    -   √     √      √

External Expansion Modules
Control Units              1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.1 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5.0 6.0 6.1 7.0
                                                       DT
IP400 ATM16                 -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 DS16                  -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 DS30                  -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 DS16 V2               -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 DS30 V2               -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 Phone 8               -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 Phone 16              -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 Phone 30              -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 Phone 8               -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 Phone 16 V2           -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 Phone 30 V2           -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 So8                   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP400 WAN3                  -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ -           -   -   -   -   -   -   -
IP400 WAN3 10/100[1]        -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500 ATM16[2]              -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500 So8                   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500 DS16                  -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500 DS30                  -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500 DS16A (RJ21)[3]       -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √
IP500 DS30A (RJ21)[3]       -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √
IP500 Phone 16 V2           -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500 Phone 30 V2           -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

 1. Not supported on IP500 and IP500v2 systems.
 2. North America only.
 3. IP500v2 systems only.




                                658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                    Page 123
                                        14. IPO Software Compatibility



Cards
IP500 Base Cards            1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.1 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5.0 6.0 6.1 7.0
                                                        DT
IP500   Phone 2              -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   Phone 8              -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   Digital Station 8    -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   Card Carrier         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   VCM32                -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   VCM64                -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   4-Port Expansion     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √
IP500   ETR6                 -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
IP500   Combination ATM      -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
IP500   Combination BRI      -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
IP500 TCM 8[1]               -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √

IP500 Trunk Cards           1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.1 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5.0 6.0 6.1 7.0
                                                        DT
IP500   Analog Trunk Card    -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   BRI 2 Trunk Card     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   BRI 4 Trunk Card     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   PRI-1U               -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √
IP500   PRI-2U               -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √

1. IP500v2 systems only

Phones
Phone                       1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.1 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 5.0 6.0 6.1 7.0
                                                        DT
1010                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √
1040                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √
1120E                        -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √
1140E                        -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √
1220                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √
1230                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √
1403                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
1408                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
1416                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
1603[1]                      -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
1603-I                       -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √
1603SW                       -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
1603SW-I                     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √
1608[1]                      -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √
1608-I                       -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
1616[1]                      -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √
1616-I                       -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √
2010                         √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -                     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
2030                         √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -                     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
2050                         √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -                     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
20CC                         √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -                     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
20DT                         √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -                               -   -   -
2402D                        -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
2410D                        -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
2420                         -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
3616                         -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
3620                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
3626                         -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
3641                         -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √ √ √ √ √ √ √


                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                    Page 124
                       14. IPO Software Compatibility



3645     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
3701     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
3711     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
3720     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √   √      √
3725     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √   √      √
3740     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
3749     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
3810     -   -     -    -     -    -    √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
3910     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
3920     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
4135     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
4145     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
4145EX   -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
4136     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
4146     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
4146EX   -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
4406D    √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4412D    √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4424D    √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4601     -   -     -    -     -    -    √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4602IP   -   -     -    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4602SW   -   -     -    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4606     √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   -   -   -   -   -   -      -
4610SW   -   -     -    -     -    -     -    √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4612     √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   -   -   -   -   -   -      -
4620     -   -     -    -    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4621     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
4624     √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   -   -   -   -   -   -      -
4625     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5402     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5410     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5420     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5601     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5602IP   -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5602SW   -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5610SW   -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5620     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
5621     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
6408D    √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      -
6416D    √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      -
6424D    √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      -
7420     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
7430     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
7434     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
7439     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
7440     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
7444     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
7449     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
9040     √   √     √    √    √    √     √     √    √    √   √   -   -   -   -   -   -      -
9404     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
9408     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
9504     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
9508     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
9608     -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √      √
9620L    -   -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √



                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 125
                                 14. IPO Software Compatibility



9620C             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
9621              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √      √
9630G             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
9640              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
9640G             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
9641              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √      √
9650              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
9650C             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
ACU               -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
B149              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
B159              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
B179              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
ETR6              -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
ETR6D             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
ERT18             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
ETR18D            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
ETR34             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
ETR34D            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   √   √      √
M7100             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7100N            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7208             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7208N            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7310             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7310N            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7324             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
M7324N            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7000             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7100             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7208             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7316             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7316E            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7406             -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T7406E            -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -      √
T3 Compact        -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
T3 Classic        -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
T3 Comfort        -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   √   √   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
T3 IP Compact     -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
T3 IP Classic     -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
T3 IP Comfort     -    -     -    -     -    -     -    -     -   -   -   √   √   √   √   √   √      √
1. 4.2 Q4 '08+.

                      Return to Cover




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 126
                                          15. VOICEMAIL FEAT. COMPARISON



                                              IP Office Preferred Edition               IP Office Essential Edition
               Feature
                                                     VoiceMail Pro                         Embedded Voicemail
                                               Platform Support
              IP500 V2                                      Yes                      Yes (does not use VCM resources)
              IP500 V1                                 Yes*                    Yes (does not use VCM resources)
               *IP Office 500 R4.0 to R4.2 running in IP Office Professional Edition mode only.
                                                    Capacities
                                            No Limit - Limited only by IP Office
   Number of Mailboxes supported                                                   Limited only by IP Office configuration.
                                                       configuration.
   Maximum No. of Concurrent Calls                                                 6 simultaneous calls on IP500 V2.
                                          Up to 40 dependent on license
             (ports)                                                               4 simultaneous calls on IP500.
                                                      PC dependent                                IP500 V2:
                                                (Requires 1MB per minute)                  2 ports: Up to 15 hours
                                                                                           4 ports: Up to 20 hours
Voicemail Storage Size                                                                     6 ports: Up to 25 hours

                                                                                                   IP500:
                                                                                               Up to 15 hours
Runs as a service                                          Yes                                       No
Multi-lingual support                                      Yes                                       Yes
Voicemail for Individual users                             Yes                                       Yes
Voicemail for Virtual users                                Yes                                       Yes
Voicemail for Hunt Groups                                  Yes                                       Yes
Group Broadcast                                            Yes                                       No
Unified Messaging Service (UMS)                           Option                                     No
Integration with Microsoft Exchange
                                                          Option                                     No
Server 2007/2010
Capable to interact with Blackberry
                                                         Option[1]                                   No
solution
Resilience and Backup                                     Option                                     No
Small Community Network Operation                          Yes                                       No
Centralized Voicemail Services                             Yes                                       No
Distributed Voicemail Servers in an SCN                     Yes                                      No
Voicemail Ringback                                 Internal and external                        Internal only
Voicemail Help TUI                                          Yes                                      No
Message Waiting Indication                                  Yes                                      Yes
Visual Voice (interactive menu on
                                                            Yes                                      Yes
phone display)
Integration with Phone Manager Pro                         Yes                                       No
Personalized Greeting                                      Yes                                       Yes
Extended personal Greetings                               Yes[2]                                     No
Continuous Loop Greeting                                   Yes                                       No
Forward to Email                                           Yes                                       Yes
Copy to Email                                              Yes                                       Yes
Listen To Email (Text To Speech)                          Yes[2]                                     No
Send Email notification                                    Yes                                       Yes
Unified Messaging Service (UMS)                           Option                                     No
Save Message                                               Yes                                       Yes
Delete Message                                             Yes                                       Yes
Forward Message to another Mailbox                         Yes                                       Yes
Forward to Multiple Mailboxes                              Yes                                       Yes
Forward with a Header Message                              Yes                                       Yes
Repeat Message                                             Yes                                       Yes
Rewind Message                                             Yes                                       Yes
Fast Forward Message                                       Yes                                       Yes
Pause Message                                              Yes                                       No
Skip Message                                               Yes                                       Yes
LIFO/FIFO Message Playback Option                          Yes                                       No
Set Message Priority                                      Yes[2]                                     No
Set automatic message deletion
                                                            Yes                                      No
timeframe
Alphanumeric Data Collection                               Yes[2]                                    No
Callers Caller ID, time and date
                                                            Yes                                      Yes
announced



                                      658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                         Page 127
                                            15. VOICEMAIL FEAT. COMPARISON




Call Back Sender (if Caller ID available)                    Yes                                   Yes
Remote Access to Mailbox                                      Yes                                     Yes
User Definable PIN Code                                       Yes                                     Yes
Known Caller ID PIN Code By-Pass                              Yes                                     Yes
Breakout to Reception                               Internal and external.                  Internal and external.
                                         1 Requires UMS (enabled through the Power User, Office Worker and the
                                           Teleworker licenses) and MS Exchange Server 2007/2010 with a mobility
                                           solution (for example a Blackberry) - not provided by Avaya.
                                         2 Intuity mode only.
                                            In-Queue Announcements
Queue Entry Announcement                                     Yes                                   Yes
Queue Update Announcement                                    Yes                                   Yes
Queue Position Announcement                                  Yes                                   No
Time in Queue Announcement                                   Yes                                   No
Time in System Announcement                                  Yes                                   No
Estimated Time to Answer (ETA)                               Yes                                   No
Exit Queue to alternative answer point                       Yes                                   No
                                            Auto-Attendant / Audiotex
Multi-Level Tree Structure                                   Yes                    Yes (up to 40 in R4.1 & higher)
Message Announcements                                        Yes                                   No
Whisper Announce                                             Yes                                   No
Alarm Calls                                                  Yes                                   No
Assisted Transfers                                           Yes                                   No
Dial by Name                                                 Yes                                  Yes
Direct Dial by Number                                        Yes                                  Yes
                                                   Other Features
Call Recording                                             Yes                                      No
Tamper proofed / verified Call Recording                   Yes                                      No
Test Conditions                                            Yes                                      No
Personal Numbering                                         Yes                                      No
Speaking Clock                                             Yes                                      No
Campaign Manager                                           Yes                                      No
VoiceMail Pro Manager                                      Yes                                      No
Customized Voicemail                                       Yes                                      No
Intuity TUI emulation mode                                 Yes                                      No
Forward Emails to External Systems (VPIM)                  Yes                                      No
Third Party Database Access (IVR)                          Yes                                      No
Text To Speech within Callflows                            Yes                                      No
                                            Yes (Intuity mode only) Cascading
Out-Calling                                                                            Yes 1 number 3 attempts
                                                  5 numbers 10 attempts
Call Transfer Announcement                                 Yes                                      No
Support for Visual Basic Scripts                           Yes                                      No
                                              Languages Supported
                                                IP Office Preferred Edition            IP Office Essential Edition
   For more details see links ->                   VoiceMail Pro Details              Embedded Voicemail Details

                              RETURN TO COVER




                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                    Page 128
                          16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


IP Office Voicemail Prompt Comparisons
<--- IP Office Mode




                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 129
       16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 130
                           16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


<--- Intuity Mode




                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 131
                           16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


<--- Embedded/Essential Voicemail IP Office Edition




                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 132
       16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 133
       16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 134
                                   16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


<--- Essential Voicemail IP Office Partner Edition
What's New
 Here is a list of new features that have been added to IP Office Embedded Voicemail. Note
 that for existing systems, the addition of new features that use prompts requires the prompt
 set of existing Embedded Voicemail installations to be upgraded. Refer to the IP Office
 Embedded Voicemail Installation Manual.

IP Office 7.0
 • Embedded Voicemail – Increased Storage Time (IP500v2 only)
   This feature is only applies to Embedded Voicemail on the IP500v2 and is applicable to all
   IP Office modes.
     • Default number of licensed voice mail ports (2) 15 hours only.
     • Add 2 more voice mail ports licenses (total 4) for 20 hours storage.
     • Add 2 more voice mail ports licenses (total 6) for 25 hours storage.
 • Embedded Voicemail – Outcalling Notification (IP500v2 only)
   Embedded Voicemail now has a new Outcalling feature, available in all IP Office modes, but
   only on the IP500v2 platform. The user is able to specify a single Outcalling telephone
   number that the Voicemail will call when the user receives a new voicemail message in their
   mailbox, no escalation capabilities are provided. When a message is left in the mailbox,
   Embedded VoiceMail calls the specified telephone number.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                      Page 135
                                   16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


IP Office 6.1
 • Skip Your Mailbox Greeting
   Caller's can skip your mailbox greeting by pressing 1. Instead they immediately hear the
   tone for the start of recording.
 • Phantom Mailbox Support without Hardware
   Phantom Mailbox Support is implemented to provide mailbox support for all extensions
   10 to 57 that are not physical represented on the system – known as phantom extensions.
   This was a feature of Partner ACS that allows flexible auto attendant functionality.

    Provides voice mailbox support for all extensions (10-57), without requiring the
    physical hardware to be present. Extensions without hardware are called phantom
    extensions.
    • Note: Ports 7 and 8 of an ETR-6 module can be used for phantom extensions even
    though you cannot plug a phone into them.
    • Calls to a phantom extension go directly to voice mail.
    • DTMF breakout service can be used to transfer the call.
    • Phantom voice mailboxes:
       • Default like a normal mailbox.
       • Can be accessed remotely if the remote access feature of the mailbox is enabled.

       • Voicemail to Email can be activated for a phantom mailbox via the Simplified
       Manager.
 • End of Recording Options
  A caller who has finished recording a message into a user’s voice mailbox can press the
  ``#’’ key signalling the end of message recording.
 • User can mark Old or Saved Message as new
  Press *06 to move an Old or saved Message to the end of the list of New Messages. This
  option will also be reflected in 14xx Visual Voice, A new option is added to the Visual Voice -
  > Listen -> Old/Saved sub-menus to mark a message as New. . When a message is marked
  as New, the system does not initiate a new Voicemail to Email message, but the extension's
  message waiting light is illuminated.
 • Bypass Greeting
  Callers that are directed into a User’s mailbox can press “1” to bypass the recorded greeting
  and immediately record a message.
 • Immediate Coverage to Mailbox
  Configuring a “0” Rings option in a user’s 1400 TUI or via Simplified Manager Cover Rings
  configuration will send calls immediately into the user’s voice mailbox without alerting the
  user’s extension, or the caller having to wait one ring cycle.

Accessing your Mailbox and Messages
  By default you can access your mailbox from your extension without needing to use your
  access code as your extension's number is treated as a 'trusted source'. Your system
  maintainer can change that if required. They can also configure other numbers as trusted
  sources for your mailbox if you require that.

   From non-trusted sources, entry of your mailbox access code is required. For example,
   entry of your access code is
   usually required if your maintainer has configured a method for you to access your mailbox
   from remote locations other
   than your own extension.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                       Page 136
                                   16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


 To log in to your mailbox:

   1. At your own extension, dial 777.
   • To access your mailbox from another extension, dial 778 and enter your own extension
   number when asked which mailbox you want to access.

   2.You will hear a prompt telling you how many messages you have. The voicemail system
   will start playing your new messages. The following is a summary of the options that are
   available when you have logged into your mailbox.




IMPORTANT
Once a new message has been listened to, it is marked as 'old' and is automatically deleted
after 24 hours. If you do not want the message deleted, you must mark it as 'saved' by
pressing 5 whilst listening to the message.

 Caller Options
 Callers to your mailbox can perform the following actions when leaving a message in your
 mailbox.

   • Skip Your Mailbox Greeting
   Caller's can skip your mailbox greeting by pressing 1. Instead they immediately hear the
   tone for the start of recording.

   • Transfer to another number
   Depending on your users settings the caller may be able to select to be transferred to
   another extension rather than leaving a message.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 137
                                  16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


   • Caller Post Message Options
   After leaving a mailbox message, callers can press # rather than hanging up immediately.
   The caller will hear a prompt informing them whether the message has been saved or
   whether the messages was too short (less than 3 seconds) and so was not saved.


 Listening to Your Messages
   When you log in to your mailbox you are automatically played any new messages. After a
   message has been played it is marked as being an old message. Old messages are
   automatically deleted after 24 hours.




Forwarding a Message
 You can forward a message to a different mailbox or to several mailboxes at the same time.
 If you forward a message you can add a comment to the start of the message.




 To forward a message:
 1.When you are listening to a message, press 6.
 · To forward the message as it is, press 2.

 · To add your own message header before forwarding, press 3. You will be prompted to
 record your comment after the tone. Record your comment and press # to finish recording.
 2.Enter the extension number to forward the message to and press #.
 3.If you want to send the message to more than one extension, repeat the process of enter
 each extension number followed by #.
 4.Press # to finish addressing and forward the message.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                   Page 138
                                  16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


Voicemail Email
 For IP Office 4.2+ (excluding Small Office Edition), Embedded Voicemail supports Voicemail
 Email functions. You can have notification of new messages sent to your email address. The
 notification can be a simple alert to tell you that you have a message or a copy of the
 voicemail message if required.
   • Email Address/Enabling Voicemail Email Functions
   Before you can use the email options, your system administrator must enter your email
   address into the IP Office configuration. Otherwise you hear the message 'Email is not
   enabled on this mailbox' whenever you try to use an email option. Your system
   administrator can tell you whether your voicemail system has been configured to use
   email.




 To switch on email notification:
 You can set up your mailbox so that any messages received in future are forwarded to your
 email address. The messages are not stored in your voicemail mailbox.
  1.Log in to your mailbox.
  2.Select the required type of email notification.
    • For a email alert press *02.
    • To have the message forwarded to your email, press *01.

 To forward a message to email:
 If you are listening to a message you can send the message to your email either whilst
 listening to it or immediately after it has been played.
   1.During or immediately after playing a message, press 6.
   2.Press 1. The message is forwarded to your email address.

 To switch off email notification:
 If you have chosen any of the email notification options, you can switch them off from your
 telephone.
   1.Log into your mailbox.
   2.Press *03. You hear a confirmation message to tell you that the option is now turned off.


Outcalling

 You can have the voicemail system call a number that you have set whenever you receive a
 new message. This option is only supported on systems running Release 7.0 or higher.
 Embedded voicemail outcalling only supports a single destination number with no escalation
 and no time profiles.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                       Page 139
                                    16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS




  Each outcalling call alert will ring for a duration that you can set, the default is 15 seconds.
  If the call is not answered, it will end the call. If the outcalling call is answered, you will be
  prompted to enter your mailbox access code . If you don't have an access code set, it will
  ask for your extension number instead. The outcalling call is ended if:


     • You press *# to indicate that you do not want any more outcalling calls for the current
     new messages.
     • You enter the wrong access code 3 times.
     • More than 5 minutes passes with no response.

  Up to 4 outcalling calls are attempted, with a minimum of 15 minutes between calls, unless
  you answer and press *# or
  access your mailbox by another method. If you receive any more new messages in the
  meantime they do not restart the
  outcalling attempts.

Changing the Mailbox Access Code

 By default you can access your mailbox from your extension without needing to use your
 access code as your extension's number is treated as a 'trusted source'. Your system
 maintainer can change that if required. They can also configure other numbers as trusted
 sources for your mailbox if you require that.
 From non-trusted sources, entry of your mailbox access code is required. For example, entry
 of your access code is usually required if your maintainer has configured a method for you to
 access your mailbox from remote locations other than your own extension.

 Setting and changing a mailbox access code can be done by your system administrator. You
 can also do it yourself through the mailbox.
 When changing your access code:
   • Enter least four digits and up to 15. If you enter less than four numbers you will be
   prompted to enter a longer code
   • Do not set an obvious code, for example:
      • Do not match your extension number.
      • Do not use a sequence of digits, for example 1234.
      • Do not use the same repeated digit, for example 1111.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                          Page 140
                                   16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


 To change your access code:
  1. Log in to your mailbox.
    • If your mailbox already has an access code set, you will be prompted to enter it. Enter
    your access code
  2. Press *04 to change your access code.
  3. Enter your current access code and press #. If you have no current access code just
  press #.
  4. Enter your new access code followed by #.
  5. Re-enter your new access code followed by #.The access code will now be changed.

    • The system will prompt you if the codes do not match or is not acceptable. It will also
    confirm the change of access code if successful.

 To remove an existing access code:
  1. Log in to your mailbox.
  2. Press *04 to change your access code.
  3. Enter your current access code and press #.
  4. When you are asked to enter your new access code, press #.
  5. When you are asked to re-enter your access code, press #. Your access code will have
  been removed.

Changing Your Greeting

 You can override the system greeting with a personal greeting. This is the greeting heard by
 callers when they are directed to your voicemail. At any time you can listen to your greeting
 and re-record it.




 • To listen to your greeting:
  1. Log in to your mailbox.
  2. Press 3 to select the option to edit your greeting.
  3. Press 1 to hear your greeting. If no greeting has been recorded your will hear "The
  message has not yet been recorded". You need to record a message.




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                      Page 141
                                   16. VOICEMAIL PROMPTS


 • To record or change your greeting:
  1. Log in to your mailbox.
  2. Press 3 to select the option to edit your greeting.
  3. Press 2 to change your greeting.
  4.When you are prompted speak your new greeting.
    • The greeting must be longer than 3 seconds.
    • A long (approximately 10 seconds) period of silence will disconnect you from voicemail.
   5. Press 2 when you have finished recording your greeting.
   6. Press 1 to listen to your new greeting. After you have listened to your greeting you can:


      • Press 3 to save the new greeting. Your new greeting will be used.
      • Press 2 to re-record the new greeting.
      • Press 4 to save the new greeting for playing on a continuous loop.
      This option can be used to continually play the greeting, callers will not be able to leave
      a message. Note that once this option is selected, the greeting cannot be changed back
      to a normal greeting except be recording a new greeting.

Transfer Options
 Your system administrator can set up to 3 transfer numbers for your mailbox. Callers leaving
 messages in your mailbox can then press *0, *2 or *3 to be transferred to the specified
 numbers. Typically this feature is used to transfer callers to the receptionist or one of your
 colleagues.
 If you have the IP Office Phone Manager application, you can configure the destination
 numbers yourself through the Phone Manager preferences (View | Preferences | Voicemail
 | Voicemail Transfer Options).
 Contact your system administrator to find out if any transfer number have been set for your
 mailbox. When this feature is set, remember to alter your mailbox greeting in order to inform
 callers of the option.

                                   RETURN TO COVER




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                       Page 142
                                     17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS




                                VoiceMail Pro Actions
       Complete Sequence Function
       Complete Sequence is the ability for the Voicemail Pro to complete call-flow tasks
       once a call has been terminated has been introduced in this release. The capability
       will allow call independent tasks, such as the sending of multiple emails, and data
NEW!   manipulation tasks and database read/write tasks to continue to completion, or till a     NEW!
R6.1   configured timeout expires, even after the incoming call terminates.                      R6.1
       The Complete Sequence checkbox is found on the Specific Tab of the Start Point
       Action. There is a Timeout Setting in seconds to allow for tasks such as database
       interactions to finish before completion of the callflow.



       Basic Actions - These actions are chiefly used to control the routing of a call between
       actions.




                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                          Page 143
                             17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS



Mailbox Actions - These actions relate to the leaving and collecting of messages from a
mailbox.




                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                           Page 144
                              17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS



Configuration Actions - These actions allow the caller to alter the settings of a user or
hunt group mailbox.




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                            Page 145
                             17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS



Telephony Actions - These actions relate to telephony functions such as call transfers.




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                          Page 146
     17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 147
                             17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS



Miscellaneous Actions - These actions do not fit into a single category.

Condition Actions - These actions are used to create branches in the call routing
according to whether a value is true or false.




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                    Page 148
                             17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS



Database Actions - These actions relate to retrieving and adding data to a database.




                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                        Page 149
                            17. VOICEMAIL PRO ACTIONS



Queue Actions - These actions are associated with hunt group queues and so are not
available to user and short code start points.

                              RETURN TO COVER




                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                      Page 150
                                 18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



                                 one-X Portal for IP Office

The Avaya one-X™ Portal for IP Office is an application that provides users control of their
telephone from a networked PC.
Avaya one-X™ Portal for IP Office can be used with any IP Office extension; analog, digital or any
IP telephones, wired or wireless, and is available as part of the IP Office Office Worker, Power User
or Teleworker user licenses only.
Avaya one-X™ Portal for IP Office is a server based application that the user accesses via web
browser.
Via separate gadgets, Avaya one-X™ Portal for IP Office provides easy access to telephony
features, call information, call and conference control, instant messaging, directory and VoiceMail
Pro mailbox.




                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                Page 151
                          18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



one-X Portal Details
<--- Calls Gadget




                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 152
                          18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Call Log Gadget




                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 153
                          18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Messages Gadget




                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 154
                           18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Directory Gadget




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 155
                               18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- User Status/Presence




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 156
                              18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- The World Clock Gadget




                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 157
                               18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Agent Control Gadget




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 158
                            18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Instant Messaging Another Avaya one-X™ Portal for IP Office User
<--- Personalizing the Layout




                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls       Page 159
                                18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Profiles
<--- Call Assistant

 Call Assistant is an optional desktop application that enables the following functions:

   • Screen pop when receiving a call.
     The screen will show the name (if in the personal or system directory) and number of the
     caller and the user can anser or drop the call by clicking on the relevant button

   • Outlook Contact Pop
     It will also give the option to automatically pop up the Outlook 2003/2007 Contacts entry for
     the caller or the called.

   • Hot Key
     The one-X Call Assistant can be used to make a call by dialling a number selected in a
     Windows application. To do this, simply select or highlight the number in the Windows
     application and then press your one-X Call Assistant's hot key combination.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 160
                           18. ONE-X PORTAL FOR IP OFFICE



<--- Server, Browser and Other Requirements




                    RETURN TO COVER




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 161
                                            19. USER CALL CONTROL COMPARE




                                                                            Phone Manager
                                                                                                     one-X Portal
                                                       Phone Manager             Pro
                     Feature                                                                         for IP Office
                                                            Lite               and PC
                                                                              SoftPhone
Web browser based                                                –                   –                       Yes
OS independent (Windows, Linux, Mac support)                     –                   –                       Yes
Click to dial                                                    –                   –                      Future
Citrix/terminal server support                                   –                   –                      Future
Inbound/outbound call handling.                                Yes                  Yes                      Yes
Phone call control.                                            Yes                  Yes                      Yes
Configure phone preferences.                                   Yes                  Yes                      Yes
Configure keyboard short cuts.                                 Yes                  Yes                      Yes
CLI (ANI) / Name display.                                      Yes                  Yes                      Yes
                                                          Yes - 15 icons      Yes - 100 icons       Yes - from Personal
Speed dial / Busy Lamp Field management.
                                                           maximum.          maximum per tab.       & System Directory
                                                                                                           Yes – 5
                                                                                   Yes - 10 tabs          Personal
Speed Dial tabs (to group Busy Lamp Field icons)           Yes - 1 Tab
                                                                                    maximum.          Directory tabs
                                                                                                        maximum.
Transfer call by drag and drop to a speed dial icon              –                      Yes                  –
                                                        Yes (Telephony +    Yes (Telephony +          Yes (Telephony
View internal users’ presence
                                                              LCS1)               LCS1)               + User Status)
Send Instant Messages (IM) to internal users                            1
                                                       Yes (requires LCS ) Yes (requires LCS1)              Yes
                                                                               Yes (not PC           Yes (except Office
Telecommuter mode                                                –
                                                                               SoftPhone)             Worker profile)
Mobile Twinning Configuration                                    –                   –                       Yes
Call Pickup                                                      –                   –                       Yes
Compact mode                                                     –                  Yes             Yes – Call Assistant
                                                                            Yes - 1000 entries       Yes – 100 entries
Personal Phone Directory                                         –
                                                                                maximum.                 maximum
                                                                            Yes - 5000 entries       Yes - 5000 entries
System Phone Directory                                           –
                                                                                maximum.                maximum.
External Phone Directory (e.g. LDAP/Active                                  Yes - 5000 entries        Yes - unlimited
                                                                 –
Directory)                                                                      maximum.
Call history log – all, missed, messages.              Yes– while logged in Yes– while logged in    Yes - 24/7 call log
Separated incoming/outgoing call log.                           –                       Yes                 Yes
Collect new voicemail messages.                                Yes                      Yes                 Yes
Voicemail box control (Intuity and IP Office modes).             –                      Yes                 Yes
Personal Distribution List set up (Intuity mode)                 –                      Yes                  –
Incoming call scripting.                                         –                      Yes                  –
Time on call.                                                    –                      Yes                 Yes
Advice of Charge (ISDN service provider dependent)             Yes                      Yes                  –
                                                                                                      Yes (via analog
Door opening control.                                            –                      Yes
                                                                                                        extension)
Queue monitoring.                                               –                  Yes - 2 Queues          Future
Conference Control Display.                                    Yes                       Yes                Yes
Audio Conference Management                                    No                        No                 Yes
                                                                                                       Yes (with Call
Screen pop' contacts with Outlook                                –                      Yes
                                                                                                     Assistant Plug-In)
Simple Outlook contact record creation.                          –                      Yes                   –
Agent Mode.                                                      –                      Yes                   –
Distinctive Ringing (WAV file).                                  –                      Yes                   –
Post Connect dial (sending DTMF while connected to
                                                               Yes                      Yes                  –
another party).
                                                                                                      Yes (with Power
VoIP mode (to run as an IP softphone)                            –             Optional license     User and Teleworker
                                                                                                       licenses only)

                                                                                                      Yes (with Power
Video Softphone                                                  –                       –          User and Teleworker
                                                                                                       licenses only)
1. LCS: Microsoft Live Communications Server 2003

                           RETURN TO COVER



                                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                          Page 162
                                       20. Customer Call Reporter



                                    Customer Call Reporter

Overview
 Contact Centers are a requirement at nearly every level of business, from very small informal
 groups of 5 or 10 "customer service reps", to large formal campaigns that can involve thousands
 of agents.
 However, customers in the small business market are generally very nervous about making such
 a high profile investment in a "contact center solution." They require a "business intelligence
 solution" that deploys easily, can be managed with very little training, and can provide statistics
 on each segment of the business. Small Businesses also do not have the resources for extra IT
 staff to administer databases, servers, etc, so they need a solution that can be easily understood
 by their own employees. It should operate as a service to each of the clients.



IP Office Customer Call Reporter Concept
  IP Office Customer Call Reporter is Avaya’s new server based contact center product designed
  explicitly for small businesses. Drawing upon the latest web and design technologies the IP
  Office Customer Call Reporter introduces significant new capabilities to effectively and efficiently
  manage a multi-site call center environment. The product focus is on ease of use and
  deployment simplicity to ensure improved ongoing productivity and lower support costs.
  In its native web server environment the IP Office Customer Call Reporter can be simply
  installed onto a single server without the need for any client software deployment.
  Administration and management of the call center is carried out via a thin client through a
  secure password protected web browser session.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter Key Features

  •   Real time Call Center activity monitor and historical reporting.
  •   Microsoft server based with thin client (web browser) client connections.
  •   Simplified installation and maintenance.
  •   Six reporting templates provide drag and drop and user defined filter functionality.
  •   Three customizable Supervisor views and summarized Agent views.
  •   Report Scheduler.
  •   Customer Map.
  •   Multi-lingual capable.
  •   Supports up to 30 Supervisors and 150 Agents.

IP Office Customer Call Reporter Business Benefits
  • Lower TCO
    IP Office Customer Call Reporter provides small businesses with a web based contact center
    measurement tool, producing cradle to grave reporting in an easily understandable format
    with no client software to load.
  • Standards Based
    IP Office Customer Call Reporter uses standards based applications, such as Microsoft SQL
    2005 Express, and supports all major web browser software, to provide small business
    installers with greater flexibility in deployment.
  • Ease of Use
    IP Office Customer Call Reporter’s real-time charts can be customized by the user in the
    manner that suits their business best, with historical reporting templates that allow the
    business to filter on the type of date they want to see.




                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 163
                                20. Customer Call Reporter



CCR Details
<--- Ordering IP Office Customer Call Reporter




                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 164
                               20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- CCR Server/OS/Client/Database requirements




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 165
                        20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- Dashboard




                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 166
                                   20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- Historical Reporting




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 167
                                20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- Creating an IP Office Customer Call Reporter Report




                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 168
       20. Customer Call Reporter




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 169
                                   20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- Supervisor Wallboard




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 170
                                20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- Real Time Report/Monitor




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 171
       20. Customer Call Reporter




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 172
                               20. Customer Call Reporter



<--- Call Statistics



                       RETURN TO COVER




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 173
                               21. IP OFFICE PARTNER® Version



             IP OFFICE R7.0.5 Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version
              This mode is only available in North America and Mexico locales.
<--- Basic Features




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls             Page 174
                               21. IP OFFICE PARTNER® Version



<--- Feature Descriptions




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 175
                            21. IP OFFICE PARTNER® Version



<--- Partner® Version Constraints

                        Return to Cover




                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 176
                                                      22. PARTNER® Version Sets




                              IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version mode
IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version mode Release 7.0 supports the following phones and phone add-ons. Availability
may depend on location and may be subject to local restrictions.
                For pictures of sets go the IP Office Online Knowlegdgebase under General/Pictures.
                                          Enhanced Tip and Ring (ETR Port)
These phones are only supported on an ETR6 card in a IP500v2 systems. The following are supported in IP Office Essential
Edition - PARTNER® Version mode.
ETR6, ETR6D, ETR18, ETR18D, ETR34D (ETR 34D phones limited to a maximum of 2 per card and 4 in total)




PARTNER DECT:                        3910, 3920
                                                      Digital Station (DS Port)
These digital stations connect to the IP Office via DS ports. The following are supported in IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER®
Version mode.
1400 Series:                        1403, 1408, 1416
9500 Series:                        9504, 9508
                                                     Digital Station (TCM Port)
These digital stations connect to the IP500v2 IP Office system via TCM ports. The following are supported in IP Office Essential
Edition - PARTNER® Version mode.
                                    4135, 4136, 4145, 4145EX, 4146, 4146EX - Connection to IP Office TCM ports via a
4100 Series:
                                    Digital Mobility Solution system.
                                    7420, 7430, 7434, 7439, 7440, 7444, 7449 - Connection to IP Office TCM ports via a
7400 Series:
                                    Digital Mobility Solution system.
ACU:                                Audio Conferencing Unit
M-Series:                           MT7100, MT7100N, MT7208, MT7208N, M7310, M7310N, M7324, M7324N.
T-Series:                           T7000, T7100, T7208, T7316, T7316E, T7406, T7406E
                                                       Analog Telephones
Analog phones and devices connect to PHONE ports with the IP Office system. However due to the variety of analog phones and
device available no guarantee of operation is given. It is the responsibility of the IP Office installer and maintainer to test and verify
the operation of proposed analog equipment.
6200 Series:                         6211, 6219, 6221 (North America) .

Interquartz Gemini:                  9330-AV, 9335-AV, 9281-AV (Europe, Middle East, Africa, Asia-Pacific) .


                        Return to Cover




                                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                              Page 177
                               23. PARTNER® & IPO COMPARISON



                                                         IP Office
                                                     Essential Edition -
                                        PARTNER                          IP Office Essential
              Platform                                  PARTNER
                                          ACS                                  Edition
                                                       Version and
                                                     Quick Mode R7.0

Migratable Hardware Platform                N                 Y                  Y
Key System Functionality                    Y                 Y            configuration
                                                                             required
PBX-mode                               Y (pooled)             Y                  Y
ETR Telephones                             Y                  Y                  N
Digital Telephones                         N                  Y                  Y
PRI/T1                                     N                  1                  8
Integrated SIP Trunking                    N                  Y                  Y
SD Card Technology                         N                  Y                  Y
System Capacity
  Extensions (max)                        48                100                384
  ETR                                     48                 18                 0
  Digital                                  0                100                384
  Analog                                  48                100                384
  IP                                       0                 0                 384
  Trunks (max)                            31                 72                192
  Analog                                  21                 32                144
  Fractional T1                            Y                 Y                  Y
  24 Channel PRI/T1                        N                 Y                  Y
  SIP                                  3rd Party             Y                  Y
Conferencing capacity                      5                 64          128 (max 64 in
                                                                         one conference)
Mobile Twinning                             N                 Y                 Y
TAPI Support                                N                 Y                 Y
System Status Application (SSA)             N                 Y                 Y
Embedded Messaging vs PVM Large
All sets have mailboxes                     N               Y                    Y
Day / Lunch / Evening Greeting              N               Y                    Y
Max ports                                   2               6                     6
VM to e-mail                                N               Y                    Y
Hours of Storage                            2           15, 20, 25               15
No. of auto attendants                      0               9                    40
Remote Administration
Via Modem                                   Y                 Y                  Y
Via IP                                      N                 Y                  Y




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                   Page 178
                             23. PARTNER® & IPO COMPARISON


IP Office Hardware Support
 Platforms supported                                    IP500v2         IP500, IP500v2
 Combination cards supported                                2                   2
 DS8 cards supported                                        3                   3
 Phone 2 cards supported                                    4                   4
 Phone 8 cards supported                                    4                   4
 ETR 6 cards supported                                      3                   0
 ATM4 cards supported                                       4                   4
 PRI cards supported                                 1 (single only)   4 (single or dual)
 Max expansion modules                                      8                  12
 4-port expansion cards supported                           0                   1
 DS 16 modules supported                                    1                  12
 Phone 16 modules supported                                 6                  12
 DS 30 modules supported                                    3                  12
 Phone 30 modules supported                                 0                  12
 ATM 16 modules supported                                   1                  12
 Application Support
 Manager                                                Simplified            Full
 TAPI Support                                              Y                   Y
 Embedded VoiceMail                                        Y                   Y
 Mobility                                                  Y                   Y
 Preferred Edition                                         N                   Y
 Advanced Edition                                          N                   Y
 Office Worker                                             N                   Y
 Mobile Worker                                             N                   Y
 Teleworker                                                N                   Y
 Power User                                                N                   Y
 Receptionist                                              N                   Y
 Customer Service Agent                                    N                   Y
 Customer Service Supervisor                               N                   Y

               Return to Cover




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                  Page 179
                                      24. System Status Application



                                  System Status Application
Overview
The System Status Application (SSA) is a diagnostic tool for system managers and administrators
to monitor and check the status of IP Office systems locally or remotely. SSA shows both the
current state of an IP Office system and details of any problems that have occurred. The
information reported is a combination of real-time events, historical events, status and
configuration data to assist fault finding and diagnosis. SSA provides real-time status, historic
utilization and alarm information for ports, modules and expansion cards on the system. SSA
connects to all variants of IP Office running release 4.0 or later, using an IP connection that can be
remote or local. Modem connections at 14.4kbps or above are supported for remote diagnostics.

SSA provides real-time status, historic utilization and alarm information for ports, modules and
expansion cards on the system.
SSA is part of the IP Office 4.0 or later suite and connects to all variants of IP Office 4.0 or later
software, using an IP connection that can be remote or local.
      NEW! For R6.1
   SSA now has the ability to generate/analyze BERT test patterns on IP500 PRI Trunk
   cards (single and dual).
   SSA menus to select Line or Channel loopback on IP500 PRI Trunk cards
   • Lines - Payload or Line Loopback
   • Channels - Payload Loopback
   To enable loopback or to run a bit error rate test the effect channels or line must be
   first set Out of Service, and cannot have a call in progress. SSA can be used to
   disconnect active calls, then once idle, SSA will command the IP Office to
   generate/analyze test patterns. SSA / IP Office will only support the testing of a
   single channel/circuit at a time

   Initiated tests report results
   • Elapsed Time
   • Errored Seconds
   • Errors Detected
   • Errors Injected
   • Bit Error Rate
   SSA buttons
   • Reset Counters
   • Inject Errors
   • Stop Tests

   Trunks/Channels “Out of Service” Diagnostics
   SSA provides the system engineer with the ability to place TDM trunks Out of Service
   without requiring a reboot. There is a new tab on the Trunks form in SSA for “Line
   Testing”
   In and Out of Service options are delivered via Manager (PRI/T1 Trunk) and SSA
   (Trunks / Status). The existing options in Manager can be “merged”.
     NEW! For R6.0
   Secure Digital (SD) Cards now includes SSA software to allow for an SSA connection
   through a web browser. Additional commands and the ability to upgrade the unit have been
   added to SSA in R6.0.




                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 180
                                     24. System Status Application


     NEW! For R5.0
   IP Telephony Quality of Service (QoS) Reporting
   • Ability to send RTCPMON packets from Avaya H323 IP phones when registered to IP Office.
   • Collect Quality of Service (QoS) data from RTCPMON packets and other RTCP packets.
   • System Status Application (SSA) displays QoS data in extension/trunk status screens.
   • SSA and SNMP alarms are raised at the end of a call/RTP-session.

   Enhancements to VoIP Telephone Support
   There are three ways to support the upgrade of Avaya IP Phones
   • Custom – HTTP/TFTP Server
   • Memory Card – Compact Flash
   • Manager – HTTP/TFTP Relay to Manager
   added to SSA in R6.0.
     NEW! For R4.1
   • The ability to play back previously recorded logs was added to SSA in
   Release 4.1.




SSA provides information on the following:

• Alarms
SSA displays all alarms which are recorded within IP Office for each device in error. The number,
date and time of the occurrence is recorded. The last 50 alarms are stored within IP Office to avoid
need for local PC

• Call Details
Information on incoming and outgoing calls, including call length, call ID and routing information.


• Extensions
SSA details all extensions (including device type and port location) on the IP Office system.
Information on the current status of a device is also displayed.




                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                          Page 181
                                         24. System Status Application




•Trunks
IP Office trunks and connections (VoIP, analog and digital) and their current status are displayed.
For VoIP trunks, QoS information is also displayed (e.g. round trip delay, jitter and packet loss)



• System Resources
IP Office includes central resources that are utilized to perform various functions. Diagnosing
these resources is often critical to the successful operation of the system. This includes details on
resources for VCM, Voicemail and conferencing.

              Voicemail Channels
              Conference Channels
              Data Channels
              VCM Channels
              Modem Channels




• Details (IP500 and IP500 V2 only)
This button allows additional information to be displayed. This additional information can be hidden
again by clicking on the Summary button.
• Shutdown System
This command can be used to shutdown the IP Office for a period of time after which it will
automatically restart. Alternately it can be shutdown until power is removed and then reapplied.
• Backup System Files (IP500 V2 only)
Backup the files currently being used by the control unit to the backup folder on the System SD card.




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 182
                                         24. System Status Application


• Restores System Files (IP500 V2 only)
Restore the files from the backup folder on the System SD card. A system shutdown will be required
for the restored files to be used following the system restart.
• Upgrade Binaries (IP500 V2 only)
Copy the files, other than system configuration files, on the Optional SD card in the system to the

• Diagnosing these resources is often critical to the successful operation of the system.
• SSA can be launched independently or from IP Office Manager and there can be up to two (2)
SSA clients connected to an IP Office unit at one time.
Note: SSA is not a configuration tool for IP Office systems. For information on configuration, refer
to IP Office Manager

                           Enhancements with Release 4.2 of IP Office!




System Status Application (SSA) has a new real-time configuration alarms screen which shows the
   • Duplicate Numbers in Small Community Networking dial plan.
   • “No routing for Line” - Incoming Line Group has no associated Incoming Call Route.
   • Call Routed to a non-existent Start Point in VoiceMail Pro.




                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 183
                                    24. System Status Application


SSA displays the following new resource availability alarms in IP Office 4.2 (see above):
   • Attempt to use a feature for which no license is installed.
   • Voicemail storage full or nearly full.

The following new screens are provided in SSA in IP Office 4.2:
   • Control Unit Audit - details the last 15 accesses from Manager.
   • Feature Key and License Status.
   • Directory, including Users on the SCN.
   • Real time Voicemail port status.
   • Voicemail Summary/Detail information.
   • Real time Mailbox status.
   • IP Route and Service status.
   • Tunnel Status.

                                  Return to Cover




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                       Page 184
                                                               25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS



General
                                Expansion Modules
                                Width 445mm/17.5"
                                Height 71mm/2.8"
                                Depth 245mm/9.7"
Dimensions
                                IP500V1/V2
                                Width 445mmm/17.5"
                                Height 73mm/2.9"
                                Depth 365mm/14.4"


                                The recommended minimum clearance, front and rear, for the connection of cables and other devices is 75mm/3".

                                Busy Hour Call Complete (BHCC) is a measure used to test IP Office systems under a high call load.
                                For BHCC tests, each incoming call rings for 5 seconds, is answered and stays connected for
Call Capacity                   6 seconds. The BHCC figures for the different IP Office control units are listed below. Note that
                                in some cases the BHCC figure achievable will be limited by the number of incoming trunks supported.
                                IP500 & IP500V2 = 36000.
Environmental                 • 0°C to +40°C (32°F to 104°F): 95% relative humidity, non-condensing.
                                Note that the numbers are for reference only. For practical purposes, for example the calculation of heat
                                dissipation, it is recommended to base environmental requirements (for example air cooling or UPS ratings) on
                                the maximum input rating of the power supplies of the planned IP Office configuration, as follows.
                                In order to calculate the maximum, that is worst case, amount of heat that can be generated by an IP Office
                                system, it is assumed that all input power is converted to heat; whether from the PSU itself, the system unit,
                                expansion module and/or cabling.
                                Heat dissipation is normally measured in British Thermal Units (BTU's). A heat value expressed in Watts can be
                                converted to BTU/hr by multiplying by 3.41297. As indicated above, you should use the maximum power input
           Heat Dissipation     of each power supply to calculate this most accurately.
                                Using the conversion factor:
                                Heat Dissipation = max power in watts x 3.41297 = xxx BTU/hour. See values below:
                                The metric equivalent to BTU is a Joule where 1 BTU = 1,055 to 1,060 Joules.
                                This calculates the BTU value per power supply. The maximum BTU per system is therefore calculated, based
                                on adding the BTUs/hr for each expansion module plus the control unit.
                                Remember to budget for the power requirements of any additional devices that are to be co-located with the
                                IP Office such as server PC's (voicemail, etc).




                                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                Page 185
                                                                     25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS



control units and expansion modules
and base cards and trunk cards:       Power volt-ampere                        BTU/hour
IP500v2                               230                                     784.9831
IP500 Analog 16 Module                88                                      300.3414
IP500 DS16 Module                     34                                      116.041
IP500 DS30 Module                     42                                      143.3447
IP500 Phone 16 Module                 23                                      78.49831
IP500 Phone 30 Module                 42                                      143.3447
IP500v1                               230                                     784.9831
IP400 Phone 8                         17                                      58.02049
IP400 Phone 16                        23                                      78.49831
IP400 Phone 30                        42                                      143.3447
IP400 Digital Station 16              34                                      116.041
IP400 Digital Station 30              42                                      143.3447
IP400 So8                             34                                      116.041
IP400 WAN3 10/100                     17                                      58.02049
IP400 Analog Trunk 16                 88                                      300.3414
Typical Server PC                     600                                     2047.782
Typical Desktop PC                    400                                     1365.188
Mid Span PSU - 6 ports                150                                     511.9455
Mid Span PSU - 12/24 ports            300                                    1023.891
                                        IP500v1/v2 System Unit - 3.2Kg/7.0lbs
                                        Analog 16 Module - 2.9Kg/6.5lbs
                                        DS16 Module - 3.0Kg/6.7lbs
                                        DS30 Module - 3.5Kg/7.8lbs
             Unit Weight                DS16A Module - 3.0Kg/6.7lbs
                                        DS30A Module - 3.5Kg/7.8lbs
                                        TCM8 - .4Kg/0.9lbs
                                        Phone 16 Module - 2.9Kg/6.5lbs
                                        Phone 30 Module - 3.1Kg/6.94lbs




                                                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 186
                                                          25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS



                             • Input
                             • IP Office 500v1/v2 System Unit: IEC AC inlet socket. 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.
                             • Power Supply Units: All CE/UL/Dentori Safety Approved.
                             • Standard 40W Power Supply Unit (All IP400 control and V1 expansion units unless otherwise indicated)
                             Supplied with the control or expansion unit. 40W PSU with integral lead to the unit. Connection to switched mains supply
                             requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C7 power cord (2-wire figure 8 connector).
                             • Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2A maximum.
Power Supply Consumption     • Output: 24Vdc, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.
(Nominal Watts)              • Small Office 45W Power Supply Unit
                             Supplied with the unit. 45W PSU with integral lead to control unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately
                             supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead).
                             • Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 1.5A maximum.
                             • Output: 24V DC, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.
                             · IP406 V2, DS 16/30V2 and Phone 8/16/30V2 - 60W Earthed Power Supply Unit
                             Supplied with the control or expansion unit. 60W PSU with integral lead to the unit. Connection to switched mains supply
                             requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320 C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead).
                             • Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.
                             • Output: 24V DC, 1.5A, output power 60W maximum.
                             • IP Office 500 80W internal Power Supply
                             Integral to the System Unit. Connection to switched mains supply requires separately supplied country specific IEC 60320
                             C13 power cord (3-wire earthed cold kettle lead).
                             • Input: 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2.5A maximum.
                           · IP403, 406 V1 & 412 - 40W Non-Earthed Supply Unit:
                              •Input: 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 81-115VA, 2A maximum.
                              • Output: 24Vdc, 1.875A, output power 45W maximum.
Interface                  Information
DTE Port                   • IPO 406 V2, IP412 and IP500: 9 way D-type female connector,V.24/V.28

                              EU Interfaces:
                             • BRI:
                             RJ45 sockets. ETSI T-Bus Interface to CTR3 for Pan European Connection.
                             • PRI E1:
                             RJ45 socket. ETSI T-Bus Interface to CTR4 for Pan European Connection.
                             • PRI T1/J1:
                             RJ45 socket: FCC Part 68/JATE connection.
ISDN Ports

                             USA Interfaces:
                             • PRI T1 Service:
                             Ground Start (GS) – Default, E&M, 56k data for 5ESS, 56/64/64 restricted for 4ESS.
                             • PRI ISDN Switch support:
                             4ESS, 5ESS, DMS-100, DMS-250 (includes conformance to ANSI T1.607 and Bellcore Special Report SR4287, 1992).
                             • PRI ISDN Services:
                             AT&T Megacom 800, AT&T WATS (4ESS), AT&T SDS Accunet 56kB/s and 64kB/s (4ESS), AT&T Multiquest (4ESS).




                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                              Page 187
                                                     25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS



Analog Trunk Ports      • RJ45 sockets: Loop start/Ground start (regional dependant)
                        • RJ45 sockets: Only on ATM16 expansion Module. The first two trunks on the module are automatically switched to

                        power fail sockets on the rear of the unit in the event of power being interrupted must be loop start for correct power
                        fail operation.
                        • IP500 - IP500 Analog Phone 8 Base Card when fitted with an IP500 Analog Trunk daughter card, the combination

                        supports 1 power failure extension to trunk (loop-start only) connection.
Power Fail ports        Combination Base Card (IP500v2 only)
                        • IP500v2 Port 8 can also act as a Power Fail port if an ATM4 daughter card is fitted.
                        ETR6 Base Card (IP500v2 / Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version only)
                        • IP500v2 Port 7-8 Power Fail Analog Phone Ports*
                        *The Power Fail Analog Phone ports are wired together and provide one circuit only in the event of power fail if an

                        ATM4 daughter card is fitted.
                        • BRI: B-channel 64kbps or 56kbps, D-channel 16kbps.
ISDN Data Rates
                        • PRI: B-channel 64kbps or 56kbps, D-channel 64kbps.
                        • RJ45 sockets. EU - Telephone ports act as Master sockets.
                        • CLI Schemes: DTMFA, DTMFC, DTMFD, FSK and UK20.
Analog Phone Ports      • REN: 2 (External Bell via POT port: REN = 1)
                        • Off Hook current: 25mA.
                        • Ring Voltage: 40V (nominal) RMS.
                        • RJ45 sockets: Auto-negotiating 10/100 BaseT Ethernet (10/100Mbps).
                        • IPO 412: This module has 2 LAN ports acting as a half-duplex layer-3 LAN switch. Both ports are fixed MDI
                        crossover ports. In the IP Office configuration, port 1 is LAN1, port 2 is LAN2.
                        configuration, the LAN ports are on LAN1, the WAN port on LAN2.
LAN                     • IPO 406V2: This module has 8 LAN ports acting as a full-duplex layer-2 LAN switch. Ports are auto-MDI/MDIX.
                        All ports are on LAN1 in the IP Office configuration. The IP406V2 provides the facility to configure a second
                        logical interface on port 8 of the built-in Ethernet switch. Once enabled, the LAN 2 interface is available as an
                        IP route destination
                        • IP 500 -This unit has 2 ports marked LAN and WAN acting as a full-duplex layer-3 LAN switch. In the IP Office
                        configuration, the LAN port is LAN1, the WAN port is LAN2.
                        • IP500: RJ45 Ethernet socket.
                        • IPO IP406V2 and IPO 412 Control Units: 37 way D-Type female sockets. X.21 interface to 2048k bps, V.35 interface
WAN

                        to 2048Kbps and V.24 Interface to 19.2Kbps.
                        • 3.5mm Stereo Jack socket: Input impedance - 10k /channel
Audio
                        Maximum a.c. signal – 200mV rms
                        • 3.5mm Stereo Jack socket: Switching Capacity - 0.7A.
External Output Port    • Maximum Voltage: 55V d.c. On state resistance - 0.7Ω.
                        • Short circuit current: 1A. Reverse circuit current capacity - 1.4A.
                        • IP406V2 and IP 500: 512MB Compact Flash Memory Card
Embedded Voice Memory   • IP500v2 SD Flash Memory Card SDHC minimum 4GB FAT32 format (Single partition, SDHC, class2+, FAT32, SPI & SD bus)




                                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                         Page 188
                                               25. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS



ACTA (FCC Reg code)
IP500 V2              • US: AY1PH01BS114-1 (REN:01B)
IP500                 • US: AY1PH01BIPO500 (REN:01B)
IP406V2 Office        • US: AY1AD04BIP406V2 (REN: 04B)
IP412 Office          • US: AV1DY04BIP412 (REN: 04B)
IP400 ATM16           • US: AY1MH08AIPATM16 (REN: 08B)

                                                                      Return to Cover




                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls     Page 189
                                                         26. UPS VA VALUES




                                                IP Office Specific VA Values
The web site http://ups.avayaups.com provides a calculator into which you can enter the equipment you want supported on a UPS.
It will then display various UPS options. The site uses VA values for typical IP Office systems. However, if more specific values are
required for a particular system, the table below can be used to enter values.

            Typical IP Office System           VA                                              Typical IP Office System           VA
          IP500 System                        230                                          IP406 V2 SYSTEM                       168
          IP500 V2 System                     230                                          IP412 System                          312
              Individual Equipment             VA                                               Individual Equipment              VA
          IP406 V2 Control Unit               23                                           So8 Module                             34
          IP412 Control Unit                  25                                           Phone 8 Module                         17
          Analog 16 Module                    88                                           Phone 16 Module                        23
          Digital Station 16 Module           34                                           Phone 30 Module                        42
          Digital Station 30 Module           42                                           Typical Server PC                     600
          WAN3 Module                         17                                           Typical Desktop PC                    400
          So8 Module                           34                                          Mid Span PSU - 6 ports                150
                                                                                           Mid Span PSU - 12/24 ports            300

  • The 1151C2/1151D2 power supply units for Avaya H.323 IP phones include a backup battery. This typically
   provides 15 minutes backup at maximum load (20 Watts) and up to 8 hours at light load (2 Watts).
                                  IP Telephone Power Consumption
  Measured in Watts using an IEEE 802.3af power supply at 48V. This table shows the power consumption of the phones.


                                       PoE       Power Consumption (Watts)
                    Telephone         Class    Conservative          Worst
                                                            Typical
                                      (IEEE        Mode              Case
          1120E W1120ENTYS03xA --NTYS03xCE6
                                      Class 3                  7     10.50
          1120E NTYS03xDE6            Class 3                 4.6
          1120E NTYS03xEE6            Class 2                 4.2
          1140E W1140ENTYS05xA -- NTYS05xCE6
                                      Class 3                 7.3    8.00
          1140E W1140ENTYS05xCE6 Rel 50 & higher
                                      Class 3                 4.8
          1140E NTYS05xEE6            Class 2                 4.3
          1220 NTYS19xx               Class 2                 3.4    4.60
          1230 NTYS20xx               Class 2                 3.4    4.60
          1603 w/POE adapter          Class 2      3.75      4.32    5.10
          1608                        Class 2      3.76      4.66    5.69
          1616*                       Class 2      2.83      3.17    3.65
          1616*                       Class 3      5.31      6.22    8.31
          1616* with 1 BM32***        Class 2      3.41      4.37    5.52
          1616* with 1 BM32***        Class 3      5.95      6.82     9.8
          1616* with 2 BM32*** Aux      NA
                                                   3.99      5.57     7.4
          Power Supply
          1616-I*                           Class 2        2.25          2.35      3.11
          1616-I* w/ BM32                   Class 2        2.99          3.08      4.87
          1616-I* w/2 BM32      Aux
                                            Class 2        3.29          3.47      6.87
          Power Supply
          4601, 4602, 5601, 5602            Class   2       NA          3.5W        4.6
          4602SW, 5602SW                    Class   2      4.10          N/A        5.0
          4610SW, 5610SW                    Class   2      4.00          N/A        6.0
          4620, 5620                        Class   2       NA           4.0        6.0
          4620                              Class   3       NA           7.7        9.9
          4620SW **                         Class   3       NA           5.9         8
          4620SW, 5620SW                    Class   2      4.60          N/A       5.75
          4621SW, 5621SW                    Class   2      4.90          N/A       6.45
          4625SW                            Class   3       7.8          N/A       9.42
          Gig Adapter 16xx/46xx               NA           3.16          N/A       5.81
          9608                              Class   1      1.93         2.08       2.55
          9610                              Class   2      3.72         4.26       4.66
          9611G                             Class   1      2.64         3.12       3.78
          9620L                             Class   1      2.1           2.2       2.70
          9620C                             Class   2      4.22          4.6       5.05
          9621G                             Class   2      3.18         3.49       4.27
          9630                              Class   2       4.6          5.2       5.58
          9630G                             Class   2       4.6         4.83        6.1
          9640                              Class   2      4.19         4.52        5.5
          9640G                             Class   2      4.42         4.83       5.57
          9641G                             Class   2      3.28         3.44       4.12
          9650                              Class   2       4.6          5.2       5.58
          9650C                             Class   2      4.19         4.52        5.5
          BM12                                NA            0.1         0.31       0.62
          SMB-24                              NA           0.35          0.6        0.9
          Blue Tooth Adapter                  NA            NA           0.3       0.41
          Gig Adapter for 96xx                NA            3.8          NA         3.8




                                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                            Page 190
                                                         26. UPS VA VALUES




*There is a sticker on the back of the 1616 which will provide the material code. If the material code is 700450190 or 700458540,
the phone is Class 2. If the material code is 700415565, the phone is class 3.
**The 4620SW that require Class 3 power can be identified by the ethernet jacks that point straight out of the back of the
telephone, rather than down from the back of telephone.
***Note: when using the 1616 phone with more than 1 BM32, an external power supply is needed.
Note1: The EU24 adds less than 1W to the 4620 and 462xSW numbers. The EU24BL (1.5W) should not be used with POE, use the
1151(C/D).the telephone, rather than down from the back of telephone.
Note2: The GigE adapter for the 46xx phones will work with Class 0, 1 or 2 phones. Class 0 devices may require use of a local power
supply, depending on the power rating. Class 3 devices always require the use of a local power supply.
Note3: Assuming that your PoE source supports Class 3 power, you should never be forced to aux power a 96xx phone. All phones
operate in Class 2 and all but the 9630G will accept a single button module and still be in Class 2. However, once you add a second
button module (or a first for the 9630G), you must flip the IEEE power switch on the back of the phone. This will then present the
Class 3 power signature and if the PoE source will allow a Class 3 device it will provide full power for as many other devices that we
currently have designed or planned for the 96xx phones.
Note that the GigE adapter starts out in Class 3 – so if we take any phone and plug a GigE adapter to it, the Ethernet switch must
support Class 3 power or else you need a brick.
Note4:
                                              One                       Three
               Default PoE Class "L"                      Two BM12
                                             BM12                       BM12
  9608                Class 1                   L             L           H
 9611G                Class 1                  H              H           H
 9641G                Class 2                   L             L           L

                                             One                        Three
               Default PoE Class "L"                    Two SBM24
                                            SBM24                       SBM24
  9608                Class 1                 L              H            H
 9611G                Class 1                 H              H            H
 9641G                Class 2                 L              L            H


  • Power consumption measured using Power over Ethernet IEEE802.3af standard powering — The measurements were taken as
 average from six IEEE802.3af compliant PoE switches; The power consumption using AC/DC Adapters is similar to above, but must
    account for approximately 72% efficiency rating from AC source. Power consumption measured at the endpoint/device — 7ft
             maximum length LAN cord to PoE switch; 2.45W maximum power loss allowable over 100m cable lengths.

Note: Typical is measured off-hook sample size 1. Worst Case is analytical. Except the 4601, 4602, 5601 and 5602 all telephones
had a PC attached at 100Mbps. The EU24/EU24BL adds less than 1W to the 4620, 4620SW and 5620 numbers.




                                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                              Page 191
                                                        26. UPS VA VALUES




Notes for the Nortel 1xxx phones:
    Typical Use defined as: Two Ethernet ports linked at maximum speed, light traffic, backlight on, active on a handsfree call,
    no accessories connected.
    This represents a typical in-use scenario. Idle power will be lower Power measured at phone with 2 m cord. Longer cord will
    result in higher power due to cable loss.
    Power can vary from sample to sample and with activity on the phone, or with accessories connected
    IEEE 802.3af Class number is determined by peak power, not typical or idle power.


    The use of an Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) with any telephone system is recommended. Even at sites that
    rarely lose electrical power, that power may occasionally have to be switched off for maintenance of other
    equipment. In addition, most UPSs also provide an element of power conditioning, reducing spikes and surges.

    The capacity of UPS systems and the total equipment load the UPS is expected to support are usually quoted
    in VA. Where equipment load is quoted in Watts, multiply by 1.4 to get the VA load.

    The calculation of how much UPS capacity is required depends on several choices.
       • What equipment to place on the UPS?
    Remember to include server PCs such as the voicemail. It is recommended that the total load on a new UPS
    is never greater than 75% capacity, thus allowing for future equipment.
       • How many minutes of UPS support is required?
    Actual UPS runtime is variable, it depends on what percentage of the UPSs capacity the total equipment load
    represents. For example, a 1000VA capacity UPS may only support a 1000VA (100%) load for 5 minutes. This
    relationship is not linear, the same UPS would support a 500VA (50%) load for 16 minutes. Therefore the
    lower the percentage of capacity used, the increasingly longer the UPS runtime, typically up to 8 hours
    maximum. Remember also that for most UPS's the ratio of discharge to full recharge time is 1:10.
       • How many output sockets does the UPS provide?
    Multiple UPS units may be required to ensure that every item of supported equipment has its own supply socket.



                                                        Return to Cover




                                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                             Page 192
                                         27. HANDSET CABLE LENGTHS




                                Telephone Extension Cable Lengths

The table below details the maximum total cable distances for DS and analog extensions using different
cable types.

                                 Unshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP) - 50nf/Km
 Telephone Set Type                AWG22            AWG24        AWG26                      CW1308
                                  (0.65mm)      ( 0.5mm Ø)      (0.4mm)
      ETR Phones                 305m/1000'.    305m/1000'.    122m/400'.                  122m/400'.
      1400 Series               1000m - 3280'  1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310'
   2400/5400 Series             1200m - 3937'  1000m - 3280' 670m - 2200'                 400m -   1310'
        4406D                   1000m - 3280'  1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310'                 400m -   1310'
        4412D                   1000m - 3280'   700m - 2295'  400m - 1310'                400m -   1310'
        4424D                    500m - 1640'   500m - 1640'  400m - 1310'                400m -   1310'
      6400 Series               1000m - 3280'  1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310'                 400m -   1310'
    T3 Series (Upn)             1000m - 3280'  1000m - 3280' 400m - 1310'                      -
    Analog Phones               1000m - 3280'  1000m - 3280' 500m - 1640'                 800m -   2620'
                                 400m/1300'      400m/1300'    400m/1300'
                                  without SAP    without SAP    without SAP
 M7000&T7000 Series                                  700 m    650m / 2100'                     N/A
                                750m / 2450'*
                                   with SAP       / 2300' *+         *
                                                   with SAP      with SAP
                                * Derate by 3m for each 1nF increase per km.
                                 Rerate by 2m for each 1nF decrease per km
                                         + SAP is required at 400m
Loop Specification on BCM/ Norstar
On BCM / Norstar
                                         Unshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP) - 50nf/Km
Telephone Set Type                    AWG22               AWG24                AWG26
                                     (0.65mm)           ( 0.5mm Ø)            (0.4mm)
Avaya M7000 and T7000 Series N/A                          305m /1000'      N/A
                                                          without SAP
Norstar MICS Loop                                        790m / 2500 ft.
                              N/A                          with SAP        N/A
Specifications
ATA-2                                                    7200m - 26000'
Analog Stations (GASM8,
ASM8+, BCM50 On-board         N/A                        1230 m - 4000'    N/A
GASI)
ASM8                          N/A                        1530 m - 5000'    N/A



                                          Return to Cover



                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 193
                                              28. PROTOCOLS



    Protocol                RFC                                      Description
The IP Office supports the following protocols and standards:
V.120              ---             A standard Rate Adaption mechanism.
V.110              ---             A standard Rate Adaption mechanism.
PPP                RFC 1661        Point to Point Protocol.
LCP                RFC 1570        Link Control Protocol.
MP                 RFC 1990        Multi-Link (Point to Point) Protocol.
IPCP               RFC 1332        Internet Protocol Control Protocol.
PAP                RFC 1334        Password Authentication Protocol.
RTP/RTCP           RFC1889         Real Time and Real Time Control Protocol
CHAP               RFC 1994        Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol.
CCP                RFC 1962        Compression Control Protocol.
STAC               RFC 1974        Stac LZS Compression Protocol.
MPPC               RFC 2118        Microsoft Point to Point Compression (Protocol).
BACP               RFC 2125        Bandwidth Allocation Control Protocol.
UDP                RFC 768         User Datagram Protocol.
IP                 RFC 791         Internet Protocol.
TCP                RFC 793         Transmission Control Protocol.
DHCP               RFC 1533        Dynamic Host Control Protocol.
NAT                RFC 1631        Network Address Translation.
BOOTP              RFC 951         Bootstrap Protocol.
TFTP               RFC1350         Trivial File Transfer Protocol.
NTP                RFC868          Network Time Protocol.
SNMPv1             RFC1157         Simple Network Management Protocol. (STD15)
                   RFC1155         Structure and Identification of Management Information for TCP/IP-based
                                   internets. (STD16)
                   RFC1212         Concise MIB Definitions. (STD16)
                   RFC1215         A Convention for Defining Traps for use with the SNMP
MIB-II             RFC1213         Management Information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based
                                   internets:MIB-II (STD17)
ENTITY MIB         RFC2737         Entity MIB (Version 2).
RIP                RFC1058         Routing Information Protocol
                   RFC2453         RIP Version 2. (STD56)
                   RFC1722         RIP Version 2 Protocol Applicability Statement. (STD57)
IPSEC              RFC2401         Security Architecture for the Internet Protocol
                   RFC2402         IP Authentication Header
                   RFC2403         The Use of HMAC-MD5-96 within ESP and AH
                   RFC2404         The Use of HMAC-SHA-1-96 within ESP and AH
                   RFC2405         The ESP DES-CBC Cipher Algorithm With Explicit IV
                   RFC2406         IP Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)
                   RFC2407         The Internet IP Security Domain of Interpretation for ISAKMP.
                   RFC2408         Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol
                   RFC2409         The Internet Key Exchange (IKE).
                   RFC2410         The NULL Encryption Algorithm and Its Use With IPsec.
                   RFC2411         IP Security Document Roadmap.
L2TP               RFC2661         Layer Two Tunneling Protocol "L2TP"
                   RFC3193         Securing L2TP using IPsec
Header Compression RFC2507         IP Header Compression (IPHC)
                   RFC2508         Compressing IP/UDP/RTP Headers for Low-Speed Serial Links
                   RFC2509         IP Header Compression over PPP
DiffServ           RFC2474         Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS Field) in the IPv4 and
                                   IPv6 Headers.
PPP MP             RFC1990         The PPP Multilink Protocol (MP)
Frame Relay        RFC1490         Multi protocol Interconnect over Frame Relay
Encapsulation
ML-PPP               RFC2686             The Multi-Class Extension to Multi-Link PPP




                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                               Page 194
                                                28. PROTOCOLS



Session Initiated Protocol (SIP)

 •   Rec. E.164 [2] - ITU-T Recommendation E.164: The international public telecommunication
 •   RFC 2833 [7] - RTP Payload for DTMF Digits, Telephony Tones and Telephony Signals
 •   RFC 3261 [8] - SIP: Session Initiation Protocol
 •   RFC 3263 [10] - Session Initiation Protocol (SIP): Locating SIP Servers
 •   RFC 3264 [11] - An Offer/Answer Model with Session Description Protocol (SDP)
 •   RFC 3323 [14] - A Privacy Mechanism for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
 •   RFC 3489 [18] - STUN - Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Through Network
 •   RFC 3824 [24] - Using E.164 numbers with the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
 •   RFC 1889 – RTP
 •   RFC 1890 - RTP Audio
 •   RFC 4566 – SDP
 •   RFC 3265 - Event Notification
 •   RFC 3515 - SIP Refer
 •   RFC 3842 - Message Waiting
 •   RFC 3310 – Authentification
 •   RFC 2976 – INFO
 •   RFC 3323 - Privacy for SIP (PAI) and draft-ietf-sip-privacy-04 (RPID)

The SIP endpoint support implementation is compliant with the following
standards or "RFCs".
 •   RFC   3261   - SIP session Initiation Protocol
 •   RFC   1889   – RTP
 •   RFC   1890   - RTP Audio
 •   RFC   4566   – SDP
 •   RFC   2833   - RTP /DTMF
 •   RFC   3264   - SDP Negotiation
 •   RFC   3265   - Event Notification
 •   RFC   3515   - SIP Refer
 •   RFC   3842   - Message Waiting
 •   RFC   3310   – Authentication
 •   RFC   2976   – INFO
 •   RFC   3323   - Privacy for SIP (PAI) and draft-ietf-sip-privacy-04 (RPID)




                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                   Page 195
                                           28. PROTOCOLS



VoIP Standards Supported

IP Office supports the following protocols and standards:
  • H.323 (V2)(1998), Packet-based multimedia communications systems
  • Q.931, ISDN user-network interface layer 3 specification for basic call control
  • H.225.0 (1998), Call signaling protocols and media stream packetization for packet-based
  multimedia communication systems
  • H.245 (1998), Control protocol for multimedia communication
  • Session Initiation Protocol.
  • Audio CODECs:
         • G.711 A-law/U-law (64K).
         • G.723.1 MP-MLQ (6.3K).
         • G.729 Annex A, Annex B, Annex AB – CS-ACELP.
  • Silence Suppression
  • Fax Relay (IP Office to IP Office Fax Transport over IP).
  • T.38 Fax support (SIP trunks and SIP endpoints).
  • Local End Echo Cancellation 25ms
  • Out of band DTMF
  • Jitter buffer, 5 frames of jitter buffer
  • Internet Standards/Specification (in addition to TCP/UDP/IP)
         • RFC 1889 – RTP/RTCP, Real Time and Real Time Control Protocol
         • RFC 2507,2508,2509 – Header Compression
         • RFC 2474 – DiffServ, Type of Service field configurable.
         • RFC 1990 - PPP Fragmentation.
         • RFC 1490 - Encapsulation for Frame Relay.
         • RFC 2686 - Multiclass Extensions to Multilink PPP.
         • RFC 3261 - Session Initiation Protocol (SIP).
         • RFC 3489 - STUN.

IP Office supports the following QSIG services across this network:

 •   Simple Telephony Call/Basic Call: ETS300 171/172.
 •   Circuit Switched Data Call/Basic Call: ETS300 171/172.
 •   Called/Calling Line ID Presentation: ETS300 173.
 •   Called/Calling Name Presentation: (SS-CNIP, SS-CONP, SS-CNIR) ETS300 237/238.
 •   Message Waiting: (SS-MWI) EN301 260/255.
 •   Transfer: (SS-CT) ETS 300 260/261.


                                                  Return to Cover




                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                        Page 196
                                                                                                                                                 29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                  User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                     Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                           Toggles
                                                                                            IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                     Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                               Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Series
                                              Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9040
                                                                                            Software    Action                     Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                     Label
                                                                                              Level



Actions General
Dial        This action is used to dial the number contained in the Telephone Number         1.0 +      Dial           Telephone number or partial          Dial            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
            field. A partial number can be enter for the user to complete. On buttons                                  telephone number.
            with a text label area, Dial followed by the number is shown.

Group         Monitors the status of a hunt group queue. This option is only supported       1.0 +      Group          Group name enclosed in " " double- <group            X         √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
              for hunt groups with queuing enabled. The user does not have to be a                                     quotes or group number.            name>
              member of the group.
              Depending on the users button type, indication is given for when the
              group has alerting calls and queued calls (queued in this case is defined
              as more calls waiting than there are available group members).
              In IP Office 4.0 the definition of queued calls has changed to include
              ringing calls. However for operation of the Group button, ringing calls are
              still regarded as different from other queued calls.
              For pre-4.0 IP Office pressing the button displayed information about the
              longest waiting call in the queue and options to answer, drop or ignore
              the call. For IP Office 4.0 and higher the button has been changed to just
              answer the longest waiting call.
User          Monitors whether another user's phone is idle or in use. The Telephone         1.0 +      User           User name enclosed in "double-       <the user       X         √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
              Number field should contain the users name enclosed in double quotes.                                    quotes".                             name>.
              The button can be used to make calls to the user or pickup their longest
              waiting call when ringing. On buttons with a text label, the user name is
              shown.

              The actions performed when the button is pressed will depend on the
              state of the target user, whether they are local or on a remote SCN
              system and the phone on which the button is programmed.

              See Note 4 below
Actions Appearance
Appearance Creates a call appearance button. This can be used to answer and make             3.0+       Appearance -> Optional text label.                  a=              X         √             X           X        √             √              X          √             √ X √ √[*] √                                                   √             √             √             √            √[*] √ √ √ √[*] √[*]                                                     X
           calls. Users with multiple call appearance buttons can handle multiple                       Appearance
           calls. For full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.
           Call appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have status
           lamps or icons, are automatically disabled until the user logs on at a
           phone with suitable buttons.
           For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if
           required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed
           next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay setting (User |
           Telephony | Multi-line Options) settings.
           Note that *4100 Series and 7400 Series phones support virtual call
           appearance button operation. This also applies to T7000, T7100, M7100
Bridged    and M7100N phones and the Audio Conferencing Unit (ACU).
           Creates an appearance button that follows the state of another user's call                   Appearance -> User name and call appearance         <user
                                                                                             3.0+                                                                           X         √             X           X        √             √              X          √             √ X √                               X            √             √             √             √             √              X           √ √ √ √[*] √[*]                                            X
Appearance appearance button. The bridged appearance can be used to make and                            Bridged       button number.                        name><c
           answer calls on behalf of the call appearance user. For full details refer to                Appearance                                          all
           the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.                                                                                                                 appearan
                                                                                                                                                            ce label>.
              The bridged appearance button user must also have at least one call
              appearance button programmed.
              Bridged appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have
              status lamps or icons, are automatically disabled until the user logs in at
              a phone with suitable buttons.
              For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if
              required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed
              next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay (User |
              Telephony | Multi-line Options ) setting.

           *Not supported on T7000, T7100, M7100, M7100N and the Audio
           Conferencing Unit (ACU).
Coverage   Creates a button that alerts when a call to the specified covered user is         3.0+       Appearance -> User name.                            <user           X         √             X           X        √             √              X          √             √ X √                               X            √             √             √             √             √              X           √ √ √ √[*] √[*]                                            X
Appearance unanswered after that users Individual Coverage Timer expires.                               Coverage                                            name>.
           The call coverage appearance button can be used to answer that call. For                     Appearance
           full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp Manual.
           The call coverage appearance button user must also have at least one call
           appearance button programmed. The covered user does not need to be
           using call appearance buttons.
           Coverage appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have
           status lamps or icons, are
           automatically disabled until the user logs on at a phone with suitable
           buttons.
           For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if
           required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed
           next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay setting (User |
           Telephony | Multi-line Options) settings.
           *Not supported on T7000, T7100, M7100, M7100N and the Audio
           Conferencing Unit (ACU).




                                                                                                                                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 197
                                                                                                                                                    29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                     User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                        Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                              Toggles
                                                                                             IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                        Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Series
                                             Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9040
                                                                                             Software    Action                     Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                        Label
                                                                                               Level



Line         Creates an line appearance button linked to the activity of a specified line     3.0+       Appearance -> Line ID number.                         <Line ID        X         √             X           X        √             √              X          √             √ X √                               X            √             √             √             √             √              X           √ √ √ √[*] √[*]                                            X
Appearance appearance ID number. The button can then be used to answer and make                          Line                                                  number>.
             calls on that line. For full details refer to the IP Office Key & Lamp                      Appearance
             Manual.
             The line appearance button user must also have at least one call
             appearance button programmed before line appearance buttons can be
             programmed.
             Line appearance functions, assigned to buttons that do not have status
             lamps or icons, are automatically disabled until the user logs in at a
             phone with suitable buttons.
             Note that on 4620, 4621, 4625 and 5621 phones, buttons set to call
             appearance can occupy the full screen width, using the button on either
             side of the display line for operation and adjusting the numbering of all
             other buttons accordingly. The appearance buttons can be changed to
             half-width mode from the phone by pressing Options -> Application
             Options -> Call Appearance Width.
             For IP Office 3.2+, appearance buttons can be set with a ring delay if
             required or to not ring. This does not affect the visual alerting displayed
             next to the button. The delay uses the user's Ring Delay (User |
             Telephony | Multi-line Options ) setting.
             For IP Office 4.2+, line appearances are supported on T3 and T3 IP
             phones. These phones do not require (or support) call appearance buttons
             in order to use line appearances.
             *Not supported on T7000, T7100, M7100, M7100N and the Audio
             Conferencing Unit (ACU).
Actions: Emulation
Abbreviated This function allows quick dialing of a stored number.                            1.0+       Emulation ->    Telephone number or partial           AD              X          X           √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] √ X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
Dial                                                                                                     Abbreviated     number
                                                                                                         Dial            • Full Number
                                                                                                                         The number is dialled.
                                                                                                                         • Partial Number
                                                                                                                         The partial number is dialled and
                                                                                                                         the user can then complete dialing
                                                                                                                         the full number.
Abbreviated Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only . Allows a user to enter a         1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Pause           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Dial Pause  pause character when programming an abbreviated dial.                                        Abbreviated
                                                                                                         Dial Pause
Abbreviated Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to program          1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Prog            X          X           √            X         X             X             X           X             X X X                              X             X             X             X             X             X             X            X X                   X            X          X           X
Dial        abbreviated dialing numbers against other programmable buttons. This                         Abbreviated
Program     function cannot be used to overwrite call appearance buttons.                                Dial Program

Abbreviated Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a          1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Stop            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Dial Stop   stop character when programming an abbreviated dial.                                         Abbreviated
                                                                                                         Dial Stop
Account       Enter an account code for a call. This button can be used before dialing a      1.0+       Emulation ->    Optional. If an code is set it must   Acct            X          X           √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Code Entry    number or during a call.                                                                   Account Code    match an account code set in the
                                                                                                         Entry           account codes list. If no account
                                                                                                                         code is set, the phone display will
                                                                                                                         request entry of a valid code. This
                                                                                                                         option is not supported on XX02
                                                                                                                         phones and the T7000 phone.

ACD Agent     Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.                                 1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Stats           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Statistics                                                                                               ACD Agent
                                                                                                         Statistics
ACD Stroke    Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.                                 1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Count           X          X           √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Count                                                                                                    ACD Stroke
                                                                                                         Count
AD Special    Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a        1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Sfunc           X          X            X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Function      special character (mark, pause suppress, wait) when entering an                            AD Special
              abbreviated dial.                                                                          Functions
AD Special    Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a        1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Mark            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Function      mark character when programming abbreviated dial.                                          AD Special
Mark                                                                                                     Function Mark
AD Special    Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows a user to enter a        1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Wait            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Function      Wait for Dial Tone character when programming an abbreviated dial.                         AD Special
Wait                                                                                                     Function Wait
AD            Suppresses the display of dialed digits on the telephone display. Dialed        1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Spres          √          √             X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √              X           √ √ √                               X          X         X[2]
Suppress      digits are replaced with an s character.                                                   AD Suppress
Automatic     Sets a ringback on the extension being called. When the target extension        1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  AutCB          √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Callback      ends its current call, the ringback user is rung (for their set No Answer                  Automatic
              Time/Allocated Answer Interval) and if they answer, a new call is made to                  Callback
              the target extension.
              Ringback can also be cleared using the Cancel Ring Back When Free
              function.
Automatic     Call an extension and have the call automatically answered on speaker           1.0+       Emulation ->    User number or name. For IP Office Iauto              X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Intercom      phone after 3 beeps. The extension called must support a handsfree                         Automatic       4.0+ this field can be left blank for
              speaker. If the extension does not have a handsfree microphone then the                    Intercom        number entry when pressed.
              user must use the handset if they want to talk. If the extension is not free                               · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
              when called, the call is presented as a normal call on a call appearance                                   display phones, if configured
              button if available.                                                                                       without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                         button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                         button menu for target selection.


Call          Switches forward unconditional on and sets the forward number to the            1.0+       Emulation ->    Telephone number or blank for         CFrwd          √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Forwarding    number specified or prompts the user to enter a number if none is                          Call Forwarding entry when pressed.
All           specified.                                                                                 All




                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 198
                                                                                                                                                    29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                      User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                         Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                              Toggles
                                                                                             IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                         Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Series
                                             Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       9040
                                                                                             Software    Action                      Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                         Label
                                                                                               Level



Call Park     · When associated with a specific park slot number, the button will park        1.0+       Emulation ->    Park slot ID (alphanumeric) or         CPark         √           √            √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √           √           X
              and unpark calls from that park slot and indicate when a call is parked in                 Call Park       blank for menu of slots in use.
              that park slot. Similarly the Park buttons within application (for example
              SoftConsole, Phone Manager and one-X Portal for IP Office) can be used
              to park, retrieve and indicate parked calls.
              · When not associated with a specific park slot number, the button will
              park calls by assigning them a park slot number based on the users
              extension number. For example, for extension XXX, the first parked call is
              assigned to
              park slot XXX0, the next to XXX1 and so on up to XXX9. The button will
              indicate when there are parked calls in any of those slots. On the T7000
              phone, only a single automatic part slot XXX0 is supported.
              · With a call connected, pressing the button will park that call using a
              park slot number assigned by the system based on the extension number.
              · With no call connected, pressing the button will display details of any
              calls parked by the extension and allow their retrieval.

Call Park To Allows the user to park their current call against another user's extension.     1.0+       Emulation ->    User number. For IP Office 4.0+        Rpark      X            X              √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √           √           X
Other        The parked call indication on that extension is                                             Call Park to    this field can be left blank for       ("Park" in Pre-4.0      Pre-
Extension    then activated according to the telephone type.                                             Other           number entry when pressed              pre-4.0 IP              4.0
                                                                                                                                                                           √ 4.0+
             If the target extension has a Call Park button with no specific park slot                   Extension                                              Office)
                                                                                                                                                                                        √
             number, the parked call will be indicated by that
                                                                                                                                                                                        4.0+
             button and can be unparked from the list of parked calls shown when that
             button is pressed.
             · Pre-IP Office 4.0
             The park slot number assigned to the parked call is based on the number
             of the extension against which the call is
             being parked. For example, calls parked against extension 203 are
             assigned park slot ID 2030, 2031 and so on up to
             2039 depending on the number of calls parked.
             · IP Office 4.0+
             The park slot number assigned to the parked call is based on the number
             of the extension parking the call. For
             example, calls parked by extension 201 are assigned the park slot ID
             2010, 2011 and so on up to 2019 depending on
             Answer an of calls parked.
Call Pickup the numberalerting call on the system.                                            1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                   CpkUp          X           X           √            X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √           √         X[2]
                                                                                                         Call Pickup
Cancel     Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Cancels the last Leave             1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                   CnLWC          X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Leave Word Word Calling message originated by the user.                                                  Cancel Leave
Calling                                                                                                  Word Calling
Consult    Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.                                    1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                   Cnslt          X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
                                                                                                         Consult
Dial          Call an extension and have the call automatically answered on speaker           1.0+       Emulation ->    User number or name or blank for       Idial          X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √           √         X[2]
Intercom      phone after 3 beeps. The extension called must support a handsfree                         Dial Intercom   number entry when pressed .
              speaker. If the extension does not have a handsfree microphone then the                                    · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
              user must use the handset if they want to talk. If the extension is not free                               display phones, if configured
              when called, the call is presented as a normal call on a call appearance                                   without a preset target this type of
              button if available.                                                                                       button will display an interactive
              · For IP Office 4.2 Q4 maintenance release and higher this feature can be                                  button menu for target selection.
              used as part of handsfree announced transfers .
Directed      Pickup a call ringing at a specific extension or hunt group.                    1.0+       Emulation ->    User number or name or group           DpkU           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √           √         X[2]
Call Pickup                                                                                              Directed Pickup number or name or blank for
                                                                                                                         number entry when pressed .
                                                                                                                         · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                                         display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                         without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                         button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                         button menu for target selection.

Directory     A Dir button provides access to various directories and allows telephone        1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                   Dir            X           X            X           X         X           √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                            X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ X                    X           √          √[4]         √
              number selection by dialed name matching. The directories available for                    Directory
              searching depend on the phone type, see User Directory Access . Once
              they user has selected a directory, dialing on the dial pad letter keys is
              used to display matching names, with controls for scrolling through the
              matching names and for calling the currently displayed name.
              The method of name matching is controlled by the Dial by Name
              (System | Telephony | Telephony) setting in the IP Office configuration:


                   · With Dial By Name on
                   Matching is done against all the dial keys pressed. For example,
                   dialing 527 matches names starting with JAS (for example "Jason")
                   and KAR (for example "Karl"). Only the first 50 matches are
                   displayed.
                   · With Dial By Name off
                   Matching is done against the first letter only. For example pressing 5
                   displays names beginning with J. Press 5 again displays names
                   beginning with K. Only the first 50 matches are displayed. This mode
                   is not supported by IP Office 5.0+.
                   Name dialing functions on IP Office assume that the phone is using
                   the standard ITU keypad
                   · Dialing Spaces
                   For names that include spaces, the method of indicating a space has
                   changed in IP Office 5.0.
                   · Pre-IP Office 5.0
                   To enter a name with a space, nothing is dialed for the space. For
                   example "John S..." is dialed as 56467.
                   · IP Office 5.0+
                   To enter a name with a space, the 0 key is used for the space. For
                   example "John S..." is dialed as 564607.




                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Page 199
                                                                                                                                                      29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                       User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                          Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                                Toggles
                                                                                             IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                          Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Series
                                              Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        9040
                                                                                             Software    Action                       Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                          Label
                                                                                               Level



Drop          This action is supported on phones which do not have a permanent Drop           1.0+       Emulation ->     None                                    Drop           X          X           √            X         X             X            √            X             X X √                              X            √              X             X             X             X             X           √                     √             X          X           X
              button.                                                                                    Drop
              · For a currently connected call, pressing Drop disconnects the call. When
              drop is used to end a call, silence is returned to the user rather than dial
              tone. This is intended operation, reflecting that Drop is mainly intended
              for use by call center headset users.
              · If the user has no currently connected call, pressing Drop will redirect a
              ringing call using the user's Forward on No Answer setting if set or
              otherwise to voicemail if available.
              · For a conference call, on phones with a suitable display, Drop can be
              used to display the conference parties and select which party to drop
              from the conference.
Group         Makes a paging call to an extension or group specified. If no number is         1.0+       Emulation ->     User number or name or group            GrpPg          X          X           √            X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     [2]
Paging        specified, this can be dialed after pressing the button. The target                        Group Paging     number or name.
              extension or group members must be free and must support hands-free                                         · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
              auto-answer in order to hear the page.                                                                      display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                          without a preset target this type of
              On Avaya phones with a CONFERENCE button, a paged user can convert                                          button will display an interactive
              the page call into a normal call by pressing that button.                                                   button menu for target selection.

Headset       This function is intend for use with Avaya phones that have separate            1.4+       Miscellaneous - None or FF (IP Office 4.1+).             HdSet         √          √             X           X         X             X             X           X             X X X                              X            √ √[3]                       X             X             X             X            X X                   X            X          X           √
Toggle        handset and headset sockets but do not provide a dedicated Headset                         > Headset
              button, for example older style 4400 and 4600 series phones. On phones                     Toggle
              without a headset socket or with a dedicated Headset button this control
              will have no effect.
Inspect       Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Allows users on display         1.0+       Emulation ->     None                                    Inspt          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     [2]
              phones to determine the identification of held calls. Allows users on an                   Inspect
              active call to display the identification of incoming calls.
Internal      This function is also know as hands-free auto-answer. Sets the user's           1.0+       Emulation ->     Optional.                               HfAns         √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     [2]
Auto-         extension to automatically connect internal calls after a single ring. This                Internal Auto-   · If left blank this function acts as
Answer        function should only be used on phones that support hands-free                             Answer           described above for internal auto-
              operation.                                                                                                  answer.
                                                                                                                          · IP Office 4.1+ supports the entry
                                                                                                                          of FF as the Action Data. In that
                                                                                                                          case the button will enable/disable
                                                                                                                          headset force feed operation for
                                                                                                                          external calls. In this mode, when
                                                                                                                          headset mode is selected but the
                                                                                                                          phone is idle, an incoming external
                                                                                                                          call will cause a single tone and
                                                                                                                          then be automatically connected.
                                                                                                                          This operation is only supported on
                                                                                                                          Avaya phones with a fixed
                                                                                                                          HEADSET button. Ring delay is
                                                                                                                          applied if set on the call or line
                                                                                                                          appearance button receiving the
                                                                                                                          call before the call is auto-
                                                                                                                          connected.
Leave Word Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only. Leaves a message for the           1.0+       Emulation ->     None                                    LWC            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Calling    user associated with the last number dialed to call the originator.                           Leave Word
                                                                                                         Calling
Manual        Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.                                 1.0+       Emulation ->   None                                      Excl           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Exclude                                                                                                  Manual Exclude

Priority      Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.                                 1.0+       Emulation ->      None.                                  Pcall          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Calling                                                                                                  Priority Calling. · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                                           display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                           without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                           button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                           button menu for target selection.

Ringer Off    Switches the phone's call alerting ring on/off.                                 1.0+       Emulation ->     None                                    RngOf         √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                         Ringer Off
Self-         Allows a user to program features against other programmable buttons            1.0+       Emulation ->     Blank or 1 or 2 (IP Office 4.1+).       Admin          X          X           √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X            X √ √                             √          √          √[2]
Administer    themselves. See Using an Admin Button for full details. From IP Office                     Self-
              3.0+, Appearance can no longer be used to create call appearance                           Administer.
              buttons. Similarly, existing call appearance button cannot be overwritten
              using any of the other Admin button functions.
              · For IP Office 4.0+ user's with a log in code will be prompted to enter
              that code when they use this button action.
              · For IP Office 4.2+, T3 phone users can access a similar set of functions
              for button programming, see T3 Phone Self-Administration .
              · On 4412D+, 4424D+, 4612IP, 4624IP, 6408D, 6416D, 6424D phones:
              · Admin can be permanently accessed via Menu , , , Admin. See Using a
              Menu Key .
              · Admin1 can be permanently accessed via Menu , Menu , , ProgA, , ,
Send All      DSS. the user's extension into 'Do Not Disturb' mode. Callers, other than
              Sets                                                                                       Emulation ->     None                                    SAC
                                                                                              1.0+                                                                              √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Calls         those on the user's do not disturb exception list, receive busy or are                     Send All Call
              diverted to the users voicemail mailbox. Note that with a call already
              connected and other calls already alerting, enabling Do Not Disturb will
              not affect those calls already existing. For full details of see Do Not
              Disturb

            When on, most Avaya phones display an N on the display. This function
            and the Do Not Disturb On function work in parallel, ie. setting one sets
            the other.
Stored      Not supported. Provided for CTI emulation only.                                   1.0+       Emulation ->  None                                       BtnVu          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Number      Allows a user to view the contents of any programmed feature button.                         Stored Number
View                                                                                                     View
Time of Day Displays the time and date on the user's telephone. This function is              1.0+       Emulation ->  None                                       TmDay         √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √              X           √ √                    X           √          √            X
            ignored on those Avaya IP Office phones that display the date/time by                        Time of Day
            default.




                                                                                                                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 200
                                                                                                                                                      29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                       User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                          Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                                Toggles
                                                                                               IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                          Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Series
                                               Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        9040
                                                                                               Software    Action                      Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                          Label
                                                                                                 Level



Timer         Starts a timer running on the display of the user's extension. The timer          1.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Timer          √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] √ X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ X                              √          √            X
              disappears when the user end a call. Note: This function is ignored on                       Timer
              those Avaya IP Office phones that display a call timer by default.
              · For pre-6.1, this function is not supported on Avaya phones that display
              a call timer next to each call appearance through the phone's own
              settings.
              · For 6.1, this function can be used on Avaya phones (except 9600
              Series) that display a call timer next to each call appearance. The button
              will temporarily turn the call timer on or off for the currently selected call
              appearance. The change only applies for the duration of the current call.


Twinning      This action can be used by user's setup for mobile twinning. This action is       3.2+       Emulation ->    None                                  Twinning       √          √            √            X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] √ X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
              not used for internal twinning.                                                              Twinning
              · While the phone is idle, the button allows the user to set and change the
              destination for their twinned calls. It can
              also be used to switch mobile twinning on/off and indicates the status of
              that setting.
              · When a call has been routed by the IP Office to the user's twinned
              destination, the Twinning button can be used to
              retrieve the call at the user's primary extension.
              · In configurations where the call arrives over an IP trunk and the
              outbound call is on an IP trunk, SCN may optimise
              the routing and in this case the button may not be useable to retrieve the
              call. · For user's setup for one-X Mobile Client, changes to their Mobile
                  Twinning status made through the IP Office configuration or using a
                  Twinning button are not reflected in the status of the Extension to
                  Cellular icon on their mobile client. However, changes to the
                  Extension to Cellular status made from the mobile client are
                  reflected by the Mobile Twinning field in the IP Office configuration.
                  Therefore for one-X Mobile Client users it is recommended that they
                  control their Mobile Twinning status through the one-X Mobile Client
                  rather than through a Twinning button.
             · Mobile Twinning Handover
             For IP Office Release 6.1, when on a call on the primary extension,
             pressing the Twinning button will make an unassisted transfer to the
             twinning destination.
             · During the transfer process the button will flash. Pressing it again at
             this time will halt the transfer attempt and reconnect the call at the
             primary extension.
             · The transfer will return if it cannot connect to the twinning destination.
             It will also return using the user's configured Transfer Return Time (if the
             user has no Transfer Return Time configured, a enforced time of 15
             seconds is used).
Visual Voice This action provides the user with a display menu for access to their              4.0+       Emulation ->    None                                  Voice           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                         X             X           √ √ √                               X          X         √[2]
             mailbox. It can be used with Voicemail Pro (Intuity and IP Office modes)                      Visual Voice
             and Embedded Voicemail. The menu provide the user with options to
             listening to messages, leaving messages and managing the mailbox.

              If pressed when a call is connected, the button allows entry of an
              extension number for direct to voicemail transfer of the connected call.

              On phones that have a display but do not support full visual voice
              operation as indicated below, use of the button for user
              mailbox access using voice prompts and for direct to voicemail transfer
              during a call is supported (does not include T3
              and T3 IP phones).

              For IP Office 4.2+, access to Visual Voice on supported phones can be
              triggered by the phone's MESSAGES button rather than requiring a
              separate Visual Voice programmable button. This is done using the
              System | Voicemail option Messages button goes to Visual Voice.

Actions: Advanced
Acquire Call See Call Steal                                                                     1.1+       Advanced ->     User number or blank for last call    Aquir           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √             √            √[1] √[1]                    √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                           Call -> Call    transferred.
                                                                                                           Steal
After Call    This button is used by users configured as an CCR Agent (User |                   4.2+       Advanced ->     None                                  ACWrk          √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] X √[1] X X X                                                                           X             X √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        X             X            X √ √                             √          √            √
Work          Telephony | Supervisor Settings )and working with the IP Office Customer                     Miscellaneous -
              Call Reporter (CCR) application. It shows the CCR agent their current                        > After Call
              After Call Work (ACW) status and allow them to manually change status.                       Work
              While in ACW state, the agent will not receive hunt group calls.
              CCR Agents can be automatically put into and taken out of ACW by the IP
              Office if the user is configured for Automatic
              After Call Work (User | Telephony | Supervisor Settings ). Those users
              must have an After Call Work button.
Break Out     This feature is usable within an IP Office Small Community Network. It            4.0+       Advanced ->     Optional. The system name or IP       BkOut           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] √ X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
              allows a user on one system in the network to specify that the following                     Dial -> Break   address of the required IP Office
              dialing be processed by another IP Office system on the network as if the                    Out             system can be specified. If no
              user dialed it locally on that other system.                                                                 system name or IP address is set,
              On phones with a multi-line display, if the target IP Office system is not                                   on display phones a list of systems
              specified in the button settings, a menu of the available systems in the                                     within the Small Community
              network is displayed from which a selection can be made.                                                     Network is displayed when the
              For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this feature requires the IP Offices to                                 button is pressed.
              have Advanced Small Community Networking licenses.
Busy On       When on, busy on held returns busy to new calls while the user has an             1.1+       Advanced ->     1 for on, 0 for off.                  BusyH           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √             √ X √                               X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Held          existing call on hold.                                                                       Busy -> Busy
              While this feature can be used by users with appearance keys, it is not                      on Held
              recommended as this overrides the basic call handling intent of
              appearance keys.




                                                                                                                                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Page 201
                                                                                                                                                         29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                          User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                             Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                                   Toggles
                                                                                                IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                             Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Series
                                               Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           9040
                                                                                                Software    Action                       Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                             Label
                                                                                                  Level



Call Intrude Intrudes on the existing call of the specified target extension. All call           1.1+       Advanced ->       User number or blank for entry         Intru          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
             parties are put into a conference and can talk. Use of this feature is                         Call -> Call      when pressed
             subject to the Can Intrude status of the intruder and the Cannot be                            Intrude           · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
             Intruded status of the other call parties.                                                                       display phones, if configured
             If the target is idle, the function is changed to a normal call.                                                 without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                              button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                              button menu for target selection.

Call List      This function is only supported for T3 phones. It provides access to a list       3.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   LIST           X         √             X           X         X             X             X           X             X X X                              X             X             X             X             X             X             X            X X                   X            X          X           √
               of received calls.                                                                           Call -> Call List
Call Listen    This feature allows a user to monitor another conversation without being          1.1+       Advanced ->       User number                            Listn          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        [2]
               heard. It requires the user being monitored to be a member of the group                      Call -> Call
               set as the button user's Monitor Group (User | Telephony) in the IP                          Listen
               Office configuration. The use of call listen is also controlled by the Can
               Intrude setting of the user and the Cannot Be Intruded settings of the
               target. It is not affected by the settings of the third party to the
               call if they are internal.
               • Warning: The use of monitoring may be subject to local and national
               restrictions. This feature should only be used in compliance with those
               restrictions.
               • Note: On pre-4.0 IP Office systems, IP phone extensions can be used
               to monitor but cannot be monitored
Call Pickup    Pick up the first available ringing call on the system.                           1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   PickA          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        [2]
Any                                                                                                         Call -> Call
                                                                                                            Pickup Any
Call Pickup    Pick up a call ringing any hunt group of which the user is a member.              1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   PickG          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        [2]
Group                                                                                                       Call -> Call
                                                                                                            Pickup Group
Call Pickup    This feature can be used to pick up any call to an extension that is a            1.1+       Advanced ->       Group number or name                   PickM          X          X            X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Members        member of the hunt group specified. The call picked up does not have to                      Call -> Call
               be a hunt group call.                                                                        Pickup
                                                                                                            Members
Call Queue     Transfer the call to the target extension if free or busy. If busy the call is    1.1+       Advanced ->       User number                            Queue          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                               X          X         X[2]
               queued to wait for the phone to become free.                                                 Call -> Call
               This is similar to transfer except it allows you to transfer calls to a busy                 Queue
               phone.
Call Record    This feature allows you to record a conversation and requires Voicemail           1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   Recor          X         √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
               Pro to be installed. An advice of recording warning will be given if                         Call -> Call
               configured on the voicemail system. The recording is placed in the                           Record
               mailbox specified by the user's Manual Recording Mailbox setting. Call
               recording also requires available conference resources similar to a
               threeparty conference.
Call Steal     This function can be used with or without a specified user target.                1.1+       Advanced ->       User number or blank for last call     Aquir          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
               · If the specified target has alerting calls, the function will connect to the               Call -> Call      transferred.
               longest waiting call.                                                                        Steal
               · If the specified target has no alerting calls but does have a connected
               call, the function will take over the connected call, disconnecting the
               original user. This usage is subject to the Can Intrude setting of the Call
               Steal user and the Cannot Be Intruded setting of the target. The
               feature is independent the intrude settings of the third party to the call.
               · If no target is specified, the function attempts to reclaim the users last
               ringing or transferred call if it has not been answered or has been
               answered by voicemail.
Call Waiting Switches call waiting off for the user. This button function is obsolete, the       1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   CWOff          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Off          Call Waiting On button function toggles on/off and indicates current                           Call -> Call
             status.                                                                                        Waiting Off
Call Waiting Enables call waiting on the user's extension. When the user is on a call            1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   CWOn          √          √             X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
On           and another call arrives, they will hear a call waiting tone. Note: Call                       Call -> Call
             waiting does not operate for user's with call appearance buttons. See Call                     Waiting On
             Waiting .
Call Waiting Disables call waiting, if on, for the duration of the extension's next call.        1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   CWSus          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Suspend                                                                                                     Call -> Call
                                                                                                            Waiting
                                                                                                            Suspend
Cancel All     Cancels forward unconditional, forward on busy, forward on no answer,             1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   FwdOf          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Forwarding     follow me and do not disturb if any of those are active on the user's                        Call -> Cancel
               extension.                                                                                   All Forwarding
Cancel Ring    Cancels any existing ringback set by the user, see Ring Back When Free .          1.0+       Advanced ->       None                                   RBak-          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Back When      Note the Ring Back When Free buttons provide both status indication of                       Miscellaneous -
Free           when set and toggle to cancel or set ringback when free.                                     > Cancel Ring
                                                                                                            Back When
                                                                                                            Free
Channel        For Avaya use only.                                                               1.1+       Advanced ->       Channel number.                        ChMon          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Monitor                                                                                                     Call ->
                                                                                                            Channel
                                                                                                            Monitor
Clear Call     This feature can be used to end the last call put on hold. This can be used       1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   Clear          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
               in scenarios where a first call is already on hold and simply ending the                     Call -> Clear
               second call will cause an unsupervised transfer of the first call.                           Call

Clear CW    End the user's current call and answer any call waiting. Requires the user           1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                   ClrCW          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
            to also have call waiting indication on. This function does not work for                        Call ->Clear
            users with multiple call appearance buttons.                                                    CW
Clear Hunt  Changes the specified hunt group from 'Night Service' mode to 'In                    1.1+       Advanced ->       Group number.                         HGNS-           X          X            X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Group Night Service' mode.                                                                                  Call -> Clear     · IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the
Service     This button function is obsolete. The Set Hunt Group Night Service                              Hunt Group        button will affect all hunt groups of
            function can be used to toggle a group in/out of service and provides                           Night Service     which the user is a member.
            lamp status indication.
            Note: If the hunt group has been placed into night service mode by an
            associated time profile, this function cannot override that night service
            mode.




                                                                                                                                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 202
                                                                                                                                                       29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                         User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                            Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                               1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                                 Toggles
                                                                                              IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                           Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Series
                                              Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          9040
                                                                                              Software    Action                      Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                           Label
                                                                                                Level



Clear Hunt  Changes the specified hunt groups status from 'Out of Service' mode to             1.1+       Advanced ->      Group number.                         HGOS-            X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Group Out   'In Service' mode.                                                                            Call -> Clear    · IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the
Of Service  This button function is obsolete. The Set Hunt Group Out Of Service                           Hunt Group       button will affect all hunt groups of
            function can be used to toggle a group in/out of service and provides                         Out of Service   which the user is a member.
            lamp status indication.
Clear Quota Quotas can be assigned to IP Office on outgoing calls to data services             1.1+       Advanced ->      "Service name" within quote marks Quota                X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
            such as internet connections. The quota defines the number of minutes                         Call -> Clear    or "" for all services.
            available for the service within a time frame set within the service, for                     Quota
            example each day, each week or each month.
            The Clear Quota function can be used to reset the quota for a specific IP
            Office service or for all IP Office services.
Conference Places all the calls the user has on hold into a conference with the user.          1.1+       Advanced ->      None                                   Conf+           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       [2]
Add                                                                                                       Call ->
                                                                                                          Conference
                                                                                                          Add
Conference    This feature allows a user to join a specific numbered conference. By            1.1+       Advanced ->      Conference number. This can be an CnfMM                X        X               X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       [2]
Meet Me       default, ad hoc conferences are assigned numbers starting from 100 for                      Call ->          alphanumeric value up to 15                                     Pre-
              the first conference in progress. Therefore specifying a number away from                   Conference       characters.                                                     4.0
              this range ensure that the conference joined is not an ad hoc conference                    Meet Me
                                                                                                                                                                                           √
              started by other users.
                                                                                                                                                                                           4.0+
              For IP Office 4.1+ this button has been enhanced. A currently connected
              caller can be transferred into the conference by pressing TRANSFER,
              then the Conference Meet Me button and TRANSFER again to complete
              the transfer. This allows the user to place callers into the conference
              specified by the button without being part of the conference call
              themselves. This option is only support on Avaya phones with a fixed
              TRANSFER button (excluding T3 and T3 IP phones).
              For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this function is not supported on
              IP500 systems without an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional
              license. For IP Office Release 6 and higher, IP500 and IP500 V2 systems
              require a Preferred Edition license.
Dial 3K1      The call is presented to local exchange as a "3K1 Speech Call". Useful in        1.1+       Advanced ->      Any number.                            D3K1            X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
              some where voice calls cost less than data calls.                                           Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          3K1
Dial 56K      The call presented to local exchange as a "Data Call".                           1.1+       Advanced ->      Any number.                            D56K            X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                          Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          56K
Dial 64K      The call presented to local exchange as a "Data Call".                           1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number                       D64K            X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                          Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          64K
Dial CW       Call the specified extension number and force call waiting indication on if      1.1+       Advanced ->      User number                            DCW             X           X            X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
              the extension is already on a call. The call waiting indication will not work               Dial -> Dial
              if the extension called has multiple call appearance buttons in use.                        CW

Dial Direct   Call an extension and have the call automatically answered on speaker            1.1+       Advanced ->      User number or name or blank for       Dirct           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
              phone after 3 beeps. The extension called must support a handsfree                          Dial -> Dial     entry when pressed.
              speaker. If the extension does not have a handsfree microphone then the                     Direct           · If left blank, the Dial Direct
              user must use the handset if they want to talk. If the extension is not free                                 button can be used with User
              when called, the call is presented as a normal call on a call appearance                                     buttons to specify the target.
              button if available.
              · For IP Office 4.2 Q4 maintenance release and higher this feature can
              be used as part of handsfree announced transfers .
Dial          Dials the number specified regardless of any outgoing call barring               1.1+       Advanced ->      Any number.                            Emrgy           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Emergency     applicable to the user.                                                                     Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          Emergency
Dial          Intrudes on the existing connected call of the specified target extension.       1.4+       Advanced ->      User number or name or blank for       Inclu           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Inclusion     The intruder and the target extension can then talk but cannot be heard                     Dial -> Dial     user selection when pressed .
              by the other party.                                                                         Inclusion        · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
              During the intrusion all parties hear a repeated intrusion tone. When the                                    display phones, if configured
              intruder hangs-up the original call parties are reconnected.                                                 without a preset target this type of
              Use of this feature is subject to the Can Intrude status of the intruder                                     button will display an interactive
              and the Cannot be Intruded status of the other call parties if internal.                                     button menu for target selection.

Dial Paging Makes a paging call to an extension or group specified. If no number is            1.1+       Advanced ->      User or group number or name or        Page            X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
            specified, this can be dialed after pressing the button. The target                           Dial -> Dial     blank for entry when pressed.
            extension or group members must be free and must support hands-free                           Paging
            auto-answer in order to hear the page.
            On Avaya phones with a CONFERENCE button, a paged user can convert
            the page call into a normal call by pressing that button.
Dial        Call the specified extension using its Base Extension number setting. This         1.4+       Advanced ->      Extension port Base Extension          PhyEx           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Physical    is regardless of the current user logged on at that extension and any                         Dial -> Dial     number.
Extn By     forwarding, follow me or do not disturb settings applied by the extension                     Physical Extn
Number      user. This function requires the extension to be assigned a default                           By Number
            extension number in the IP Office configuration. If the extension does not
            have a default extension number, Dial Physical Extn by ID should be
            used.
Dial        Call the specified extension, if free, regardless of the current user logged       1.4+       Advanced ->      Extension port ID number.              DialP           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Physical    on at that extension and any forwarding, follow me or do not disturb                          Dial -> Dial
Extn By ID  settings applied by the extension user. This function uses the port ID                        Physical Extn
            shown in the IP Office configuration.                                                         By ID
Dial Speech This feature allows a short code to be created to force the outgoing call to       1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number                       DSpch           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
            use the Speech bearer capability.                                                             Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          Speech
Dial V110     The call is presented to local exchange as a "Data Call".                        1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number                       DV110           X           X            X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                          Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          V110
Dial V120     The call is presented to local exchange as a "Data Call".                        1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number                       DV120           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                          Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          V120
Dial Video    The call is presented to the local exchange as a "Video Call".                   1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number                       Dvide           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
                                                                                                          Dial -> Dial
                                                                                                          Video




                                                                                                                                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Page 203
                                                                                                                                                    29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                     User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                        Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                              Toggles
                                                                                            IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                        Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Series
                                              Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9040
                                                                                            Software    Action                      Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                        Label
                                                                                              Level



Display Msg Allows the sending of special functions to feature phones.                       1.0+       Advanced ->      The telephone number takes the         Displ          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
                                                                                                        Dial -> Display format N";T" where:
                                                                                                        Msg              · N is the target extension.
                                                                                                                         · T is the text message. Note that
                                                                                                                         the "; before the text and the "
                                                                                                                         after the text are required.
Do Not        Adds a number to the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception List". This can be       1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number or CLI. Up to 31      DNDX+          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ X                              √          √          X[2]
Disturb       the number of an internal user or a number to match the CLI of a                          Do Not Disturb - characters. For CLI numbers any
Exception     particular external caller.Calls from that number, except hunt group calls,               > Do Not         prefix added by the IP Office
Add           will ignore the user's Do Not Disturb setting. For further details see Do                 Disturb          system must also be included.
              Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section.                                      Exception Add
Do Not        Removes a number from the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception List". This         1.1+       Advanced ->      Telephone number or CLI                DNDX-          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ X                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Disturb       can be the number of an internal user or a number to match the CLI of a                   Do Not Disturb -
Exception     particular external caller.                                                               > Do Not
Delete                                                                                                  Disturb
                                                                                                        Exception
                                                                                                        Delete
Do Not        Cancels the user's 'do not disturb' mode if set. This button function is       1.1+       Advanced ->      None                                   DNDOf          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ X                              √          √          X[2]
Disturb Off   largely obsolete as the do not disturb on function toggles on/off and                     Do Not Disturb -
              indicates the button status.                                                              > Do Not
                                                                                                        Disturb On
Do Not        Acts the same as Send All Calls . Note that for T3 phones, a Do Not            1.1+       Advanced ->      None                                   DNDOn         √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Disturb On    Disturb On button programmed through the phone will be shown as a                         Do Not Disturb -
              Send All Call button in the IP Office Manager configuration.                              > Do Not
                                                                                                        Disturb On
Extn Login  This feature allows user configured with a log in code to take over              1.1+       Advanced ->      None                                   Login         √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
            ownership of an physical extension. That user's                                             Extn -> Extn
            associated extension number becomes the number of the extension while                       Login
            they are logged in along with all their user
            settings (if appropriate to the phone type).
            If the user logging in was already logged in or associated with another
            phone, they will be automatically logged out that
            phone.
            When used, the user will be prompted to enter their extension number
            and then their log in code. Login codes of up to 15
            digits are supported with Extn Login buttons. Login codes of up to 31
            digits are supported with Extn Login short codes.
Extn Logout Logs out a user from the phone. The phone will return to its normal              1.1+       Advanced ->      None                                   Logof          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
            default user, if an extension number is set against the physical extension                  Extn -> Extn
            settings in the configuration. Otherwise it takes the setting of the NoUser                 Logout
            user. This action is obsolete as Extn Login can be used to log out an
            existing logged in user.
            If the user who logged out was the default user for an extension, dialing
            *36 will associate the extension with the user unless they are set to
            forced login.
            For IP Office 4.0 and higher this feature cannot be used by a user who
            does not have a login code.
Flash Hook Sends a hook flash signal to the currently connected line if that line is an      1.4+       Advanced ->     Optional.                              Flash           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
            analog line. For IP Office 4.0+ this can be used for a Centrex Transfer for                 Miscellaneous - Normally this field is left blank. For
            calls on lines from a Centrex service provider.                                             > Flash Hook    IP Office 4.0+ it can contain the
                                                                                                                        destination number for a Centrex
                                                                                                                        Transfer for external calls on a line
                                                                                                                        from a Centrex service provider.

Follow Me     Causes calls to the extension number specified, to be redirected to this       1.1+       Advanced ->    User name or user number. For IP         Here+          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Here          user's extension. IP Office 4.0+ user's with a log in code will be prompted               Follow Me ->   Office 4.0+ this field can be left
              to enter that code when using this function.                                              Follow Me Here blank for number entry when
                                                                                                                       pressed .
                                                                                                                       · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                                       display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                       without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                       button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                       button menu for target selection.
Follow Me   Cancels any 'Follow Me Here' set on the specified extension. Only works if       1.1+       Advanced ->      User number or blank for number        Here-          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Here Cancel entered at the extension to which the extension's calls are being sent by                   Follow Me ->     entry when pressed .
            the follow me action.                                                                       Follow Me Here   · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                        Cancel           display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                         without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                         button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                         button menu for target selection.

Follow Me     Leaving the extension blank prompts the user to enter the extension to         1.1+       Advanced ->      User name or user number or blank FolTo              √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
To            which their calls should be redirected.                                                   Follow Me ->     for number entry when pressed . If
              IP Office 4+ user's with a login code will be prompted to enter that code                 Follow Me To     already enabled the button cancels
              when using this function.                                                                                  the Follow Me To.
                                                                                                                         · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                                         display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                         without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                         button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                         button menu for target selection.
Forward       Forward the user's hunt group calls. This function only works when             1.1+       Advanced ->    None                                     FwdH+         √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Hunt Group    forward unconditional is also on and uses the same forwarding number as                   Forward ->
Calls On      forward unconditional.                                                                    Forward Hunt
              This option is only applied for calls to Sequential and Rotary type hunt                  Group Calls On
              groups. Calls from other hunt group types are not presented to the user
              when they have Forward Unconditional active. Note also that hunt group
              calls cannot be forwarded to another hunt group.
Forward       Cancels the forwarding of the user's hunt group calls. This function is        1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                    FwdH-          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Hunt Group    largely obsolete since the button function Forward Hunt Group Calls On                    Forward ->
Calls Off     toggles on/off and indicates status.                                                      Forward Hunt
                                                                                                        Group Calls Off




                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 204
                                                                                                                                                 29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                   User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                      Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                           Toggles
                                                                                            IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                     Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Series
                                             Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9040
                                                                                            Software    Action                     Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                     Label
                                                                                              Level



Forward       Sets the number to which calls are forwarded when the user has                 1.1+       Advanced ->     Any number or, IP Office 4.0+,        FwdNo         X        X               X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Number        forwarding on. Used for all forwarding options unless a separate Forward                  Forward ->      blank for entry when                                         Pre-
              On Busy Number is also set. Forwarding to an external number is                           Forward         pressed.Telephone number.                                    4.0
              blocked if Inhibit Off-Switch Transfers is selected within the system                     Number          · IP Office 4.0+ allows this field to
                                                                                                                                                                                     √
              configuration.                                                                                            be left blank to prompt the user for
                                                                                                                                                                                     4.0+
                                                                                                                        entry when the button is pressed .
                                                                                                                        Also if blank, IP Office 4.0+ users
                                                                                                                        with a log in code will be prompted
                                                                                                                        to enter that code.
                                                                                                                        · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                                        display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                        without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                        button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                        button menu for target selection.
Forward On Sets the number to which calls are forwarded when using 'Forward on               1.1+       Advanced ->     Telephone number.                     FwBNo         X        X               X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 [2]
Busy       Busy' and/or 'Forward on No Answer'. Forwarding to an external number                        Forward ->      · IP Office 4.0+ allows this field to                        Pre-
Number     is blocked if Inhibit Off-Switch Transfers is selected within the system                     Forward on      be left blank to prompt the user for                         4.0
           configuration.                                                                               Busy Number     entry when the button is pressed .
                                                                                                                                                                                     √
                                                                                                                        Also if blank, IP Office 4.0+ users
                                                                                                                                                                                     4.0+
                                                                                                                        with a log in code will be prompted
                                                                                                                        to enter that code.
                                                                                                                        · For IP Office 4.0+, on large
                                                                                                                        display phones, if configured
                                                                                                                        without a preset target this type of
                                                                                                                        button will display an interactive
                                                                                                                        button menu for target selection.
Forward On Switches forward on busy off. This button function is largely obsolete, as        1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                FwBOf           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 [2]
Busy Off   Forward On Busy On can be used to switch forward on busy on/off and                          Forward ->
           provides status indication.                                                                  Forward on
                                                                                                        Busy Off
Forward On Enables forwarding when the user's extension is busy. For users with call         1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                FwBOn          √           √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 [2]
Busy On     appearance buttons, they will only return busy when all call appearance                     Forward ->
            buttons are in use. Uses the Forward Number as its destination unless a                     Forward on
            separate Forward on Busy Number is set.                                                     Busy On
            For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding)
            can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.
Forward On Switches forward on no answer on/off. The time used to determine the              1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                FwNOf           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
No Answer call as unanswered is the user's no answer time. Uses the Forward                             Forward ->
Off         Number as its destination unless a separate Forward on Busy Number is                       Forward on No
            set.                                                                                        Answer Off
            For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can
            also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.
Forward On Switches forward on no answer on/off. The time used to determine the              1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                FwNOn          √           √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
No Answer call as unanswered is the user's no answer time. Uses the Forward                             Forward ->
On          Number as its destination unless a separate Forward on Busy Number                          Forward on No
            is set.                                                                                     Answer On
            For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding)
            can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.
Forward     Switch 'forward all calls' off. This does not affect 'Forward on No Answer'      1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                FwUOf           X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Uncondition and/or 'Forward on Busy' if also on. This function is largely obsolete as                   Forward ->
al Off      a button set to Forward Unconditional On toggles on/off and indicates                       Forward
            when on.                                                                                    Unconditional
                                                                                                        Off
Forward     This function is also know as 'divert all' and 'forward all'. It forwards all    1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                FwUOn          √           √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Uncondition calls, except hunt group and page calls, to the forward number set for the                  Forward ->
al On       user's extension. To also forward hunt group calls to the same number                       Forward
            'Forward Hunt Group Calls On' must also be used.                                            Unconditional
            For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding)                          On
            can also be used to control whether internal calls are forwarded.
            In addition to the lamp indication shown below, most phones display D
            when forward unconditional is on.
Group       Using group listen allows callers to be heard through the phone's                4.1+       Advanced ->     None.                               Group          √           √             X           X         X             X             X √[1] X X X                                                 X             X             X            √              X            √              X            X √                   X            X          X           X
Listen On   handsfree speaker but to only hear the                                                      Extension ->                                        Listen
            phone's handset microphone. When group listen is enabled, it modifies                       Group Listen                                        On
            the hands free functionality of the                                                         On.
            short code user’s terminal in the following manner
            • When the user’s phone is placed in handsfree / speaker mode, the
            speech path from the
            connected party is broadcast on the phone speaker but the phone's base
            microphone is disabled.
            • The connected party can only hear speech delivered directly by the
            short code user's handset
            microphone.
            • Group listen is not supported for IP phones or when using a phone's
            HEADSET button.
            • Currently connected calls are not affected by changes to this setting. If
            group listen is required it
            must be selected before the call is connected.
            This enables listeners local to the short code user’s phone to hear the
            connected party whilst limiting the
            connected party to hear only what is communicated via the user’s
            handset.
Hold Call   This uses the Q.931 Hold facility, and "holds" the incoming call at the          1.1+       Advanced ->     ISDN Exchange hold slot number or Hold              X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
            ISDN exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The Hold Call feature                         Hold -> Hold    blank (slot 0).
            "holds" the current call to a slot. The current call is always automatically                Call
            placed into slot 0 if it has not been placed in a specified slot. Only
            available if supported by the ISDN exchange.
Hold CW     Place the user's current call on hold and answers the waiting call. This         1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                HoldCW          X           X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
            function is not supported on phones which have multiple call appearance                     Hold -> Hold
            buttons set.                                                                                CW




                                                                                                                                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 205
                                                                                                                                                       29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                        User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                           Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                                 Toggles
                                                                                               IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                           Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Series
                                               Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         9040
                                                                                               Software    Action                       Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                           Label
                                                                                                 Level



Hunt Group     This function is obsolete, the Hunt Group Enable function being able to          1.1+       Hunt Group ->     Group number or name or blank for HGDis              X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Disable        toggle membership between enabled and disabled and providing lamp                           Hunt Group        all groups.
               indication of when membership is enabled.                                                   Disable
               An individual user's membership of any particular hunt groups is
               programmed through the IP Office configuration. This control allows the
               user to disable that membership. They will no longer receive calls to that
               hunt group until their membership is enabled again.
Hunt Group     An individual users membership of any particular hunt groups is                  1.1+       Hunt Group ->     Group number or name or blank for HGEna             √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Enable         programmed through the IP Office configuration. This control allows the                     Hunt Group        all groups.
               user to enable or disable that membership. While enabled, the user can                      Enable
               receive hunt group calls when logged on.
               In addition to the lamp indication below, most phones display G when any
               group membership is enabled.
Hold Music     This feature allows the user to listen to the system's music on hold. See        1.1+       Advanced ->     Optional.                              Music           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      [2]
               Music On Hold for more information.                                                         Hold -> Hold    IP Office 4.2+ (not Small Office
                                                                                                           Music           Edition) supports up to 4 hold
                                                                                                                           music sources. However only the
                                                                                                                           system source is supported for
                                                                                                                           Hold Music buttons.
MCID           This action is used with ISDN Malicious Caller ID call tracing. It is used to    4.0+       Miscellaneous - None                                   MCID            X        √              X           X √[1] √[1] X                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]            X             X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
Activate       trigger a call trace at the ISDN exchange. The call trace information is                    > MCID
               then provided to the appropriate legal authorities.                                         Activate
               This option requires the line to the ISDN to have MCID enabled at both
               the ISDN exchange and on the IP Office. The user must also be
               configured with Can Trace Calls enabled (User | Telephony).
Off Hook       Enables the user's extension to be controlled by an IP Office application,       1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                   OHStn          √          √             X           X        √             √              X √[1] X X √                                                 X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
Station        for example Phone Manager or SoftConsole. Calls can then be answered                        Miscellaneous -
               and cleared through the application without having to manually go off or                    > Off Hook
               on hook. Requires the phone to support full handsfree operation.                            Station

Park           Monitors the status of an IP Office system park slot. The user can use the      1.0 to      Advanced ->       Park slot number                     Park           √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √                           √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      [2]
               button to park a call into that slot and to also retrieve a call parked in                  Call -> Park
               that slot including calls parked by other users.                                 3.2        Call
                                                                                                only
               Park buttons with indication will indicate when the park slot is in use.
               Similarly the Park buttons within the Phone Manager and SoftConsole
               applications can be used to park, retrieve and indicate parked calls.

               For IP Office 4.0 and higher this function has been replaced by Emulation
               | Call Park
Park Call      For IP Office 4.0 and higher this function has been replaced by Emulation       1.0 to      Advanced ->       Park slot number.                    Park           √          √             X           X                       X            √           √              X X √                              X            √             √              X             X            √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
               | Call Park                                                                                 Call -> Park
                                                                                                 3.2       Call
                                                                                                Only
Priority Call This feature allows the user to call another user even if they are set to 'do     1.1+       Advanced ->      User number or name.                  Pcall           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
              not disturb'. A priority call will follow forward and follow me settings but                 Call -> Priority
              will not go to voicemail.                                                                    Call
Private Call When on, any subsequent calls cannot be intruded on, bridged into or               4.0+       Advanced ->      None                                  PrivC          √          √             X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      [2]
              silently monitored until the user's private call status is switched off.                     Call -> Private
              Note that use of private calls is separate from the user's intrusion                         Call
              settings. If a user is set to Cannot be Intruded, switching private calls
              off does not affect that status. To allow private calls to be used to fully
              control the user status, Cannot be Intruded should be disabled for that
              user.
              If enabled during a call, any current recording, intrusion or monitoring is
              ended.
Relay Off     Opens the specified switch in the system's external output port (EXT              1.1+       Advanced ->       Switch number (1 or 2).              Rely-           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      [2]
              O/P).                                                                                        Relay -> Relay
                                                                                                           Off
Relay On       Closes the specified switch in the system's external output port (EXT            1.1+       Advanced ->       Switch number (1 or 2).              Rely+           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
               O/P).                                                                                       Relay -> Relay
                                                                                                           On
Relay Pulse    Closes the specified switch in the system's external output port (EXT            1.1+       Advanced ->       Switch number (1 or 2).              Relay           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
               O/P) for 5 seconds and then opens the switch.                                               Relay -> Relay
                                                                                                           Pulse
Resume Call Resume a call previously suspended to the specified ISDN exchange slot.             1.1+       Advanced ->       ISDN Exchange slot number.           Resum           X          X            X           X √          [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √           √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
            The suspended call may be resumed from another phone/ISDN Control                              Call -> Resume
            Unit on the same line.                                                                         Call
Retrieve    Retrieves a call previously held to a specific ISDN exchange slot. Only             1.1+       Advanced ->       ISDN Exchange slot number.           Retriv          X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Call        available when supported by the ISDN exchange.                                                 Call ->
                                                                                                           Retrieve Call
Ring Back      Sets a ringback on the extension being called. When the target extension         1.1+       Advanced ->       None                                 RBak+           X         √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
When Free      ends its current call, the ringback users is rung (for their set No Answer                  Miscellaneous -
               Time/Allocated Answer Interval) and if they answer, a new call is made to                   > Ring Back
               the target extension.                                                                       When Free
               Ringback can be cleared using the Cancel Ring Back When Free function.




                                                                                                                                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 206
                                                                                                                                                    29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                     User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                        Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                              Toggles
                                                                                             IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                        Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Series
                                              Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9040
                                                                                             Software    Action                      Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                        Label
                                                                                               Level



Set Absent    This feature can be used select the user's current absence text. Note: The      1.1+       Advanced ->      The telephone number should take Absnt               X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √ √[1] X X √                                                                           X            √ √[1] √[1] √[1]                                        √              X           √ √ √                              √          √            X
Text          user still has to select Set or Clear on their phone to display or hide the                Set -> Set       the format "y,n,text" where:
              text. This text is then displayed to internal callers who have suitable                    Absent Text      • y = 0 or 1 to turn this feature on
              display phones or applications.                                                                             or off.
              The text is displayed to callers even if the user has forwarded their calls                                 • n = the number of the absent
              or is using follow me. Absence text is supported across a Small                                             statement to use:
              Community Network (SCN).                                                                                    • 0 = None.
              The absence text message is limited to 128 characters. Note however that                                    • 1 = On vacation until.
              most amount displayed will depend on the caller's device or application.                                    • 2 = Will be back.
                                                                                                                          • 3 = At lunch until.
                                                                                                                          • 4 = Meeting until.
                                                                                                                          • 5 = Please call.
                                                                                                                          • 6 = Don't disturb until.
                                                                                                                          • 7 = With visitors until.
                                                                                                                          • 8 = With cust. til.
                                                                                                                          • 9 = Back soon.
                                                                                                                          • 10 = Back tomorrow.
                                                                                                                          • 11 = Custom.
                                                                                                                          • text = any text to follow the
                                                                                                                          absent statement.
Set Account Dials an account code and then returns dial tone for the user to dial a           2.1+       Advanced ->      Account code or blank.               Acct            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Code        number. Can also be used to enter an account code after a call has been                      Set -> Set       If blank, the user is prompted to
            connected.                                                                                   Account Code     dial an account code after pressing
                                                                                                                          the button. This option is not
                                                                                                                          supported on XX02 phone modules.

Set Hunt    Puts the specified hunt group into 'Night Service' mode. Calls to a group         1.1+       Advanced ->      Hunt group extension number.          HGNS+         √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Group Night set to night service, receive busy or are diverted to voicemail if available                 Set -> Set       · IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the
Service     or are diverted to the group's night service fallback group if set.                          Hunt Group       button will affect all hunt groups of
            This function cannot be used to override hunt groups already set to night                    Night Service    which the user is a member.
            service mode by an associated time profile.

Set Hunt      Puts the specified hunt group into 'Out of Service' mode. Calls to a group      1.1+       Advanced ->      Hunt group extension number.          HGOS+         √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Group Out     set to out of service receive busy or are diverted to voicemail if available               Set -> Set       · IP Office 4.0+: If left blank, the
Of Service    or are diverted to the group's out of service fallback group if set.                       Hunt Group       button will affect all hunt groups of
              For pre-IP Office 4.0 systems this function cannot be used to override                     Out of Service   which the user is a member.
              hunt groups already set to night service mode by an associated time
              profile.
              For IP Office 4.0 systems this function can be used to used to override
              hunt groups already set to night service mode by an associated time
              profile.
Set Inside    Only supported for analog extensions. The distinctive ringing pattern used      1.1+       Advanced ->      0 to 10 as follows:                ICSeq             X          X            X          √          X             X             X           X             X X X                              X             X             X             X             X             X             X            X X                   X            X          X         X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Call Seq      for other phones is set by the phone type. See the Set Inside Call Seq                     Set -> Set       • 0 = Default system ring.
              short code.                                                                                Inside Call      • 1 = Ring Normal (varies
                                                                                                         Sequence         according to system locale).
                                                                                                                          • 2 = Ring Type 1: 1 on/2 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 3 = Ring Type 2: 0.25 on/0.25
                                                                                                                          off/0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/1.75
                                                                                                                          off/...
                                                                                                                          • 4 = Ring Type 3: 0.4 on/0.8
                                                                                                                          off/...
                                                                                                                          • 5 = Ring Type 4: 2 on/4 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 6 = Ring Type 5: 2 on/2 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 7 = Ring Type 6: 0.945 on/4.5
                                                                                                                          off/...
                                                                                                                          • 8 = Ring Type 7: 0.25 on/0.24
                                                                                                                          off/0.25 on/2.25 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 9 = Ring Type 8: 1 on/3 off/...
Set Night     This button allows the user to change the Night Service target of a hunt                   Advanced ->      Hunt group Type 9: 1 on/4 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 10 = Ring extension number. This SetNSG
                                                                                              4.2+                                                                             X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Service       group. The button user does not have to be a member of the hunt group.                     Set -> Set       is the group for which the night
Group         For Small Community Networks this function can be used for hunt groups                     Night Service    service destination is being set.
              on remote systems.                                                                         Group.
              When pressed, the user is prompted to enter or select a hunt group as
              the Night Service destination. Changing the destination does not affect
              calls already ringing at the hunt groups previous night service
              destination.
Set No        Allows the user to change their no answer time setting. This is the time        1.1+       Advanced ->      Time in seconds (range 6 to          NATim           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Answer        calls will ring before going to voicemail or following the user's divert on                Set -> Set No    99999).
Time          no answer setting if set on.                                                               Answer Time
              In situations where call coverage is also being used, the user's no answer
              time must be greater than their individual coverage time for coverage to
              occur.
Set Outside   Only supported for analog extensions. The distinctive ringing pattern used      1.1+       Advanced ->      0 to 10 as follows:                  OCSeq           X          X            X          √          X             X             X           X             X X X                              X             X             X             X             X             X             X            X X                   X            X          X           X
Call Seq      for other phones is set by the phone type. See the Set Outside Call Seq                    Set -> Set       • 0 = Default system ring.
              short code.                                                                                Outside Call     • 1 = Ring Normal (varies
                                                                                                         Sequence         according to system locale).
                                                                                                                          • 2 = Ring Type 1: 1 on/2 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 3 = Ring Type 2: 0.25 on/0.25
                                                                                                                          off/0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/1.75
                                                                                                                          off/...
                                                                                                                          • 4 = Ring Type 3: 0.4 on/0.8
                                                                                                                          off/...
                                                                                                                          • 5 = Ring Type 4: 2 on/4 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 6 = Ring Type 5: 2 on/2 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 7 = Ring Type 6: 0.945 on/4.5
                                                                                                                          off/...
                                                                                                                          • 8 = Ring Type 7: 0.25 on/0.24
                                                                                                                          off/0.25 on/2.25 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 9 = Ring Type 8: 1 on/3 off/...
                                                                                                                          • 10 = Ring Type 9: 1 on/4 off/.




                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 207
                                                                                                                                                    29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                                     User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                        Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                              Toggles
                                                                                             IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                        Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Series
                                              Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9040
                                                                                             Software    Action                     Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                        Label
                                                                                               Level



Set Out of    This button allows the user to change the Out of Service target of a hunt       4.2+       Advanced ->    Hunt group extension number. This SetOOSG              X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Service       group. The button user does not have to be a member of the hunt group.                     Set -> Set Out is the group for which the night
Group         For Small Community Networks this function can be used for hunt groups                     of Service     service destination is being set.
              on remote systems.                                                                         Group
              When pressed, the user is prompted to enter or select a hunt group as
              the Out of Service destination. Changing the destination does not affect
              calls already ringing at the hunt groups previous Out of Service
              destination.
Set           Only supported for analog extensions. The distinctive ringing pattern used      1.1+       Advanced ->     0 to 10 as follows:                   RBSeq           X          X            X          √          X             X             X           X             X X X                              X             X             X             X             X             X             X            X X                   X            X          X           X
Ringback      for other phones is set by the phone type. See the Set Ringback Seq                        Set -> Set      • 0 = Default system ring.
Seq           short code.                                                                                Ringback Call   • 1 = Ring Normal (varies
                                                                                                         Sequence        according to system locale).
                                                                                                                         • 2 = Ring Type 1: 1 on/2 off/...
                                                                                                                         • 3 = Ring Type 2: 0.25 on/0.25
                                                                                                                         off/0.25 on/0.25 off/0.25 on/1.75
                                                                                                                         off/...
                                                                                                                         • 4 = Ring Type 3: 0.4 on/0.8
                                                                                                                         off/...
                                                                                                                         • 5 = Ring Type 4: 2 on/4 off/...
                                                                                                                         • 6 = Ring Type 5: 2 on/2 off/...
                                                                                                                         • 7 = Ring Type 6: 0.945 on/4.5
                                                                                                                         off/...
                                                                                                                         • 8 = Ring Type 7: 0.25 on/0.24
                                                                                                                         off/0.25 on/2.25 off/...
                                                                                                                         • 9 = Ring Type 8: 1 on/3 off/...
Set Wrap     Allows the user to change their Wrap-up Time setting. Specifies the                         Advanced ->     • 10 = Ring Type 9: 1 on/4 off/...
                                                                                                                         Time in seconds (range 0 to           WUTim
                                                                                              1.1+                                                                             X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Up Time      amount of time after ending one call before another call can ring. During                   Set -> Set      99999).
             this interval the user is treated as still being on a call. It is recommended               Wrap Up Time
             that this option is not set to less than the default of 2 seconds. 0 is used
             to allow immediate ringing.
Suspend      Uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. Suspends the incoming call at the ISDN          1.1+       Advanced ->     Exchange slot number or blank         Suspe           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   [2]
Call         exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The call is placed in exchange                     Suspend ->      (slot 0).
             slot 0 if a slot number is not specified. Only available when supported by                  Suspend.
             the ISDN exchange.
Suspend CW Uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. Suspends the incoming call at the ISDN            1.1+       Advanced ->     Exchange slot number or blank         SusCW           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
             exchange and answer the call waiting. The call is placed in exchange slot                   Suspend ->      (slot 0).
             0 if a slot number is not specified. Only available when supported by the                   Suspend CW
             ISDN exchange.
Toggle Calls Cycle between the user's current call and any held calls.                        1.1+       Advanced ->    None                                   Toggl           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
                                                                                                         Call -> Toggle
                                                                                                         Calls
Unpark Call   This function is obsolete, since the Park function can be used to both park     1.1+       Advanced ->    Park slot ID (alphanumeric).           Ride            X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
              and retrieve calls and provides visual indication of when calls are parked.                Call -> Unpark
              Retrieve a parked call from a specified system park slot.                                  Call
Voicemail     Connects to the voicemail server. The telephone number must indicate            1.1+       Advanced ->    See notes.                             VMCol           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Collect       the name of the Voicemail box to be accessed, eg. "?Extn201" or                            Voicemail ->
              "#Extn201". The ? indicates "collect Voicemail" and the # indicates                        Voicemail
              "deposit Voicemail". This action is not supported by voicemail using IP                    Collect
              Office Intuity emulation mode.

              When used with Voicemail Pro, names of specific call flow start points can
              also be used to directly access those start points via a short code. In
              these cases ? is not used and # is only used if ringing is required before
              the start points call flow begins.
Voicemail     Disables the user's voicemail box from answering calls that ring                1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                  VMOff           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Off           unanswered at the users extension. This button function is largely                         Voicemail ->
              obsolete as the Voicemail On function toggles on/off.                                      Voicemail Off

              This does not disable the user's mailbox and other methods of placing
              messages into their mailbox.
Voicemail     Enables the user's voicemail mailbox to answer calls which ring                 1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                  VMOn            X         √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
On            unanswered or arrive when the user is busy.                                                Voicemail ->
                                                                                                         Voicemail On
Voicemail     This button function is largely obsolete as the Voicemail Ringback On           1.1+       Advanced ->     None                                  VMRB-           X          X            X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √               [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               √            √    [1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           √              X           √ X                    X            X          X         X[2]
Ringback      function toggles on/off. Disables voicemail ringback to the user's                         Voicemail ->
Off           extension.                                                                                 Voicemail
                                                                                                         Ringback Off




                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 208
                                                                                                                                              29. Button Feature List




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            IP Office Phone Support




                                                                                                                                                                                               User Admin
                                                                                                                                                                                  Status Ind




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     1400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   1600 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             2400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           3600 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         3700 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              4100 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            4400 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          4600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        5400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      5600 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    6400 Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  7400 Series



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       9500 Series

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9600 Series
                                                                                                                                                                        Toggles
                                                                                           IP Office




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 20 Series




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         T3/T3 IP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   M-Series


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              T-Series
  Button                                                                                                                                                  Default




                                                                                                                                                                                                            Analog




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Series
                                               Description




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       3810




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                9040
                                                                                           Software     Action                  Action Data
  Feature                                                                                                                                                  Label
                                                                                             Level



Voicemail     Enables voicemail ringback to the user's extension. Voicemail ringback is     1.1+        Advanced ->      None                            VMRB+          √          √             X           X √[1] √[1] √                                    √              X X √                              X            √ √[1]                      √            √[1]           √              X           √ √ √                              √          √          X[2]
Ringback      used to call the user when they have new voicemail messages in their                      Voicemail ->
On            own mailbox or a hunt group mailbox for which they have been                              Voicemail
              configured with message waiting indication.                                               Ringback On
              The ringback takes place when the user's phone returns to idle after any
              call is ended.
                                       Phone Support Notes
         [1] Not 1403, 1603, 4601, 4602, 5601 and 5602 except where 4602 is
             supported on IP Office 2.1 and 3.0DT software.
         [2] May have limited support on some specific T3 phone models.
         [3] Supported on 4606, 4612 and 4624 only.
         [4] Not T7100 model


     Note 1 Dir - Directory.
            Drop - Drop.
            HFAns - Internal Auto-Answer.
            Timer - Timer.
            AutCB - Automatic Callback.
            Prog - Abbreviated Dial Program.
            CFrwd - Call Forwarding All.
            Park - Park Call (pre-4.0)
            CPark - Call Park (4.0+).
            RPark - Call Park to Other Extension (4.0+).
            SAC - Send All Calls.
            TmDay - Time of Day.
            Admin - Self-Administer.
            Acct - Account Code Entry.
            AD - Abbreviated Dial.
            Park - Call Park to Other Extn.
            GrpPg - Group Paging.
            CPkUp - Call Pickup.
            DPkUp - Directed Call Pickup.
            RngOf - Ringer Off.
            Spres - AD Suppress.
            HdSet - Headset Toggle.
            HGNS+ - Set Hunt Group Night Service.
            Flash - Hook Flash (4.0+).
            BkOut - Breakout (4.0+).
     Note 2 Dial (pre-4.0).
            XX - Abbreviated Dial (4.0+).
            Group
            Park (pre-4.0).
            CPark (4.0+).
            User.
            Flash Hook.
     Note 3 • Abbreviated Dial (129), Abbreviated Dial Pause (130), Abbreviated Dial
            Program (7), Abbreviated Dial Stop (148), Account Code Entry (128),
            ACD Agent Statistics (147), ACD Stroke Count (135), AD Special Function
            Mark (142), AD Special Function Wait (149), AD Special Functions (145),
            AD Suppress (146), Automatic Callback (6), Automatic Intercom (139),
            Call Forwarding All (8), Call Park (9), Call Park To Other Extension (143),
            Call Pickup (132), Cancel Leave Word Calling (133), Consult (134), Dial
            Intercom (140), Directed Call Pickup (136), Send All Calls (10), Stored
            Number View (150), Time of Day (11), Timer (4).
     Note 4
     Phone Large display 1400, 1600, 2400, 4600, 5400, 5600, 9500, 9600, M-Series Other Phones or Across
            and T-Series Phones                                                   Small Community Network
       Idle Call the user.
    Ringing Displays an option to pickup the call.                                        Picks up the call.
   On a Call For IP Office 4.0+ the following options are displayed (name lengths may      No action.
             vary depending on the phone display):
              · CALL                                                                      For 1400, 1600, 9500 and
                  Initiates a call to the users.                                          9600 Series phones, the
              · MESSAGE                                                                   Call, Voicemail and Callback
                  Cause a single burst of ringing on the target phone. On some phones, options are supported.
                  when they end their current call their phone will then display PLEASE
                  CALL and your extension number.
              · VOICEMAIL
                  Call the user's voicemail mailbox.
              · CALLBACK
                  Set an automatic callback.
              For 1400, 1600, 9500 and 9600 Series phones the following additional
              options are displayed:
                   · Drop
                       Disconnect the user's current call.
              If configured to be able to intrude on the user:
                  · Acquire
                       Take control of the call.
                  · Intrude
                       Intrude into the call, turning it into a 3-way conference.
              If configured to be able to listen to the user:
                  · Listen
                       Start silent monitoring of the user's call.




                                                                                                                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 209
                                                                 Button
                                                                 Feature
                                                                   Description




                                           Return to Cover
                                                                  Level
                                                                IP Office
                                                                Software
                                                                   Action
                                                                   Action Data
                                                                  Label
                                                                 Default
                                                                                                           29. Button Feature List




                                                                Toggles




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls
                                                              Status Ind


                                                              User Admin

                                                               Analog

                                                             1400 Series


                                                             1600 Series

                                                              20 Series

                                                             2400 Series

                                                             3600 Series

                                                             3700 Series

                                                                3810

                                                             4100 Series

                                                             4400 Series

                                                             4600 Series


                                                             5400 Series


                                                             5600 Series
                                                                                 IP Office Phone Support




                                                             6400 Series


                                                             7400 Series

                                                                9040

                                                             9500 Series

                                                             9600 Series


                                                              M-Series


                                                              T-Series


                                                              T3/T3 IP
                                                               Series
Page 210
                                                         30. Set Button Display Status



Button Action                  Status                                    24XX/54XX       46XX/56XX   16XX/44XX/64XX   T-Series/M-Series
                               -   No calls                              Main            Main         Not lit
Group                          -   Call alerting                         Mainu           Mainu        Green flash      Slow flash
                               -   Calls queued                          Main            Main         Red flash        Slow flash
                               -   No parked call                        PARK1           PARK1        Off
Park Call                      -   Parked here                           PARK1u          PARK1u       Green flash
                               -   Parked elsewhere                      PARK1           PARK1        Red flash
                               -   Idle                                  Extn221         Extn221      Not lit          Off
                               -   Alerting                              Extn221        Extn221u     Green flash      Slow flash
User
                               -   In Use/Busy                           Extn221         Extn221      Green on         Fast flash
                               -   DND                                   Extn221         Extn221      Green on         On
                               -   On                                    Spres          Spres        Green on         On
AD Suppress
                               -   Off                                   Spres           Spres        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    AutCB          AutCB        Green on         On
Automatic Callback
                               -   Off                                   AutCB           AutCB        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    CFrwd          CFrwd        Green on         On
Call Forwarding All
                               -   Off                                   CFrwd           CFrwd        Off              Off
                               -   Calls parked by extension             Cparku          Cpark        Green flash      Slow flash
Call Park                      -   Call Parked by other extension        Cpark           Cpark        Red flash        Fast flash
                               -   No parked calls                       Cpark           Cpark        Off              Off
                               -   Parked Call                           Rparku          Rpark        Green flash      Slow flash
Call Park To Other Extension
                               -   No parked call                        Rpark           Rpark        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    HFAns          HFAns        Green on         On
Internal Auto-Answer
                               -   Off                                   HFAns           HFAns        Off              Off
                               -   On (no ring)                          RngOf          RngOf        Green on         On
Ringer Off
                               -   Off (ring)                            RngOf           RngOf        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    SAC            SAC          Green on         On
Send All Calls
                               -   Off                                   SAC             SAC          Off              Off
                               -   On                                    TmDay          TmDay        Green on         On
Time of Day
                               -   Off                                   TmDay           TmDay        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    Timer          Timer        Green on         On
Timer
                               -   Off                                   Timer           Timer        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    Twinning       Twinning     Green on         On
Twinning                       -   Off                                   Twinning        Twinning     Off              Off
                               -   Twinned call at secondary             Twinning       Twinningu    Red on           On
                               -   On                                    CWOn           CWOn         Green on         On
Call Waiting On
                               -   Off                                   CWOn            CWOn         Off              Off
                               -   On                                    DNDOn          DNDOn        Green on
Do Not Disturb On
                               -   Off                                   DNDOn           DNDOn        Off
                               -   On                                    FolTo          FolTo        Green on         On
Follow Me To
                               -   Off                                   FolTo           FolTo        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    FwdH+          FwDH+        Green on         On
Forward Hunt Group Calls On
                               -   Off                                   FwdH+           FwDH+        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    FwBOn          FwBOn        Green on         On
Forward On Busy On
                               -   Off                                   FwBOn           FwBOn        Off              Off
                               -   On                                    FwNOn          FwNOn        Green on         On
Forward On No Answer On


                                                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                               Page 211
                                                30. Set Button Display Status


Forward On No Answer On
                                -   Off                         FwNOn           FwNOn      Off           Off
                                -   On                          FwUOn          FwUOn      Green   on    On
Forward Unconditional On
                                -   Off                         FwUOn           FwUOn      Off           Off
                                -   On                          HGEna          HGEna      Green   on    On
Hunt Group Enable
                                -   Off                         HGEna           HGEna      Off           Off
                                -   On                          OHStn          OHStn      Green   on    On
Off Hook Station
                                -   Off                         OHStn           OHStn      Off           Off
                                -   On                          PrivC          PrivC      Green   on.   On
Private Call
                                -   Off                         PrivC           PrivC      Off           Off
                                -   On                          AutCB          AutCB+     Green   on    On
Ring Back When Free
                                -   Off                         AutCB           AutCB+     Off           Off
                                -   On                          HGNS+200       HGNS+200   Green   on    On
Set Hunt Group Night Service
                                -   Off                         HGNS+200        HGNS+200   Off           Off
                                -   On                          HGOS+200       HGOS+200   Green   on    On
Set Hunt Group Out Of Service
                                -   Off                         HGOS+200        HGOS+200   Off           Off
                                -   On                          VMOn           VMOn       Green   on    On
Voicemail On
                                -   Off                         VMOn            VMOn       Off           Off
                                -   On                          VMRB+          VMRB+      Green   on    On
Voicemail Ringback On
                                -   Off                         VMRB+           VMRB+      Off           Off




                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 212
                                                     30. Set Button Display Status



                               T3 Phone Set Status
Button Action              T3 Set Status                                     DSS Link LED
Dial                       Classic/Comfort icon: Displays the         None
                           telephone number set.
User                       Classic/Comfort icon: Displays the         On when busy, flashing when
                           user name.                                 call alerting user.
Account Code Entry         Classic/Comfort icon: Displays 1234.       None

Automatic Intercom         Classic/Comfort icon: Displays       None
                           followed by the set number.
Call Pickup                Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .     None
Call List                  Classic/Comfort icon: Displays LIST. On when calls are in the list.
                                                                Flashes when new calls are in
Dial Intercom              Classic/Comfort icon: Displays       None
                           followed by the set number.
Directory                  Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .     None
Group Paging               Classic/Comfort icon: Displays       None
                           followed by target number if set.
Headset Toggle             Classic/Comfort icon: Displays HdSet On when active.

Internal Auto-Answer       Classic/Comfort icon: Displays             On when active.
                           HfAns.
Send All Calls             Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .           On when active.
Call Pickup Any            Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .           None
                           Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .
Call Pickup Group                                                     None
                           followed by group name.
Call Pickup Members        Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .           None
                           followed by group name.
Dial Paging                Classic/Comfort icon: Displays             None
                           followed by target number if set.
Do Not Disturb On          Classic/Comfort icon: Displays .           On when active.
Follow Me Here             Classic/Comfort icon: Displays             On when active.
                           followed by the user name.
                           Classic/Comfort icon: Displays
Forward Unconditional On                                              On when active.
                           followed by the user name.
                           Classic/Comfort icon: Displays
                           followed by the group number or * for
Hunt Group Enable                                                     On when active.
                           all if programmed with no specific group
                           number.
                           Classic/Comfort icon: Displays S1 or
Relay Pulse                                                           None
                           S2 dependant on switch number.
Set Account Code           Classic/Comfort icon: Displays 1234.       None




                                              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls              Page 213
                                                        30. Set Button Display Status



Set Hunt Group Night Service    Classic/Comfort icon: Displays          On when all related groups are
                                followed by the group number. The       in night service. Slow flash if
                                background uses the same settings as    related hunt groups are in
                                the LED below.                          mixed states.
Set Hunt Group Out Of Service   Classic/Comfort icon: Displays –        On when set. On when all
                                followed by the group number. The       related groups are out of
                                background uses the same settings as    service. Slow flash if related
                                the LED below.                          hunt groups are in mixed
Voicemail On                    Classic/Comfort icon: Displays          On when set.
                                The background uses the same settings
                                as the LED below.


                                                Return to Cover




                                                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                Page 214
                                                                                                                                                                    31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




     Feature                                                    Description                                                                 Telephone Number                             Default Short      Phone    Soft-Console       Program                           IP Office Release
                                                                                                                                                                                             Code          Manager     Control           Button     2.1     4.0     4.1          4.2          5   6.0   6.1   7.0

AOC Previous Call
                    Display of advice of charge information is only supported on T3 phones, T3 IP phones and Phone
                    Manager.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
AOC Reset Total
                    Display of advice of charge information is only supported on T3 phones, T3 IP phones and Phone
                    Manager.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
   AOC Total
                    Display of advice of charge information is only supported on T3 phones, T3 IP phones and Phone
                    Manager.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                    This feature is used with embedded voicemail on Small Office Edition, IP406 V2 and IP500 and
                    IP500v2 systems. It allows the recording of the greetings used by auto-attendant services and
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                              • For pre-IP Office 4.1
                    the transfer of calls to that auto attendant. This feature was previously called Record Greeting.
                                                                                                                           Four system short codes are automatically added for each
                                                                                                                           auto attendant. These use a telephone number of the form
                                                                                                                           AA:Name.Y where Name is replaced by the Auto Attendant
                                                                                                                              name and Y is 1, 2, 3 or 4 for the morning, afternoon,
                                                                                                                                          evening or menu option greeting.
                                                                                                                                 • You can manually delete the short codes or add
                                                                                                                                         additional short codes as required.
                                                                                                                            • To create a short code to access an auto attendant, for
                                                                                                                            example to allow internal calls to an auto attendant, omit
                                                                                                                                  the .Y part of the short code telephone number.
                                                                                                                                                                                             See
 Auto Attendant                                                                                                                                 • For IP Office 4.1+
                                                                                                                              Four system short codes (*81XX, *82XX, *83XX and
                                                                                                                                                                                          Configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                         Settings | Auto
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                               *84XX) are automatically added for use with all auto         Attendant
                                                                                                                           attendants, for the morning, afternoon, evening and menu
                                                                                                                              options greetings respectively. These use a telephone
                                                                                                                             number of the form "AA:"N".Y" where N is the replaced
                                                                                                                            with the auto attendant number dialed and Y is 1, 2, 3 or
                                                                                                                              4 for the morning, afternoon, evening or menu option
                                                                                                                                                       greeting.
                                                                                                                               • An additional short code of the form (for example)
                                                                                                                            *80XX / Auto Attendant / "AA:"N can be added manual if
                                                                                                                               internal dialed access to auto attendants is required.
                                                                                                                               • For IP Office 4.1+, to add a short code to access a
                                                                                                                           specific auto attendant, the name method as used for pre-
                    This feature is usable within an IP Office Small Community Network. It allows a user on one
                    system in the network to specify that the following dialing be processed by another IP Office
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                       
   Break Out        system on the network as if the user dialed it locally on that other system. This feature is not
                    supported for SIP extensions.
                                                                                                                             The IP Address of the IP Office system, using *
                                                                                                                                   characters in place of . characters.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Advanced                                                       
                    For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this feature requires the IP Offices to have Advanced Small                                                                                                                   Dial BkOut
                    Community Networking licenses.
                    This short code feature can be used for call barring by using the short code as the call
                    destination. This short code feature was previously called Busy. It has been renamed but its
     Barred         function has not changed.
                    When used in an ARS form that has been configured with an Alternate Route, for callers whose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                    dialing has matched the short code no further routing is applied.
                    When on, busy on held returns busy to new calls when the user has an existing call on hold.
  Busy On Held      This short code feature is useful when a user does not want to be distracted by an additional
                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                    incoming call when they have a call on hold.                                                                        Y or 1 for on, N or 0 for off.                                                                   BusyH
                    This feature intrudes on the existing connected call of the specified target extension. All call
                    parties are put into a conference and can talk to and hear each other. Use of this feature is
                    subject to the Can Intrude status of the intruder and the Cannot be Intruded status of the target.
                    A Call Intrude attempt to a user who is idle becomes a Priority Call.

  Call Intrude
                    • Note that this feature requires conference resources from the IP Office system for the duration                                                    
                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                    of the intrusion.                                                                                                     Target extension number.                                                   Actions Intrude     Intru
                    • IP Office 4.0+ provides privacy features that allow users to indicate that a call cannot be
                    intruded on. See Private Calls.
                    • For IP Office 4.2+, intruding onto an a user doing silent monitoring (Call Listen ) is turned
                    into a silent monitoring call.
                    This feature allows a user to monitor another user's call without being heard. Monitoring is
                    different from call intrusion. Note that this feature requires conference resources from the
                                                                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                                      
                    • This feature uses system conference resources. If insufficient conference resource are available                    Target extension number.                                                                        Listn
                    it will not be possible to use this feature.
                    • For IP Office 4.0+ a number of new features are supported for call listening:
                    • Users can be given privacy features that allow them to indicate that a call cannot be
                    monitored. See Private Calls.
   Call Listen      • IP extensions can be monitored including those using direct media. Previously the monitoring
                    of IP extensions could not be guaranteed.
                    • The monitoring call can be initiated even if the target user is not currently on a call and
                    remains active until the monitoring user clears the monitoring call.
                    • The user who initiated the call listen can also record the call.
                    • IP Office 4.2+: Intruding onto an a user doing silent monitoring (Call Listen) is turned into a
                    silent monitoring call.
                    • 1400, 1600, 9400, 9500 and 9600 Series phones with a user button can initiate listening using
                    that button if the target user meets the criteria for listening.
 Call Pickup Any    Pick up the first available ringing call.                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                     *30        PickA

Call Pickup Extn    Pick up a ringing call from a specific extension.                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                          Target extension number. *32*N#       CpkUp

Call Pickup Group   Pick up a call ringing any hunt group of which the user is a member.                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                              *31                                        PickG
                    Pick up an incoming call which is presenting, held or parked. Pickup executed using Line
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
Call Pickup Line
                    Appearance ID specified in Telephone Number. For privacy reasons, Call Pickup Line cannot be
                    used on a held or parked conference call. As this feature is applied to presenting single party                                   
                                                                                                                                                                         Q2 2007
                                                                                                                                                                                           
                    held / parked calls only, user intrusion settings do not apply. This feature is not supported on T3                  Target Line Appearance ID.            Maint.
                    phones.                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Release
                    This feature can be used to pick up any call to an extension that is a member of the Hunt Group
   Call Pickup
    Members
                    specified. The incoming call can be as a result of a DID call to that extension, an internal call to
                    that extension or an internal or external call to the Hunt Group.                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                                            
                    Note that this function will not work for calls to a hunt group member who currently has their                                           *53*N#
                                                                                                                                      Group number or "Group name".     PickM
                    membership disabled.

                    Pick up an incoming call which is alerting, parked or held. The pickup uses the user extension
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
Call Pickup User
                    number specified in Telephone Number field of the short code. If there are multiple calls,
                    priority is given to picking up alerting, then parked and then held in that order of priority. It                                 
                                                                                                                                                                         Q2 2007      
                    cannot be used to pickup conferenced calls. The normal user intrusion features are not applied                     Target user extension number.           Maint.
                    to this pickup feature. This feature is not supported on T3 phones.                                                                                                                                                                   Release


   Call Queue
                    Queue the current call to the destination phone, even when the destination phone is busy. This
                    is the same as a transfer except it allows you to transfer to a busy phone.
                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                          Target extension number. *33*N#     Queue




                                                                                                                                                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                                                               Page 215
                                                                                                                                                                            31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




                       This feature allows you to record a conversation. To use this requires Voicemail Pro. Refer to
    Call Record        your local regulations in relation to the recording of calls.
                       • IP Office 4.0+ provides privacy features that allow users to indicate that a call should not be
                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                    Target extension number.    Recor
                       recorded. See Private Calls.
                       This function can be used with or without a specified user target.
                       • If the specified target has alerting calls, the function will connect to the longest waiting call.
                       • If the specified target has no alerting calls but does have a connected call, the function will

     Call Steal
                       take over the connected call, disconnecting the original user. This usage is subject to the Can
                       Intrude setting of the user and the Cannot Be Intruded setting of the target. The feature is
                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                                                   Actions
                                                                                                                                          Target extension number or blank for last call   Actions Reclaim
                       independent the intrude settings of the third party to the call.                                                                               *45*N# & *46                         Aquire
                                                                                                                                                          transferred.                                          Reclaim   Call
                       • If no target is specified, the function attempts to reclaim the users last transferred call if it has
                       not
                       been answered or has been answered by voicemail.
                       Enables call waiting on the user's extension. When on, if the user receives a second calls when
                       already on a call, they hear a call waiting tone in the speech path.
  Call Waiting On      Call waiting settings are ignored for users with multiple call appearance buttons. In this case the                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                       appearance buttons are used to indicate additional calls. Call waiting is automatically applied for                                                                        *15                            CWOn
                       users with 'internal twinned' phones.

 Call Waiting Off
                       Disables call waiting on the user's extension. Call waiting may be applied for users with internal
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                       twinned phones regardless of their call waiting settings.                                                                                                                  *16                            CWOff

    Call Waiting
                       For phones using call waiting, this feature temporarily disables call waiting for the duration of                                                                                                     
     Suspend
                       the users
                       next call.
                                                                                                                                                                                                *70                           CWSus
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                             (A-Law only)
                       This feature cancels all forms of forwarding on the user's extension including "Follow Me" and
     Cancel All
                       "Do Not                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
    Forwarding         Disturb".                                                                                                                                       *00      FwdOf
 Cancel Ring Back
                       Cancels any existing ring back (also known as callback) set by the user.                                                                                                                                                                      
    When Free                                                                                                                                                                   RBak-
                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                               
Change Login Code Allows a user to change their log in code.                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                       The user's current and new log in codes separated Q2 2008
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Maint.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                            by a *.                                                                              Release
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
  Clear After Call     This feature can be users who have been configured as CCR agents. It allows them to dial a short code to exit
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4.2 4Q 2008
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
       Work            the After Call Work (ACW) state as reported by the IP Office Customer Call Reporter (CCR) application.                                                                                                     acw                         Maint.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Release

     Clear Call        This feature can be used to end the current call.                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                                  *52                            Clear
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
     Clear CW
                       This feature is most commonly used to end the user's current call and answer the waiting call.
                       Note: Call waiting settings are ignored for users with multiple call appearance buttons.                                                                                 *26                           ClrCW
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                             (A-Law only)


 Clear Hunt Group
                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                             
   Night Service
                       This feature changes the specified hunt group from 'Night Service' mode to 'In Service' mode.
                       This will not override a hunt group in night service due to a time profile.                                                                    *21*N#
                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                       Hunt group extension number. For IP Office 4.0+, if
                                                                                                                                                                                 HGNS-
                                                                                                                                             left blank, the short code will affect all
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                          hunt groups of which the user is a member.


 Clear Hunt Group
                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                 
  Out Of Service
                       This feature changes the specified hunt group from 'Out of Service' mode to 'In Service' mode.
                       This will not override a hunt group in night service due to a time profile.                                                                           HGOS-
                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                       Hunt group extension number. For IP Office 4.0+, if
                                                                                                                                             left blank, the short code will affect all
                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                          hunt groups of which the user is a member.

    Clear Quota        This feature refreshes the time quota for all services or a specific service.                                                           
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                                                Quota
                                                                                                                                               "Service name" or "" (all services).

 Conference Add
                       Places any calls the user has on hold into a conference with the user. This feature is useful for
                                                                                                                                                                                    
                       impromptu conferences.                                                                                                                          *47      Conf+
                       This feature allows a user to join a specific conference.
 Conference Meet
                       For pre-IP Office Release 5 systems, this function is not supported on IP500 systems without an
                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                         
       Me                                                                                                                              Conference number. This can be an alphanumeric                                            CnfRv
                       IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license. For IP Office Release 6 and higher, IP500 and
                                                                                                                                                  value up to 15 characters.
                       IP500 V2 systems require a Preferred Edition license.
                       Pick up the waiting call. This feature provides same functionality as pressing the Recall or Hold
         CW            key on the phone. Unlike the Clear CW feature, this feature does not disconnect you from the
                       existing call when the second call is picked up.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                                                                  
        Dial           This short code feature allows users to dial the number specified to an outside line.                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                           Various
                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                       Telephone number. depending on     Dial
                                                                                                                                                                                                locale.

      Dial 3K1         Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to 3.1Khz audio call.                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                       Telephone number.         D3K1


      Dial 56K         Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to 56Kbps data call.                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                       Telephone number.                                                         D56K


      Dial 64K         Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to 64Kbps data call.                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                       Telephone number.         D64K
                       Call the specified extension number and force call waiting indication on if the extension is

      Dial CW
                       already on a call.
                       If the user has call appearance buttons programmed, call waiting will not get activated. The next                                       
                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                       incoming call will appear on an available call appearance button. When there are no available                                   Extension number.         DCW
                       call appearance buttons, the next incoming call will receive busy tone.

    Dial Direct        Call the extension specified and force automatic answer if supported by the telephone type.                                             
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                       Extension number.         Dirct

  Dial Direct Hot
        Line
                       When the line appearance is mapped to a short code using the DialDirectHotLine short code
                       feature, no secondary dial tone is generated and the number is dialed directly. This feature                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                             
                       should not be confused with the hot line feature enabled using ?D short codes.                                                  Telephone number.




                                                                                                                                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                            Page 216
                                                                                                                                                                 31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




                     Dials the number specified regardless of any call barring applicable to the user.
                     On all IP Office systems, regardless of locale, system and or ARS, short codes using the Dial
                     Emergency feature should be created for any required emergency service numbers. Those short
                     codes should be useable by all users from all extensions. Those short codes should route the
                     calls to suitable lines. If the system uses prefixes for external dialing, the dialing of emergency

 Dial Emergency
                     numbers with and without the prefix should be allowed. Note that the blocking of emergency
                     numbers or the routing of emergency numbers to a intermediate destination other than the
                                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                           Telephone number.         Emrgy
                     emergency network may be against local and nation laws.
                     For systems with a United States locale, the Dial Emergency short code acts differently. Calls
                     matched to Dial Emergency short codes are routed using the details contained in the E911
                     forms. This routing will then be either via installed E911 Adjunct equipment or via grouped set
                     of trunks and extensions called zones.

                                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                           Extension number. IP Office 4.2+ can use p(x) as a
    Dial Extn        This feature can be used to dial an internal extension number (user or hunt group).                                                             
                                                                                                                              suffix to the Telephone Number to change the    
                                                                                                                           priority of a call. Allowable values for x are 1, 2 or
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                           3 for low, medium or high priority respectively. For
                                                                                                                                               example Np(1).

     Dial Fax        This feature is used to route fax calls via T38 Fax Relay.                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                         Fax destination number.
                     This feature intrudes on the existing call of the specified target extension. The intruder and the
                     target extension can then talk but cannot be heard by the other party. This can include intruding
                     into a conference call, where the conference will continue without the intrusion target.
                     During the intrusion all parties hear a repeated intrusion tone. When the intruder hangs-up the

  Dial Inclusion
                     original call parties are reconnected.
                     Use of this feature is subject to the Can Intrude status (configured in Manager via the User
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                        Target extension number.     Inclu.
                     form's Telephony tab) of the intruder and the target extension (the extension to be intruded
                     upon).
                     Attempting to hold a dial inclusion call simply ends the intrusion part of the call. The inclusion
                     cannot be parked.


   Dial Paging
                     This feature makes a page call to an extension or group. The target extension or group members
                     must                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                        
                     support page calls (that is to be able to auto-answer calls).                                                                              Groups only
                                                                                                                                       Extension or group number.           Page
                     Dial a specified extension number regardless of the current user logged on at that extension and
  Dial Physical                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                      
  Extension By       any forwarding, follow me or do not disturb settings applied by the current extension user. Note
                     that the extension number used is the Base Extension number set against the extension                                                *70*N#
                                                                                                                                         Base Extension number
                                                                                                                                                                   PhyEx
                                                                                                                                                                                     
    Number           configuration settings.                                                                                                                                        (MU-Law only)
                     Dial a specific extension using its system ID. This may be necessary in hot desking
  Dial Physical      environments where                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                        
  Number By ID
                     some extensions have been created with no default extension number. Without an extension
                     number, a                                                                                                                 Extension ID
                                                                                                                                                            *71*N#   DialP
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                    (MU-Law only)
                     call can not be made to that extension unless a short code is created.

   Dial Speech
                     This feature allows a short code to be created to force the outgoing call to use the Speech bearer
                     capability.
                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                           Telephone number.       DV110


    Dial V110
                     Sets the ISDN bearer capabilities to V110. The call is presented to local exchange as a "Data
                     Call".
                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                           Telephone number.                                                 DV120


    Dial V120
                     Sets the ISDN bear capabilities using V.120.                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                           Telephone number.        Dvide


    Dial Video       The call is presented to the local exchange as a "Video Call".                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                           Telephone number.         DSpch


Disable ARS Form
                     This feature can be used to put an ARS form out of service. It can be used with ARS forms for
                     which an Out of Service Route has been configured in Manager. The short code feature Enable                                    
                                                                                                                                                                                  
                     ARS Form can be used to return an ARS form to in service.                                                              ARS form number.
                     This feature turns off the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward
 Disable Internal
    Forwards
                     Unconditional,
                     Forward on Busy and Forward on No Answer.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
Disable Internal
    Forward
                     This feature turns off the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward
                     Unconditional only.                                                                                                                                                                                             
 Unconditional
Disable Internal     This feature turns off the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward on Busy
Forward Busy or      and
                     Forward on No Answer.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
  No Answer
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                              The telephone number takes the format N";T"
   Display Msg       Allows the sending of special functions to DS port display phone extensions.                                                  where:                    
                                                                                                                                        • N is the target extension. Displ
                                                                                                                           • T is the text message. Note that the "; before the
                                                                                                                                 text and the " after the text are required.


 Do Not Disturb
                     This feature adds a number to the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception Numbers List". This can be                                 
                                                                                                                                                                  
 Exception Add
                     an internal extension number or external ICLID. For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND)
                     in the Telephone Features section.                                                                                                   *10*N#
                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                            Telephone number or ICLID. Up to 31 characters.
                                                                                                                                                                     DNDX+
                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                           For ICLID numbers any prefix added by the IP Office
                                                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                      system must also be included.
 Do Not Disturb
Exception Delete
                     This feature removes a number from the user's "Do Not Disturb Exception List". For further
                     details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section.
                                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                           *11*N#
                                                                                                                                       Telephone number or ICLID.     DNDX-

                     This feature puts the user into 'Do Not Disturb' mode. When on, all calls, except those from
Do Not Disturb On    numbers in the user's exception list hear busy tones or are redirected to voicemail if available.                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          
                     For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in the Telephone Features section.                                                                                    *08                  DNDOn

                     Cancels the user's 'do not disturb' mode if set. For further details see Do Not Disturb (DND) in
Do Not Disturb Off   the                                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                     Telephone Features section.                                                                                                             *09     DNDOf


Enable ARS Form
                     This feature can be used to put an ARS form in service. It can be used with ARS forms that have
                     been put out of service through Manager or the use of a Disable ARS Form short code.
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                            ARS form number.
 Enable Internal
    Forwards
                     This feature turns on the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward
                     Unconditional, Forward on Busy and Forward on No Answer.                                                                                                   
 Enable Internal
    Forward
                     This feature turns on the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward
                     Unconditional only.                                                                                                                                                                                             
  Unconditional




                                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                   Page 217
                                                                                                                                                               31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




Enable Internal
Forward Busy or
                    This feature turns on the forwarding of internal calls for the user. It applies to Forward on Busy
                    and Forward on No Answer.                                                                                                                                                                                               
  No Answer

                    This feature allows a user to take over ownership of an extension. This requires the user to have
                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                      Extension Number*Login Code.
                    a Login Code (User | Telephony | Supervisor Settings) .                                                                                                                                     
   Extn Login       Note that on some phones, the dialed digits are recorded and may include the login code used.
                    Login codes of up to 15 digits are supported with Extn Login buttons. Login codes of up to 31
                                                                                                                            If just a single number is dialed containing no *
                                                                                                                          separator, the IP Office assumes that the extension
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Login
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                           number to use is the physical extension's default       *35*N#
                    digits are supported with Extn Login short codes.
                                                                                                                          extension number and that the number dialed is the
                                                                                                                                                login code.
                    This feature logs the user off the phone at which they are logged on.
  Extn Logout       For IP Office 4.0 and higher this feature cannot be used by a user who does not have a login                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                    code or by the default associated user of an extension unless they are set to forced login.                                                                       *36                      Logof


                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                             Pre-IP Office 4.0
                                                                                                                                         IP Office 4.0+: Optional
                                                                                                                          For IP Office 4.0 and higher, the telephone number
   Flash Hook       This feature sends a hook flash signal to the currently connected line if it is an analog line.
                                                                                                                                  field can be used to set the transfer
                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                          destination number for a Centrex Transfer. In this                                   Flash
                                                                                                                                 case the use of the short code Forced
                                                                                                                           Account Code and Forced Authorization Code
                                                                                                                            are not supported and the Line Group Id must
                                                                                                                             match the outgoing line to the Centrex service
                                                                                                                                                 provider.

                                                                                                                                                  
      FNE           This short code feature is used for Mobile Call Control and one-X Mobile Client support.                                                       
                                                                                                                           This number sets the required FNE function. For a
                                                                                                                             list of supported functions see one-X Mobile
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                 Control
                    Causes calls to the extension number specified to be redirected to the extension initiating the
 Follow Me Here     'Follow Me Here'. If the redirected call receives a busy tone or is not answered, then the call
                    behaves as though the User's extension had failed to answer. For further details see Follow Me
                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                                         *12*N#     Here+
                                                                                                                             Extension to redirect to the dialing extension.
                    in the Telephone Features section.

 Follow Me Here
      Cancel
                    Cancels any Follow Me set on the specified extension. This action can only be performed at the
                    extension to which the Follow Me Here is targetted. For further details see Follow Me in the                                  
                                                                                                                                                                        
                    Telephone Features section.                                                                                                          *13*N#     Here-
                                                                                                                          Extension being redirected to the dialing extension.



  Follow Me To
                    Causes calls to the extension to be redirected to the Follow Me destination extension specified.                              
                                                                                                                                                                        
                    For further details see Follow Me in the Telephone Features section.                                  Target extension number or blank (cancel Follow Me
                                                                                                                                                         *14*N#.     FolTo
                                                                                                                                                To)
                    Forward the user's hunt group calls to their forward number when the user has Forward
                    Unconditional active. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone
 Forward Hunt       Features section.
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
 Group Calls On     This option is only applied for calls to Sequential and Rotary type hunt groups. Calls from                                                                       *50                     FwdH+
                    other hunt group types are not presented to the user when they have Forward Unconditional
                    active. Note also that hunt group calls cannot be forwarded to another hunt group.

 Forward Hunt       This feature cancels the forwarding of the user's hunt group calls. For further details see
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
 Group Calls Off    Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.                                                                                                          *51                      FwdH-
                    Sets the number to which the user's calls are redirected. This can be an internal or external
                    number. The number is still subject to the user's call barring settings. For further details see

Forward Number
                    Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.
                    This feature does not activate forwarding; it only sets the number for the forwarding destination.                            
                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                    
                    This number is used for all forward types; Forward Unconditional, Forward on Busy and                                                *07*N#
                                                                                                                                          Telephone number.         wdNo
                    Forward on No Answer, unless the user has a separate Forward on Busy Number set for
                    forward on busy and forward on no answer functions.
                    Sets the number to which the user's calls are forwarded when Forward on Busy or Forward
Forward On Busy
    Number
                    on No Answer are on. If no Forward on Busy Number is set, those functions use the
                    Forward Number.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                    
                    This feature does not activate the forwarding, it only sets the number for the forwarding                                            *57*N#
                                                                                                                                          Telephone number.         FwBNo
                    destination.
                    This feature enables forwarding when the user's extension is busy. It uses the Forward
                    Number destination or, if set, the Forward on Busy Number destination.
Forward On Busy     If the user has call appearance buttons programmed, the system will not treat them as busy
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
      On            until all the call appearance buttons are in use.                                                                                                                 *03                      FwBOn
                    For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to
                    control whether internal calls are forwarded.
Forward On Busy
                    This feature cancels forwarding when the user's extension is busy.                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
      Off                                                                                                                                                                             *04                      FwBOf
                    This feature enables forwarding when the user's extension is not answered within the period
                    defined by their No Answer Time. It uses the Forward Number destination or, if set, the
 Forward On No
                    Forward on Busy Number destination.                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
   Answer On                                                                                                                                                                          *05                     FwNOn
                    For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to
                    control whether internal calls are forwarded.
 Forward On No
                    This feature cancels forwarding when the user's extension is not answered.                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
   Answer Off                                                                                                                                                                         *06                      FwNOf
                    This feature enables forwarding of all calls, except group calls, to the Forward Number set for
                    the user's extension. To also forward hunt group calls, Forward Hunt Group Calls On must
    Forward         also be used. For further details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
Unconditional On    section.                                                                                                                                                          *01                     FwUOn
                    For IP Office 3.2 and higher, Forward Internal (User | Forwarding) can also be used to
                    control whether internal calls are forwarded.
                    This feature cancels forwarding of all calls from the user's extension. Note: This does not disable
    Forward
                    Forward on No Answer and or Forward on Busy if those functions are also on. For further                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
Unconditional Off   details see Forward Unconditional in the Telephone Features section.                                                                                              *02                      FwUOf

Group Listen Off    Disables the group listen function for the user’s extension. See Group Listen On.                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                            GrpListen Off




                                                                                                                                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                           Page 218
                                                                                                                                                                31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




                    Using group listen allows callers to be heard through the phone's handsfree speaker but to only
                    hear the phone's handset microphone. When group listen is enabled, it modifies the hands free
                    functionality of the short code user’s terminal in the following manner
                    • When the user’s phone is placed in handsfree / speaker mode, the speech path from the
                    connected party is broadcast on the phone speaker but the phone's base microphone is disabled.

 Group Listen On
                    • The connected party can only hear speech delivered directly by the short code users handset
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                    microphone.                                                                                                                                                                              GrpListen On
                    This enables listeners local to the short code user’s phone to hear the connected party whilst
                    limiting the connected party to hear only what is communicated via the user’s handset.
                    • Group listen is not supported for IP phones or when using a phone's HEADSET button.
                    • Currently connected calls are not affected by changes to this setting. If group listen is required
                    it must be selected before the call is connected.


 Headset Toggle     Toggles between the use of a headset and the telephone handset.                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                                HdSet
                    This uses the Q.931 Hold facility, and "holds" the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing
    Hold Call       up the ISDN B channel. The Hold Call feature "holds" the current call to a slot. The current call is
                    always automatically placed into slot 0 if it has not been placed in a specified slot. Only
                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                              Exchange hold slot number or blank (slot 0).       Hold
                    available if supported by the ISDN exchange.
                    This uses the Q.931 Hold facility, and "holds" the incoming call at the ISDN exchange, freeing
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                        
    Hold CW
                    up the ISDN B channel. The Hold CW feature "holds" the current call to an exchange slot and
                    answers the call waiting. The current call is always automatically placed into slot 0 if it has not                                   *27*N#   HoldCW
                                                                                                                              Exchange hold slot number or blank (slot 0).
                                                                                                                                                                                      
                    been placed in a specified slot. Only available if supported by the ISDN exchange.                                                                            (A-Law only)

                                                                                                                                                Optional.
                                                                                                                            IP Office 4.2+ (not Small Office Edition) supports
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
   Hold Music
                    This feature allows the user to check the system's music on hold. See Music On Hold for more
                    information.
                                                                                                                             up to 4 hold music sources, numbered 1 to 4. 1
                                                                                                                           represents the System Source . 2 to 4 represent the       *34N;                    Music
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                            Alternate Sources . If no number is specified, the       4.2+
                                                                                                                                    default system source is assumed.

   Hunt Group
    Disable
                    This feature disables the user's membership of the specified hunt group. They will no longer
                    receive call to that hunt group until their membership is enabled again. To use this feature, you                              
                                                                                                                                                                              
                    must already belong to the hunt group. See also Hunt Group Enable.                                                       Group number.          HGDis
                    This feature enables the user's membership of a hunt group so they can begin to receive calls to
                    the specified hunt group. To use this feature, the user must already belong to the hunt group.
Hunt Group Enable   This short code can not be used to add someone to a hunt group. This must be done within
                    Manager's Hunt Group form. Previously in IP Office 3.2 the Set Hunt Group Night Service, Set
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                             Group number.          HGEna
                    Hunt Group Out of Service and Hunt Group Enable short code features toggled. That behaviour is
                    not supported in 4.0 and higher.
  Last Number
     Redial
                    This feature allows an extension to redial the last number dialed.                                                                                                                                                            
                    This feature should only be used in agreement with the ISDN service provider and the

  MCID Activate
                    appropriate local legal authorities. It allows users with Can Trace Calls (User | Telephony |
                    Supervisor Settings) set to trigger a malicious call trace of their previous call at the ISDN                                                                                                                                 
                    exchange. Refer to Telephone Features Malicious Call Tracing for further details.
                    This short code feature allows the user to pickup a call ringing or connected at the destination of
 Mobile Twinned     their mobile twinning number. This short code can only be used from the primary extension
   Call Pickup
                    which is being used for the twinning operation.
                    Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                    subject to a time profile.

Off Hook Station
                    Enables or disables whether the user's extension acts as a fully hands free unit. Typically this is
                    used when the answering and clearing of calls is done through an application such as Phone                                    
                                                                                                                                                                            
                    Manager. This feature is also configurable via Phone Manager.                                                       "Y" for on or "N" for off. OHStn


Outgoing Call Bar                                                                                                                                                           Q2
                                                                                                                                                  
      Off
                    Allows a user to switch off their outgoing call bar status. The user or the short code must enter
                    the users log in code if set in order to be successful.                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                         The user's log in code.
                                                                                                                                                                        2008 maint.     
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Release

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
Outgoing Call Bar
       On
                    Allows a user to switch on their outgoing call bar status.                                                                                                                                               Q2 2008
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     maint.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Release
                    Parks the user's current call into the specified park slot number. The call can then be retrieved
                    by other extensions (refer to the appropriate telephone user guide). While parked the caller
                    hears music on hold if available.
                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                         Park slot number.
    Park Call
                    Park Timeout (System | Telephony | Telephony) controls how long a call will remain                                                          
                                                                                                                        If no park slot number is specified when this short           
                    parked. When this expires the call will recall to the parking user if they are idle or when they                                      *37*N#     Park
                                                                                                                         code is used, the system automatically assigns a
                    next become idle. The recall call will continue ring and does follow any forwards or go to
                                                                                                                       park slot number based on the extension number of
                    voicemail.
                                                                                                                           the user parking the call plus one digit 0 to 9.
                    The 'Unpark Call' feature can be used to retrieve calls from specific park slots.
                    Short codes using this feature toggle on or off private call status. When on, any subsequent calls
                    cannot be intruded on, bridged into or silently monitored until the user's private call status is
                    switched off.
                    Note that use of private calls is separate from the user's intrusion settings. If a user is set to

   Private Call
                    Cannot be Intruded, switching private calls off does not affect that status. To allow private
                    calls to be used to full control the user status, Cannot be Intruded should be disabled for that
                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                             Optional. Number to dial for private call.
                    user.
                    Private call status can also be switched on or off using a short code features Private Call On
                    and Private Call Off feature or a programmed button set to the Private Call action.
                    Note that a user logging on or off causes privacy to be reset to off.
                    Short codes using this feature turn off private call status for the user if set. The short code
                    features Private Call and Private Call On can be used to turn private call on.
 Private Call Off   Note that use of private calls is separate from the user's intrusion settings. If a user is set to
                    Cannot be Intruded, switching private calls off does not affect that status. To allow private
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                    calls to be used to full control the user status, Cannot be Intruded should be disabled for that
                    user
                    Short codes using this feature turn on the private call settings for the user regardless of their
                    Cannot Be Intruded setting. Any subsequent calls cannot be intruded on, bridged into or
                    silently monitored until the user's private call status is switched off.
 Private Call On    Private call status can be switched off using a short code with the Private Call Off feature or a                                                                                                                             
                    programmed button set to the Private Call action. To enable private call status for a single
                    following call only the Private Call short code feature should be used.
                    Note that a user logging on or off causes privacy to be reset to off.

   Priority Call
                    This feature allows the user to call another user even if they are set to 'do not disturb'. Priority
                    calls to a user without DND will follow forwarding and follow me settings but will not go to                                  
                                                                                                                                                                             
                    voicemail.                                                                                                             Extension number.        Pcall




                                                                                                                                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                                Page 219
                                                                                                                                                                     31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




                         This short code feature is used to record hunt group announcements on Embedded Voicemail,                                     
                                                                                                                                                                  
 Record Message          see Hunt Group | Announcements. For IP Office Release 5+ it is also used to record mailbox
                         user name prompts for the auto attendant Dial by Name function.
                                                                                                                                 The hunt group number followed by ".1" for
                                                                                                                                                             *91N; & *92N;
                                                                                                                                        announcement 1 or ".2" for
                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                             announcement 2.
                                                                                                                                                                                            
      Relay On           This feature closes the specified switch in the system's external output (EXT O/P) port.                                      
                                                                                                                                                              *39 (Switch 1)
                                                                                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                                              *42 (Switch 2)
                                                                                                                                            Switch number (1 or 2).              Rely+
                                                                                                                                                                                          *9000*
                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                   
      Relay Off          This feature opens the specified switch in the system's external output (EXT O/P) port.                                              *40 (Switch 1)
                                                                                                                                            Switch number (1 or 2).
                                                                                                                                                                               Rely-
                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                       *43 (Switch 2)
                         This feature closes the specified switch in the system's external output (EXT O/P) port for 5                                             
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                   
    Relay Pulse          seconds and
                         then opens the switch.
                                                                                                                                                              *41 (Switch 1)
                                                                                                                                            Switch number (1 or 2).
                                                                                                                                                                               Relay
                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                       *44 (Switch 2)
                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                           
    Resume Call
                         Resume a call previously suspended to the specified ISDN exchange slot. The suspended call
                         may be resumed from another phone/ISDN Control Unit on the same line.                                                                *23*N#
                                                                                                                                        Exchange suspend slot number.
                                                                                                                                                                        Resum
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                                                       (A-Law only)
                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                           
   Retrieve Call         Retrieves a call previously held to a specific ISDN exchange slot.                                                                   *25*N#
                                                                                                                                          Exchange hold slot number.
                                                                                                                                                                       Retriv
                                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                                        (A-law only)
                         This feature sets a ringback on the specified extension. This sets a 'ringback when free' on an
 Ring Back When
       Free
                         extension currently on a call or a 'ringback when next used' for an extension that is free but
                         does not answer.                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                                                
                         When the target extension is next used or ends its current call, the users is rung and when they                  Target extension number.       RBak+
                         answer a call is made to the target extension.
                         Secondary dial tone is a system feature to generate a secondary dial tone after the user has
                         begun dialing an external number. This dial tone is then played until the number dialing and an
  Secondary Dial         external trunk seized.                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                       
      Tone
                         For IP Office 4.0 and higher the use of this short code feature has been replaced by the                                              (9)      
                                                                                                                                   Digit which triggers secondary dial tone.
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                         Secondary Dial Tone check box option on ARS forms.                                                                                                             U-Law only
                         For pre-4.0 IP Office systems secondary dial tone is triggered through the use of the secondary
                         dial tone short code feature.
                         This feature can be used to select the user's current absence text. This text is then displayed to
                         internal callers who have suitable display phones or IP Office applications. It doesn't changes                               
                         the users status.                                                                                       The telephone number should take the format
                         The text is displayed to callers even if the user has forwarded their calls or is using follow me.                    "y,n,text " where:
                         Absence text is supported across a Small Community Network (SCN).                                          • y = 0 or 1 to turn this feature on or off.
                         The absence text message is limited to 128 characters. Note however that most amount                  • n = the number of the absent statement to use,
                         displayed will depend on the caller's device or application.                                                          see the list below:
                                                                                                                                                     • 0 = None.
                                                                                                                                              • 1 = On vacation until.
 Set Absent Text
                                                                                                                                                 • 2 = Will be back.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                • 3 = At lunch until.                                           Absnt
                                                                                                                                                • 4 = Meeting until.
                                                                                                                                                  • 5 = Please call.
                                                                                                                                             • 6 = Dont disturb until.
                                                                                                                                             • 7 = With visitors until.
                                                                                                                                                • 8 = With cust. til.
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 = Back soon.
                                                                                                                                              • 10 = Back tomorrow.
                                                                                                                                                   • 11 = Custom.
                                                                                                                                • text = any text to follow the absent statement.
                         This short code feature is used to allow system users to enter a valid account code prior to
Set Account Code         making a phone call. This short code feature is essential for allowing analog phone users to
                         enter account codes. Once this short code is set up, any account code can be used in
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                             A valid account code.       Acct.
                         conjunction with it.
                         This short code feature is only available on systems configured to use authorization codes. See
                         Authorization Codes. The feature is used to allow a user to enter a valid authorization code
Set Authorization
      Code
                         prior to making a phone call.
                         This short code feature is essential for allowing analog phone users to enter authorization codes.
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                          A valid authorization code.
                         Note that the authorization code must be associated with the user or the user rights to which the
                         user belongs.
                         This feature puts the specified hunt group into 'Night Service' mode.
  Set Hunt Group         Previously in IP Office 3.2 the Set Hunt Group Night Service, Set Hunt Group Out of Service and                                                 
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                                  
   Night Service         Hunt Group Enable short code features toggled. That behaviour is not supported in 4.0 and                      Hunt group extension number.                      *20*N#                HGNS+
                         higher.
                         This feature manually puts the specified hunt group into 'Out of Service' mode.
                         If a time profile has also been defined to control hunt group night service, the action may vary:
                         • Pre-4.0 IP Office
                         Set Hunt Group Out of Service cannot be used to override a hunt group put into night service by                               
  Set Hunt Group         a time profile.
                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                         Hunt group extension number.
                                                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                                                         
  Out Of Service         • 4.0 IP Office and Higher                                                                           For IP Office 4.0+, if left blank, the short code will
                                                                                                                                                                        HGOS+
                         This option can be used to override a time profile and change a hunt group from night service to         affect all hunt groups of which the user is a
                         out of service. Previously in IP Office 3.2 the Set Hunt Group Night Service, Set Hunt Group Out                            member.
                         of Service and Hunt Group Enable short code features toggled. That behaviour is not supported
                         in 4.0 and higher.
                         This feature allows the user to select the ringing used on their extension for internal calls. The
                         number entered corresponds to the ring pattern required. This is 0 for Default Ring, 1 for
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                          
Set Inside Call Seq RingNormal, 2 for RingType1, etc. For more information on selectable ringing patterns, see Ring
                         Tones.
                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                              Number corresponding to the desired ring pattern.
                                                                                                                                                                        ICSeq
                                                                                                                                                                                         
                         Use of this short code function is applicable to analog phone users only. The distinctive ring                      See Ring Tones.
                         used by DS port phones is fixed by the phone type.
                         This short code feature can be used to set a mobile twinning number. The destination can be
   Set Mobile
Twinning Number
                         any external number the user is able to dial normally. It should include any prefix if necessary.
                         Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be
                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                             Twinning destination.
                         subject to a time profile.

                         This short code feature turns on the user's mobile twinning. It requires a mobile twinning
                         number to have been set for the user. That can be done through using the Set Mobile
    Set Mobile
   Twinning On
                         Twinning Number short code feature or through the User | Twinning tab within Manager.
                         Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
                         subject to a time profile.
                         This short code feature turns off the user's mobile twinning.
    Set Mobile
   Twinning Off
                         Note that the use of mobile twinning requires entry of a Mobile Twinning license and may be
                         subject to a time profile.
                                                                                                                                                                                   
  Set No Answer
       Time
                         This short code feature allows the user to change their No Answer Time (User | Telephony |
                         Call Settings)
                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                Time in seconds.       NATim




                                                                                                                                                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                   Page 220
                                                                                                                                                                            31. SHORT CODE FEATURES




                       This feature allows the user to select the ringing used on their extension for external calls. The
 Set Outside Call      number entered corresponds to the ring pattern required. This is 0 for Default Ring, 1 for                                            
                                                                                                                                                                               
       Seq
                       RingNormal, 2 for RingType1, etc. For more information on selectable ringing patterns, see Ring
                       Tones. Use of this short code function is applicable to analog phone users only. The distinctive
                                                                                                                                                                           OCSeq
                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                       Number corresponding to the desired ring pattern.         
                                                                                                                                                      See Ring Tones.
                       ring used by DS port phones is fixed by the phone type.
                       This feature allows the user to select the ringing used on their extension for ringback calls. The


Set Ringback Seq
                       number entered corresponds to the ring pattern required. This is 0 for Default Ring, 1 for
                       RingNormal, 2 for RingType1, etc. For more information on selectable ringing patterns, see Ring                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                       
                       Tones.                                                                                                          Number corresponding to the desired ring pattern.
                                                                                                                                                                              RBSeq
                       Use of this short code function is applicable to analog phone users only. The distinctive ring                                 See Ring Tones.
                       used by DS port phones is fixed by the phone type
                       Allows users to change their Wrap-up Time (User | Telephony | Call Settings) setting, which
                       specifies the amount of time, after disconnecting from a call, before the user can take another
                       call.
                       • Other phones or applications monitoring the user's status will indicate the user as still being
                       busy (on a call).

Set Wrap Up Time
                       • Hunt group calls will not be presented to the user.
                       • If the user is using a single line set, direct calls also receive busy treatment. If the user is
                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                       Time in seconds.       WUTim
                       using a mutli-line set (multiple call appearances), direct calls to them will ring as normal.
                       • It is recommended that this option is not set to less than the default of 2 seconds. 0 is used to
                       allow immediate ringing.
                       • For users set as an CCR Agent, the After Call Work Time (User | Telephony | Supervisor
                       Settings) setting should be used.
                       Allows the Embedded Voicemail service provided by an Avaya Memory card on IP406 V2, IP500
                       and IP500 V2 control unit to be shut down. To restart the service, a Startup Embedded
    Shutdown           Voicemail short code should be used.                                                                                                                                                                          
    Embedded
                       The short code has the following effects:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Q2 2007
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Maint.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
    Voicemail
                       1. Immediately disconnect all current users within embedded voicemail. This is not a polite                                                                                                                 Release
                       shutdown.
                       2. Mark the embedded voicemail as inactive so that it will not receive any new calls.
Startup Embedded Restarts the Embedded Voicemail service provided by an Avaya Memory card on IP406 V2,
    Voicemail    IP500 and IP500 V2 control unit.                                                                                                                                                                                                          
   Suspend Call
                       This feature uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. It suspends the incoming call at the ISDN
                       exchange, freeing up the ISDN B channel. The call is placed in exchange slot 0 if a slot number                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                               
                       is not specified.                                                                                                    Exchange slot number or blank (slot 0).       Suspe

                       This feature uses the Q.931 Suspend facility. Suspends the incoming call at the ISDN exchange                                                  
                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                                                 
   Suspend CW          and answer the call waiting. The call is placed in exchange slot 0 if a slot number is not
                       specified. Only available when supported by the ISDN exchange.
                                                                                                                                                                    *28*N#   SusCW
                                                                                                                                            Exchange slot number or blank (slot 0).
                                                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                             A-Law only


  Start After Call                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
       Work
                       This feature can be users who have been configured as CCR agents. It allows them to dial a short code to
                       enter the After Call Work (ACW) state as reported by the IP Office Customer Call Reporter (CCR) application.                                                                                 acw
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 4Q 2008
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Maint.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Release
                       This feature cycles through each call that the user has on hold on the IP Office system. This
   Toggle Calls        feature is useful when a user with a single-line telephone has several calls on hold and needs to                                                          
                       respond to each one in turn.                                                                                                                  *29       Toggl

    Unpark Call
                       Retrieve a parked call from a specified system park slot. In pre-3.2 IP Office this feature was
                       call Ride Call.
                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                                  System park slot number.                    *38*N#                    Ride

                       This feature connects to the voicemail system. Normally the telephone number field is used to
                       indicate the name of the mailbox to be accessed, for example "?Extn201" or "#Extn201".

                       • ? indicates 'collect messages'.

                       • # indicates 'leave a message'. It also instructs the voicemail server to give a brief period of
                       ringing before connecting the caller. The # can be omitted for immediate connection.



Voicemail Collect
                       • " " quotation marks must be used to enclose the number being sent to the voicemail server.
                       Any text not enclosed by quote marks will be treated as short code wildcards to be interpreted                                        
                                                                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                        
                       and replaced by the system.                                                                                                                   *17
                                                                                                                                                      See column to left.     VMCol

                       When using Voicemail Pro, names of specific call flow start points can also be used to directly
                       access those start points via a short code. In these cases, ? is not used and # is only used if
                       ringing is required before the start point's call flow begins.

                       Note: Short codes using the Voicemail Collect feature, with either "Short Codes.name" and
                       "#Short Codes.name" entries in the Telephone Number field are automatically converted to the
                       Voicemail Node feature and name.
                       Similar to Voicemail Collect but used for calls being directed to a Voicemail Pro Short Codes
                                                                                                                                                             
 Voicemail Node
                       start point. If ringing is required before the start point call flow begins then a # should be
                       included before the name. Useful if you have set up a short code start point with Voicemail Pro                                                          
                                                                                                                                       Voicemail Pro Short Code start point name without         
                       and want to give direct internal access to it.                                                                                  quotation marks.
                       This feature enables the user's voicemail mailbox to answer calls which ring unanswered or
                       arrive when the user is busy. It does not disable the voicemail mailbox being used as the target
   Voicemail On        for other functions such as call recording or messages forwarded from other mailboxes. For IP                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                       Office 3.2, the Voicemail On and Voicemail Ringback On short code features toggled. For IP                                                                                *18                   VMOn
                       Office 4.0 and higher, they no longer toggle.

  Voicemail Off
                       This feature disables the user's voicemail box from answering calls. Note that this does not stop
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                       messages being forwarded to the mailbox from other mailboxes.                                                                                                             *19                   VMOff
                       This feature enables voicemail ringback to the user's extension. Voicemail ringback is used to
                       call the user when they have new voicemail messages. The ringback takes place each time the
                       extension is used. This feature is useful for users who do not have voicemail light/button
    Voicemail          indicators on their telephone.
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
   Ringback On         If the user has been configured to receive message waiting indication for any hunt groups, a                                                                              *48                   VMRB+
                       separate voicemail ringback will occur for each such group and for the users own mailbox. For
                       IP Office 3.2, the Voicemail On and Voicemail Ringback On short code features toggled. For IP
                       Office 4.0 and higher, they no longer toggle.
    Voicemail          This feature disables voicemail ringback to the user's extension. This feature is also available on
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
   Ringback Off        Phone Manager.                                                                                                                                                            *49                   VMRB-

                                                                                                                                      Return to Cover




                                                                                                                                                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                               Page 221
                                  32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




Short Code Parameters -
Understanding Short Codes




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 222
                                          32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES



How IP Office Interprets Dialed Short Codes




                                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 223
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 224
                                         32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




Short Code Fields and Characters




                                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 225
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 226
                                     32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




Short Code Matching Examples




                               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 227
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 228
                           32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




Sample Short Codes




                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 229
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 230
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 231
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 232
      32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 233
                        32. SHORT CODE EXAMPLES




Return to Cover




                  658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 234
                          33. SHORT CODE DEFAULTS



     Code   Telephone Number                    Feature           A-Law   U-Law
*00         Blank                Cancel All Forwarding                    
*01         Blank                Forward Unconditional On                 
*02         Blank                Forward Unconditional Off                
*03         Blank                Forward On Busy On                       
*04         Blank                Forward On Busy Off                      
*05         Blank                Forward On No Answer On                  
*06         Blank                Forward On No Answer Off                 
*07*N#      N                    Forward Number                           
*08         Blank                Do Not Disturb On                        
*09         Blank                Do Not Disturb Off                       
*10*N#      N                    Do Not Disturb Exception Add             
*11*N#      N                    Do Not Disturb Exception Del             
*12*N#      N                    Follow Me Here                           
*13*N#      N                    Follow Me Here Cancel                    
*14*N#      N                    Follow Me To                             
*15         Blank                Call Waiting On                          
*16         Blank                Call Waiting Off                         
*17         ?U                   Voicemail Collect                        
*18         Blank                Voicemail On                             
*19         Blank                Voicemail Off                            
*20*N#      N                    Set Hunt Group Night Service             
*21*N#      N                    Clear Hunt Group Night Service           
*22*N#      N                    Suspend Call                             
*23*N#      N                    Resume Call                              
*24*N#      N                    Hold Call                                
*25*N#      N                    Retrieve Call                            
*26                              Clear CW                                 
*27*N#      N                    Hold CW                                  
*28*N#      N                    Suspend CW                               
*29         Blank                Toggle Calls                             
*30         Blank                Call Pickup Any                          
*31         Blank                Call Pickup Group                        
*32*N#      N                    Call Pickup Extn                         
*33*N#      N                    Call Queue                               
*34N;       Blank                Hold Music                               
*35*N#      N                    Extn Login                               
*36         Blank                Extn Logout                              
*37*N#      N                    Park Call                                
*38*N#      N                    Unpark Call                              
*39         1                    Relay On                                 
*40         1                    Relay Off                                
*41         1                    Relay Pulse                              
*42         2                    Relay On                                 
*43         2                    Relay Off                                
*44         2                    Relay Pulse                              
*45*N#      N                    Acquire Call                             
*46         Blank                Acquire Call                             
*47         Blank                Conference Add                           
*48         Blank                Voicemail Ringback On                    
*49         Blank                Voicemail Ringback Off                   
*50         Blank                Forward Huntgroup On                     
*51         Blank                Forward Huntgroup Off                    
*52         Blank                Cancel or Deny                           
*53*N#      N                    Call Pickup Members                      
*57*N#      N                    Forward On Busy Number                   
*70         Blank                Call Waiting Suspend                     
*70*N#      N                    Dial Physical Extn By Number             
*71*N#      N                    Dial Physical Extn By ID                 



                    658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                      Page 235
                                       33. SHORT CODE DEFAULTS




*9000*                "MAINTENANCE"            Relay On                                         
*91N;                 N".1"                    Record Message                                   
*92N;                 N".2"                    Record Message                                   
9N                    N                        Dial                                             
?                     .                        Dial                                             

Additional short codes of the form *DSSN, *SDN, *SKN, *#N and **N may also visible. These are
used by the IP Office system for internal functions and should not be removed or altered.



For IP Office 4.2+, the default *34 short code for music on hold has changed to *34N;.




Default auto attendant short codes of the form *81XX, *82XX, *83XX and *84XX are only

added when an Embedded Voicemail auto attendant is added to the IP Office's configuration.




                                           Return to Cover




                                658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                             Page 236
                           34. TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED


            TAPI Functions Supported on IP Office
TAPI Functions Supported on IP Office
TAPI Link Lite provides the following functionality for TAPI 2.1
• lineAddToConference                   • lineNegotiateTAPIVersion
• lineAnswer                            • lineOpen
• lineBlindtransfer                     • linePark
• lineCompleteTransfer                  • lineRedirect
• lineConfigDialog                      • lineRemoveFromConference
• lineClose                             • lineSetAppPriority
• lineDeallocateCall                    • lineSetAppSpecific
• lineDial                              • lineSetCallPrivilege
• lineDrop                              • lineSetStatusMessages
• lineGetAddressCaps                    • lineSetupTransfer
• lineGetAddressID                      • lineShutdown
• lineGetAddressStatus                  • lineSwapHold
• lineGetAppPriority                    • lineUnhold
• lineGetCallInfo                       • lineUnpark
• lineGetCallStatus                     • lineSetCallData
• lineGetDevCaps                        • lineDevSpecific
• lineGetID                             • lineGenerateDigits
• lineHold                              • lineGenerateTone
• lineInitialiseEx                      • lineMonitorDigits
• lineMakeCall                          • lineMonitorTones




                        658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls     Page 237
                               34. TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED


TAPI 3.0 functions supported
The following functions are supported using TAPI 3.0:
ITTAPI                                ITAddress
 Initialize                             Get_AddressName
 Shutdown                               Get_dialableAddress
 EnumerateAddresses                     get_ServiceProviderName
 RegisterCallNotifications              CreateCall
 Put_EventFilter
ITMediaSupport
 get_MediaTypes
ITCallInfo                            ITBasicCallControl
 get_Address                            Connect
 get_CallState                          Answer
 get_CallInfoString                     Disconnect
 SetCallInfoBuffer                      Hold
                                        SwapHold
                                        ParkDirect
                                        Unpark
                                        BlindTransfer
                                        Transfer
ITCallStateEvent                      ITCallNotificationEvent
 get_Cause                              get_Call
 get_State
 get_Call
ITCallInfoChangeEvent                 ITCallHubEvent
 get_Call                               get_Event
                                        get_Call

Notes:
TAPI Link Lite can be used from C, C++ and Delphi. Visual Basic cannot directly use
TAPI 2.1, but does support TAPI 3.0 without any third-party tools.

TAPI Link Lite is provides detailed information on telephony events, including the
ability to screen-pop based on CLI and/or DDI.




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                  Page 238
                                 34. TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED


Device-Specific Data
The   following table shows the device specific data available via TAPI.
  •    Phone's extension number                 • Force login flag
  •    Forward on busy flag                     • Login code flag
  •    Forward on no answer flag                • System phone flag
  •    Forward unconditional flag               • Absent message id
  •    Forward hunt group flag                  • Absent message set flag
  •    Do not disturb flag                      • Voicemail email mode
  •    Outgoing call bar flag                   • User's extension number
  •    Call waiting on flag                     • Users Locale
  •    Voicemail on flag                        • Forward number
  •    Voicemail ring-back flag                 • Follow me number
  •    Number of voicemail messages             • Absent text
  •    Number of unread voicemail               • Do not disturb exception list
  •    Outside call sequence number             • Forward on busy number
  •    Inside call sequence number              • User's priority
  •    Ring back sequence number                • Number of groups the user is a
  •    No answer timeout period                     member of
  •    No answer timeout period                 • Number of groups that the user is a
  •    Wrap up time period                          member of that are currently
  •    Can intrude flag                             outside their time profile
  •    Cannot be intruded upon flag             • Number of groups the user is
  •    X directory flag                             currently disabled from
  •    X directory flag                         • Number of groups that the user is a
                                                    member of that are currently out of
                                                    service
                                                • Number of groups that the user is a
                                                    member of that are currently on
                                                    night service




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                     Page 239
                                 34. TAPI FUNCTIONS SUPPORTED


DevLink Fields
The following table shows the device specific data available via DevLink.

 #    Field Data ( S Message )                 #    Field Data ( S Message )
 1    A call id                                26   Voicemail disallow
 2    B call id                                27   Sending complete
 3    A state                                  28   Bc.tc,bc.tm
 4    B state                                  29   Owner hunt group name
 5    A connected                              30   Original hunt group name
 6    A is music                               31   Original user name
 7    B connected                              32   Target hunt group name
 8    B is music                               33   Target user name
 9    A name                                   34   Target RAS name
 10   B name                                   35   Is internal call
 11   B list (possible targets for the call)   36   Time stamp
 12   A slot ,channel                          37   Connected time
 13   B slot , channel                         38   Ring time
 14   Called party presentation & type         39   Connected duration
 15   Called party number                      40   Ring duration
 16   Calling party presentation & type        41   Locale
 17   Calling party number                     42   Park slot number
 18   Called sub address                       43   Call waiting
 19   Calling sub address                      44   Tag
 20   Dialled party type                       45   Transferring
 21   Dialled party number                     46   Sv active
 22   Keypad type                              47   Sv quota used
 23   Keypad number                            48   Sv quota time
 24   Ring attempt count                       49   Account code
 25   Cause                                    50   Unique call identifier
 #    Field Data ( D Message )                 #    Field Data ( A Message )
 1    A call id                                 1   A call id
 2    B call id                                 2   B call id
 3    Unique call identifier                    3   Unique call identifier



                                      Return to Cover




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls          Page 240
                                               35. IP Office Power Demo Kits



                                            IP Office Power Demo Kits
There are changes to the Power Demo Kits with the General Availabilty of IP Office Release 7.0. See Section 1.1
  Existing Power Demo Kits maybe be upgraded to IP Office Release 7.0 by completing Appendix B of this Product
  Update. As in the past, Appendix B licenses are provided free of charge.



IP Office 500 Power Demo
Hardware
  The IP Office 500 Power Demo is designed to deliver complete demonstration capability through one orderable
  code. The following components are included:

        •   IP Office 500 version 2 (IP500v2) Chassis
        •   Combination Card with Analog Daughter Card
        •   Combination Card with BRI Daughter Card (International Kits ONLY)
        •   LAN Cable
        •   1416 Digital Telephone Set
        •   9508 Digital Telephone Set
        •   9641G IP Telephone Set
        •   Button Module 12 for 9508 Digital set
        •   Button Module DBM32 for 1416 Digital set
        •   Power Supply for 9641G IP Set
        •   System Secure Digital (SD) Card (MuLAW or ALAW)
        •   CD disk containing the activation license keys for the applications

    NOTE: Excludes Power Lead. Must be ordered separately per country requirements.

Application Software
 The following applications are included and can be activated from the license numbers on the CD disk. An
 overview of these applications can be found in the IP Office Product Description located on the IP Office
 Knowledge Base
   (http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase)

    •   IPO   LIC   PREFRD (VM PRO) RFA LIC:DS
    •   IPO   LIC   R6 ADV EDITION
    •   IPO   LIC   R6 PWR USER 5
    •   IPO   LIC   R6 MOBILE WORKER 5
    •   IPO   LIC   R6 TELEWORKER 5
    •   IPO   LIC   R6 OFF WORKER 5
    •   IPO   LIC   RECEPTIONIST RFA 1 LIC:DS
    •   IPO   LIC   CUSTMR SVC AGT RFA 5 LIC:CU
    •   IPO   LIC   PMGR PRO RFA 1 LIC:CU
    •   IPO   LIC   PMGR SFTPHN RFA 1 LIC:CU
    •   IPO   LIC   R6 AV IP ENDPOINT 5
    •   IPO   LIC   IP500 VCE NTWKG ADD 4 LIC:CU
    •   IPO   LIC   SIP TRNK RFA 5 (enables 5 SIP trunks)
    •   IPO   LIC   IPSEC VPN RFA LIC:DS
    •   IPO   LIC   AVAYA TTS RFA 1 LIC:CU (enables 1 TTS port)
    •   IPO   LIC   NTWKD MSGING RFA LIC:DS
    •   IPO   LIC   ACM CENTRAL VM LIC:DS
    •   IPO   LIC   CTI RFA LIC:DS

Availability and Pricing
 Research has shown that demonstrations positively improve sales results and education of sales teams. The
 Power Demo kit is attractively priced to support demonstration kit usage only. The value of the parts within the
 kits exceeds that of the items when purchased individually (in many cases nearly ten-fold). The number of kits
 purchased per Avaya Partner will be limited to the following:

    • One (1) IP Office 500v2 Power Demo Kit per Partner location.

    For pricing, contact your Distributor.

  Avaya Global Services does not provide installation or maintenance coverage on
  demonstration equipment.




                                         658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                   Page 241
                                             35. IP Office Power Demo Kits




IP Office Power Demo Breakdown
<---- IP500 Power Demo material code and description

Monitoring and Control of Power Demo Kits
 The price of the Demonstration kit is significantly less than if the parts were purchased separately. They should
 absolutely not be re-sold to end user sites. Both Avaya and the Distributor will be monitoring the sale of the kits.
 Avaya also reserves the right to audit a Partner location to validate the usage of the demonstration equipment. A
 Partner wishing to purchase the kit will be required to fill out a form available directly from their Distributor and
 have it countersigned by an Avaya Channel Account Manager or National Account Manager.



The number of kits will be restricted.
  • One (1) IP Office 500v2 Power Demo Kit per Partner location.

Application License Upgrades
 From time to time Avaya introduces new features and applications to IP Office. Some of these are enabled with a
 license ‘key’. Avaya wants to ensure Partners remain current and have the ability to demonstrate every
 application on IP Office. To apply for new licenses (free of charge) Partners are to complete the attached form
 (see Appendix B Additional licenses for Existing Demo Kits Authorization Form). Avaya CAM or NAM
 countersignature is required. Fax the form to your Distributor. The Distributor will then forward to Avaya sales
 order processing for license distribution.


  Appendix B can be used to secure additional licenses once a license key swap has been completed. A license
  key swap is performed when transferring licenses from one previously purchased Power Demo unit (using the
  Serial, Parallel, USB, or Smart Card feature key) to IP Office 500v2 system (which uses the System Secure
  Digital card). Failure to successfully complete a key swap prior to adding new licenses could result in the new
  licenses being overwritten. Avaya CAM or NAM countersignature is required. Fax the form to your Distributor.
  The Distributor will then forward to Avaya sales order processing for license distribution.



Logistics and Ordering
Pricing and Material Codes
  The Power Demo kit is ordered as a single code. The equipment will be shipped to Distributors as one complete
  set of parts. Each box will be serialized. The hardware feature key and licence keys will be packaged together in
  a plastic bag and are contained within the unit.


  For pricing, contact your Distributor!

  Each Partner must complete the “Avaya Power Demo Authorization Form” to purchase these kits. See Appendix
  A. This form will require the signature of a Channel Account Manager (CAM) or National Account Manager (NAM)
  and will be closely monitored. The ordering process is detailed in the Logistics and Ordering section of this
  document.

North America
Material Code           Description
     700500416          IP500 DEMO KIT US

APAC, EMEA, UK
Material Code            Description
    700500417           IP500 DEMO KIT INTL

Exceptions
  The Power Demo Kit comes as pre-configured bundled package; Avaya cannot exchange equipment or make
  substitutions, the kit has been created to provide optimum demonstration capability. There are no provisions
  within in this program to purchase additional equipment at special pricing. Requests requiring additional
  equipment are to be directed to your Channel Account Manager (CAM) or National Account Manager (NAM).




                                      658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                        Page 242
                                            35. IP Office Power Demo Kits



    For countries where IP Office Essential Edition – PARTNER® Version are supported, you may request
    the System Secure Digital (SD) Card – PARTNER Mode – strictly for demonstration purposes and PARTNER®
    ETR Card. This is done through the Special Bid Request (SBR) which is completed outside of this process. For
    tracking purposes, you will need to indicate that you will be submitting the SBR on Appendix A in STEP ONE.



    For countries where IP Office Essential Edition – Norstar™ Version systems are supported in Middle
    East Africa, you may request the System Secure Digital (SD) Card – Norstar Mode – strictly for demonstration
    purposes. This is done through the Special Bid Request (SBR) which is processed by your CAM or National
    Account Manager. For tracking purposes, you will need to indicate that you will be submitting the SBR on
    Appendix A in STEP ONE.
Software Build
The System SD card that is included in the IP Office 500v2 Power Demo Kit contains the base level of software for
operational and demonstration purposes.


To upgrade existing IP Office Power Demo Kits and future Power Demo kits, Partners will need to do two things:


    1. Complete Appendix B requesting the Upgrade License
    2. Download the most current level of software from support.avaya.com


Material Code           Description
    700500928          IPO R7.0 USER/ADMIN SET DVD
    700501420          IPO R7.0 APPL SRVR DVD



                                   Return to Cover




                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                       Page 243
                                               36. MERGEABLE LIST



                                             Mergeable Settings
The table below shows the configuration entries for which changes can be merged and those that require a
system reboot. The Send Configuration menu shown when sending a configuration to the IP Office
automatically indicates when the configuration is mergeable.

                     Mergeable                       3.2+      Pre-3.2

                   System                             −           −        • *1 - 3.2 | System | System
                                                                           Changes to Locale, License Server IP
                   - System                          √*1          X        Address and Favor RIP Routes over
                                                                           Static require a reboot.
                   - LAN1/LAN2                         X          X
                   - DNS                               X          X        • *2 - 3.2 | System | Voicemail
                                                                           Changes to Voicemail Type require a
                   - Voicemail                       √*    2
                                                                  X
                                                                           reboot.
                   - Telephony                       √*3          X
                   - VoIP                              X          X        • *3 - 3.2 | System | Telephony
                                                                           Changes to Companding LAW and
                   - LDAP                              X          X
                                                                           Busy Tone Detection require a reboot.
                   - System Events                     X          X
                   - CDR/SMDR                          √          X

                   - Twinning                          √          −
                   Line                                X          X
                   Control Unit                        X          X
                   Extension                           X         X*4     • *4 - 4.1+ | Extension
                                                                         For IP Office 4.1+, Base Extension and
                   User                                √          √      Disable Speakerphone are mergeable.
                   Hunt Group                          √          √
                   Short Code                          √          √
                   Service                             √          √
                   RAS                                 √          √
                   Incoming Call Route                 √          √
                   WAN Port                            X          X
                   Directory                           √          √
                   Time Profile                        √          X
                   Firewall Profile                    √          √
                   IP Route                            √          √
                   Least Cost Route                    √          √
                   Account Code                        √          √
                   License                             √          √
                   Tunnel                              X          X
                   Logical LAN                         X          X
                   Wireless                            X          X
                   User Rights                         √          √
                   Auto Attendant                      √          X
                   Authorization Code                  √          X
                   ARS                                 √          −
                   E911 System                         X          X


                                      658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                            Page 244
         36. MERGEABLE LIST




Return to Cover




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 245
                                                   37. IP OFFICE PORTS



                                                    IP Office Ports
The list below details many of the IP ports used by IP Office control units and IP Office applications. Many of these are
standard ports for different IP traffic protocols.
Indicates a port on the IP Office control unit.
indicates a port on the PC running an IP Office application.
* Indicates that the port and or protocol can be changed.
    Port      Protocol                                     Function
    25*      SMTP                     TCP                 Email system alarms from the IP Office to SMTP server. For IP
                                                           Office 4.2 also used for Voicemail Email on Embedded
                                                           Voicemail.
    37       Time                     UDP                 Time requests from the IP Office to a Time Server (RFC868)
    53      DNS                    UDP                    Domain Name Service responses
    67      BOOTP/DHCP             UDP                    DHCP Server Operation
    68      BOOTP/DHCP             UDP                    DHCP Client Operation
    69      TFTP                   UDP                    File requests to the IP Office.
    69      TFTP                   UDP                    File requests by the IP Office.
    80      HTTP                   TCP                    HTTP File requests.
   161*     SNMP                   UDP                    From SNMP applications.
   162*     SNMP Trap              UDP                    To addresses set in the IP Office configuration.
   389*     LDAP                   TCP                    Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.
   500      IKE                    UDP                    Key exchange for IPSec protocol.
   520      RIP                    UDP                    To and from the IP Office to other RIP devices. For RIP1 and
   520      RIP                    UDP                    RIP2 (RIP1 compatible) the destination address is a subnet
   1701     L2TP                   UDP                    Layer 2 Tunneling protocol
   1718     H.323                  UDP                    H.323 Discovery
   1719     H.323 RAS              UDP                    H.323 Status. VoIP device registering with the IP Office.
   1720     H.323/H.245            UDP                    H.323 Signalling. Data to a registered VoIP device.
   2127     (UDP)                  UDP                    PC Wallboard to CCC Wallboard Server.
   3478     SIP                    UDP                    Port used for STUN requests from the IP Office to the SIP
                                                           provider
   5005     RTCPMon                UDP                    RTCP Monitoring information from Avaya H323 phones.
  5060     SIP                    UDP/TCP*               SIP Line Signalling
   8080     HTTP                   TCP                    Browser access to the Delta Server application.
   8089     Enconf                 UDP                    From the IP Office to the Conferencing Center Server Service.
                                                           User access to the conference center is direct via HTTP
                                                           sessions.
   8888     HTTP                   TCP                    Browser access to the IP Office ContactStore (VRL) application.

           RTP/RTCP               UDP                    Dynamically allocated ports used during VoIP calls for RTP and
 49152 to                                                  RTCP traffic. The port range can be adjusted through the
  53247*                                                   System | Gatekeeper tab.
  50791     IPO Voicemail          UDP                    To voicemail server address.
  50793     IPO Solo Voicemail     UDP                    From IP Office TAPI PC with Wave drive user support.
  50794     IPO Monitor            UDP                    From the IP Office Monitor application.
  50795     IPO Voice              UDP                    Small Community Network signalling (AVRIP) and BLF updates.
             Networking                                    Each system does a broadcast every 30 seconds. BLF updates
                                                           are sent required up a maximum of every 5 seconds.

  50796     IPO PCPartner          UDP                    From an IP Office application (for example Phone Manager or
                                                           SoftConsole). Used to initiate a session between the IP Office
                                                           and the application.
  50797     IPO TAPI               UDP                    From an IP Office TAPI user PC.
  50798     (UDP)                  UDP                    IP Office Manager and Upgrade Wizard
  50799     IPO BLF                UDP                    Broadcast to the IP Office LAN and the first 10 IP addresses
                                                           registered from other subnets.
  50800     IPO License Dongle     UDP                    To the License Server IP Address set in the IP Office config.

  50801 Econf                      UDP                  Conference Center Service to IP Office.
  50802 Discovery                  TCP                  IP Office discovery from Manager.
  50804* Service Access            TCP                  IP Office configuration settings access.
  50805* Protocol                  TCP                  TLS Secure"
  50808*                           TCP                  IP Office system status access.
  50812*                           TCP                  IP Office security settings access.
  50813*                           TCP                  TLS Secure"
• CDR/SMDR from the IP Office is   sent to the port number and IP address defined during configuration and using either
TCP or UDP as selected.




                                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                    Page 246
                                              37. IP OFFICE PORTS



Application Specifc
IP Office Application Server
    Port    Component
7070        HTTP/HTTP Access
22          SFTP Access
IP Office Manager
    Port    Component                                       Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP   Office\
TCP 50802 IP Office Manager                                 Manager\manager.exe
TCP 50804
TCP 50812
UDP 50798
SoftConsole
    Port    Component                                       Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP   Office\
UDP 50796 SoftConsole                                       SoftConsole\SoftConsole.exe
UDP 50799
Phone Manager
    Port    Component                                       Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP   Office\
UDP 50796 Phone Manager                                    Phone Manager\PhoneManager.exe
UDP 50799
UDP 1719    Phone Manager VOIP Server                      Phone Manager\iClaritySvr.exe
UDP 1720
Contact Store
    Port    Component                                       Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP   Office\
TCP 8888    Contact Store                                   Witness\tomcat5024\bin\tomcat5.exe
UDP 50791
UDP 50795
System Monitor
    Port    Component                                       Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP   Office\
UDP 50794 System Monitor                                    Monitor\sysmonitor.exe
TAPI2
    Port    Component                                       Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP   Office\
UDP 50797 TAPI2                                             TAPI\tspi2w.tsp
Voicemail Pro Service
    Port    Description
TCP 25      Used to listen for SMTP connections.
UDP 37      Used to receive time requests (RFC 868).
TCP 143     Used to service IMAP4 requests.
UDP 50791 Used to receive requests from IP Office PBX.
TCP 50791 Used to receive requests fromone-X Portal for IP Office.
TCP 50791 Used to receive connections from Voicemail Pro




                                                     Return to Cover




                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                              Page 247
                                                                      38. LOCALE CODES




                                                             Supported Country Locales
When a new or defaulted system's configuration is first opened in Manager, the value set in the Locale field should always be checked and changed if
                    necessary. The system's Locale sets factors such as the default ringing patterns and caller display settings.
                                 The locale also controls the language that a voicemail server will use for prompts.
         Users and incoming call routes can also be set to a locale. That locale will then override the system settings for calls to voicemail.

                                       The following tables indicate locale settings used for different functions.
             Note that reference to a locale does not necessarily indicate support, availability or approval for system within that country.
                   The locales supported in IP Office Essential Edition - Quick Version and IP Office Standard Version modes are:
                    Argentina                             France                            Netherlands              South Africa
                    Australia                             Germany                           New Zealand              Spain
                    Bahrain                               Greece                            Norway                   Sweden
                    Belgium                               Hong Kong                         Oman                     Switzerland
                    Brazil                                Hungary                           Pakistan                 Taiwan
                    Canada                                Iceland                           Peru                     Turkey
                    Chile                                 India                             Poland                   United Arab Emirates
                    China                                 Italy                             Portugal                 United Kingdom
                    Colombia                              Korea                             Qatar                    United States
                    Denmark                               Kuwait                            Russia                   Venezuela
                    Egypt                                 Mexico                            Saudi Arabia
                    Finland                               Morocco                           Singapore
                                   The locales supported in IP Office Essential Edition - Norstar Version mode are:
                    Bahrain                               Morocco                           Qatar                    Turkey
                    Egypt                                 Oman                              Saudi Arabia             United Arab Emirates
                    Kuwait                                Pakistan                          South Africa
                                 For detailed information about applications and languages use the link below
                            Drill down to the country and you will see the language support options for the IP Office 7.0 suite of software.
                                                  The language support options will differ for other system releases.
                    http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/businesspartner/ipoffice/mergedProjects/manager/using_locales.htm

                                                          Return to Cover




                                                                      Use this link for more details
   •   TLA (Three-Letter Abbreviation):
   •   Locale:
   •   Language:
   •   Manager:
   •   Telephony:
   •   Phone Display:
   •   Applications:
   •   Voicemail:
        • EVM:
        • VM Pro:

                                                          Return to Cover




                                                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                                    Page 248
                                     39. RELEASE HISTORY




                              IP Office Release History
<--- Release 7.0 GA March 23, 2011




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 249
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 250
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 251
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 252
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 253
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 254
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 255
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 256
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 257
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 258
                                  39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 6.1 GA November 29, 2010




                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 259
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 260
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 261
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 262
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 263
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 264
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 6.0 Q3 August 25, 2010 Maintenance Release




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 265
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 6.0 GA February 26, 2010




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 266
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 267
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 268
                                  39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 5 Q4 November 18, 2009 Maintenance Release




                          658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 269
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 5 GA August 3, 2009




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 270
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 271
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 272
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 4.2 Q2 May 13, 2009 Service Pack




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 273
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 4.2 Q1 February 17, 2009 Service Pack
<--- Release 4.2 Q4 November 12, 2008 Service Pack
<--- Release 4.2. GA - August 11, 2008




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 274
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 275
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 276
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 277
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 278
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 4.1.x GA - December 17, 2007




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 279
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 280
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 4.0.10 - September 24, 2007 Maintenance Release




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 281
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 282
                                    39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 4.0.7 - June 29, 2007 Maintenance Release




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 283
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 284
                                    39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 4.0.x GA - February 26, 2007




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 285
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 286
                                     39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 3.2 - July 24, 2006




                             658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 287
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 3.1 - November 7, 2005




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 288
                                    39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 3.0 - March 21, 2005




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 289
        39. RELEASE HISTORY




658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 290
                                    39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 2.1 - May 31, 2004




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 291
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 2.0 - November 26, 2003




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 292
                                    39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 1.4 - June 16, 2003
<--- Release 1.3.2 - February 28, 2003




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 293
                                   39. RELEASE HISTORY



<--- Release 1.3 - December 13, 2002

                                    Return to Cover




                           658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 294
                                                                  40. TRAINING




               All course curricula, enrolment and assessment is on the Avaya Learning
               Center portal at www.avaya-learning.com LINK:--->                                    Avaya University

                                                                                                     Delivery type / Type of   Length of
               Course Code           Course Title
                                                                                                            Training            Training
                                                  Avaya University IP Office Courses
<--- ACSS - SME Communications (ACSS - 3000)
   Updated ACSS - SME Communications Requirements and Curriculum for IP Office R6.1
      Take this Exam to earn the ACSS:
                                   Avaya Small & Medium Enterprise (SME) Communications
                      3000.3                                                                            Certification Exam     1.5 hours
                                   Exam
      Take these courses to prepare for the Exam:
                  AVA00916WEN      IP Office Hardware and Data Components                               Online Course          6 hours
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   ATA01225IEN      IP Office R6.0 Implementation Workshop                                                     40 hours
                                                                                                          Training
                   ATI02011AEN      IP   Office   R6.0 Implementation Workshop (Assessment)             Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011ADE      IP   Office   R6 Implementation Workshop (German Assessment)        Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011AES      IP   Office   R6 Implementation Workshop (Spanish Assessment)       Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011AFR      IP   Office   R6 Implementation Workshop (French Assessment)        Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011AIT      IP   Office   R6 Implementation Workshop (Italian Assessment)       Assessment             1   hour
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   ATI00484IEN      IP Office Advanced Applications and Troubleshooting Workshop                               40 hours
                                                                                                          Training
      These courses offer additional learning::
                  ATU01201WEN      IP Office Release 5 Technical Delta                                  Online Course          3 hours
                  ATU01201AEN      IP Office Release 5 Technical Delta Assessment                       Assessment             0.5 hour
                                   IP Office Release 6.0 Technical Delta                                Presentation
                                   IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version                       Presentation
                  ASC00126OEN      Selling IP Office - Update Release 6.1                               Online Course          1 hour
                  ASC00126OEN      Selling IP Office - Update Release 6.1 via IP Office.alive           Presentation
                  ATU02142WEN      IP Office Technical Delta Release 6.1                                Online Course          2 hours
                    5S00002O       ACSS Conversion Training Class                                       Online Course          5 hours
                   5S00001W        IP Office Technical Delta Release 7.0                                Online Course          5 hours
                    5S00002O       Avaya IP Office ACSS Exam Prep Delta Student Guide Part 1            PDF File
                    5S00002O       Avaya IP Office ACSS Exam Prep Delta Student Guide Part 2            PDF File
                    5S00002O       Avaya IP Office ACSS Exam Prep Delta Student Guide Part 3            PDF File
<--- ACIS - SME Communications (ACIS - 6401)
      Take this Exam to earn the ACIS:
                      6401.1       Avaya IP Office Implementation Exam                                  Certification Exam     2 hours
      Take these courses to prepare for the Exam:
                  AVA00916WEN      IP Office Hardware and Data Components                               Online Course          6 hours
                  ATU02142WEN      IP Office Technical Delta Release 6.1                                Online Course          2 hours
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   ATA01225IEN      IP Office R6.0 Implementation Workshop                                                     40 hours
                                                                                                          Training
                      5S00001W     IP Office Technical Delta Release 7.0                                Online Course          2.5 hours
<--- IP Office Customer Trainer Toolkits
<--- IP Office for Implement and Maintain
   Please complete the following courses:
                    AVA00916WEN    IP Office Hardware and Data Components                               Online Course          6 hours
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   ATC01221IEN      IP Office Core Implementation Workshop                                                     40 hours
                                                                                                          Training
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   ATA01225IEN      IP Office R6.0 Implementation Workshop                                                     40 hours
                                                                                                          Training
                   ATI02011AEN      IP Office R6.0 Implementation Workshop (Assessment)                 Assessment             1   hour
                  ATI02011ADE       IP Office R6 Implementation Workshop (German Assessment)            Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011AES      IP Office R6 Implementation Workshop (Spanish Assessment)           Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011AFR      IP Office R6 Implementation Workshop (French Assessment)            Assessment             1   hour
                   ATI02011AIT      IP Office R6 Implementation Workshop (Italian Assessment)           Assessment             1   hour
                  ATC00470WEN       IP Office Customer Call Reporter - Implement Basic                  Online Course          4   hours
                                    IP Office Customer Call Reporter - Implement Basic
                   ATC00470AEN                                                                          Assessment             0.5 hour
                                    Assessment
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   AVA00484H00      IP Office Advanced Applications Workshop                                                   24 hours
                                                                                                          Training
                                                                                                          Instructor Led
                   ATI00484IEN      IP Office Advanced Applications and Troubleshooting Workshop                               40 hours
                                                                                                          Training
                  AVA00484AEN       IP Office Advanced Applications Workshop (Assessment)               Assessment             1 hour
                  ATU01201WEN       IP Office Release 5 Technical Delta                                 Online Course          3 hours
                  ATU01201AEN       IP Office Release 5 Technical Delta Assessment                      Assessment             0.5 hour
                                    IP Office Release 6.0 Technical Delta                               Presentation
                                    IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version                      Presentation
                  ATU02142WEN       IP Office Technical Delta Release 6.1                               Online Course          2 hours
                  ASC00126OEN       Selling IP Office - Update Release 6.1                              Online Course          1 hour
                  ASC00126OEN       Selling IP Office - Update Release 6.1 via IP Office.alive          Presentation
                                    IP Office Essential Edition - Norstar Version
                  ATC01973WEN                                                                           Online Course          2 hours
                                    Installation Training (offered only in Middle East Africa)




                                                     658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                             Page 295
                                                              40. TRAINING




<--- APSS - SME Communications (APSS - 1000)
<--- IP Office for Use
      Customer Trainer Toolkits
                   AVA00619WEN   IP Office Telephones End User Training                       Online Course   2 hours
                   AVA00921WEN   IP Office Phone Manager and Soft Console User Training       Online Course   2 hours

<--- IP Office Product Delta
      IP Office Delta Training
                   ATU01201WEN   IP Office Release 5 Technical Delta                          Online Course   3 hours
                   ATU01201AEN   IP Office Release 5 Technical Delta Assessment               Assessment      0.5 hour
                                 IP Office Release 6.0 Technical Delta                        Presentation
                                 IP Office Essential Edition - PARTNER® Version               Presentation
                 ATU02142WEN     IP Office Technical Delta Release 6.1                        Online Course   2 hours
                 ASC00126OEN     Selling IP Office - Update Release 6.1                       Online Course   1 hour
                 ASC00126OEN     Selling IP Office - Update Release 6.1 via IP Office.alive   Presentation
                   1S00041O      Selling IP Office - Update Release 7.0                       Online Course   0.5 hour
               1S00041O-WebAlive Selling IP Office - Release 7.0 via Web.Alive                Presentation
                   5S00001W      IP Office Technical Delta Release 7.0                        Online Course   2.5 hours


                                               Return to Cover




                                                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                           Page 296
                                    41. IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS



IP Office IP Hard Phone Power Options
Local Power Options
In order to prepare for changes in future EMC requirements, Avaya is announcing, effective July 2, 2007,
the 1151D1 and 1151D2 Terminal Power Units for IP Phones.
These new Power units will be for IP phones only and will be replacing the current 1151C1 and 1151C2
Power Unit versions on IP phones. Although we are announcing the new 1151D1 and 1151D2 units, the
July ASD will still configure 1151C units. The 1151Ds will be available in ASD in August.

Note: The new 1151C1/C2 & 1151D1/D2 products will include a CAT5 cable. However, the old 1151B1
and 1151B2 included a standard North American power cord which is not included anymore (must be
ordered separately or obtained elsewhere).
<--- IP Phone Single Port POE Injector
<--- 1151D1
<--- 1151D2




                                   658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 297
                             41. IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS



<--- 1151C1
<--- 1151C2
<--- Local Power Brick Transformer




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 298
                                         41. IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS



<--- Power Over Ethernet (POE)
With Centralized Power, also known as Power over Ethernet (PoE), both power and data are carried over one CAT
5 Ethernet cable. Deploying the IP Telephones utilizing PoE eliminates the need for a local power supply, AC
adapter and cables; thereby allowing power to be provided from the wiring closet/switch room where it can be
easily connected to a UPS system.

The standards body governing PoE, Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) has ratified the standard
which defines the specifications to deliver power over standard Ethernet cables. The PoE standard has been
approved by the IEEE Standards Board on June 12, 2003 as “IEEE Std. 802.3af-2003”.

The key technical characteristics of the IEEE 802.3af-2003 standard for PoE are cited in the bullets below:
    • Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) Output Voltage: 44 Vdc to 57 Vdc
    • Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) Output Current: 350 mA max
    • Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) Power: 15.4 W max
    • Powered Device (PD) maximum power draw allowed is 12.95 W
    • Powered Device (PD) will be ready to accept power from either set of pairs:
    • Spare Pairs (pins 4/5 and 7/8)
    • Signal / Data Pairs (pins 1/2 and 3/6)
    • Signature detection method will be the “Resistor” concept

<--- Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 2500 Series




                                       658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                                  Page 299
                             41. IP HARDPHONE POWER OPTIONS



<--- Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 4500 Series


                 Return to Cover




                            658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls   Page 300
                   42. 7.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS



   The build numbers are for R7.0 GA Release (7.0.5) March 23, 2011 and
                 contains the following application builds

              Admin CD Version - R7.0
                                                                 Version
                 1 DVD (700500928)
IP Office Firmware                                                 7.0.5
IP Office Manager                                                  9.0.5
SSA Viewer                                                         7.0.5
Network Viewer                                                     9.0.5
SysMonitor                                                         9.0.5
UpgradeWiz                                                         9.0.5
Call Status - ( Provided for use with IP Office                    4.0.5
Firmware older than 4.0 only )
Java Run Time Environment (JRE)                           6.0 Update 23 (1.6.0.23)
Video Softphone                                                3.1 DEV 59616
               IP Office Unit Firmware                            Version
IP500                                                               7.0.5
IP500V2                                                             7.0.5
Pots Module                                                         7.0.5
PotsV2 Module                                                       7.0.5
DCP Module                                                          7.0.5
DCPV2 Module                                                        7.0.5
SO Module                                                           7.0.5
ATM Module                                                          7.0.5
DS30A/16A Module                                                    7.0.5
   4600/5600 H.323 Phone Firmware (Common
                                                                 Version
                 Boot Code and App)
4610SW, 4620SW, 4621SW, 5610SW, 5620SW &
                                                              2.9.1 (2.9 SP1)
5621SW
4625                                                          2.9.1 (2.9 SP1)
4620 (Not 4620SW)                                                   2.3
4601, 4602D, 4602SW, 5601, 5602D & 5602SW                           2.3
4601+, 4602+, 5601+ & 5602+                                   2.9.1 (2.9 SP1)
 4600/5600 VPN Phone Firmware (Separate Boot
                                                                 Version
                    Code and App)
4610SW, 4620SW, 4621SW, 5610SW, 5620SW &
                                                                    2.3
5621SW Boot Code
4610SW, 4620SW, 4621SW, 5610SW, 5620SW &
                                                                  2.3.252
5621SW App
   1600 H.323 Phone Firmware (Separate Boot
                                                                 Version
                    Code and App)
  1603, 1608 & 1616 Boot Code                                       1.3
  1603, 1608 & 1616 App                                             1.3
  1616 Button Module 32 App                                        1.0.9
   9600 H.323 Phone Firmware (Separate Boot
                                                                 Version
                    Code and App)
  9620 & 9630 & 9640 & 9650 Boot Code                              3.1.1
  9620 & 9630 & 9640 & 9650 App                                    3.1.1
  9608 - Kernel                                                   R6_1r28
  9608 - Application                                              R6_1r28
  9621, 9641 - Kernel                                             R6_1r28
  9621, 9641 - Application                                        R6_1r28



               658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                         Page 301
                 42. 7.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS


       11x0 & 12x0 SIP Phone Firmware                          Version
1120                                                     SIP1120e04.01.13.00
1140                                                     SIP1140e04.01.13.00
12xx                                                     SIP12x004.01.13.00
             DCP Phone Firmware                                Version
2410, 2420, 5410, 5420                                             6
1403 Boot Code                                                    03
1403 App                                                          03
1408, 1416 Boot Code                                              25
1408, 1416 App                                             R15 (vintage 15)
9504, 9508    Application                                  R27 (vintage 26)
9504, 9508    Boot                                         R14 (vintage 29)
9504, 9508    Zarlink                                     R0_07 (vintage 07)
             DCP Phone Languages                               Version
14xx                                                       R10_v09_Pack01
             DCP Phone Font Files                              Version
14xx Chinese (GB)                                             R02_v01
           IP DECT Phone Firmware                              Version
Avaya 3701                                                    22.04.04
Avaya 3711                                                   91.24.31.04
Avaya 3711 Global                                             91.24.36
Avaya 3711 USB Driver                                             0.8
        IP DECT ADMM Firmware/Tools                            Version
IP DECT - ADMM Firmware                                         1.1.13
IP DECT - ADMM Java Configuration                               1.1.13
IP DECT - ADMM DECT Monitor                                       1.4
           DECT R4 Phone Firmware                              Version
Avaya 3720                                                      4.1.30
Avaya 3725                                                      4.1.30
Avaya 3740                                                      3.0.16
Avaya 3749                                                      3.0.16
Avaya 3720 Template                                               0.4
Avaya 3725 Template                                               0.4
Avaya 3740 Template                                               0.1
Avaya 3749 Template                                               0.1
         Wi-Fi Phone Firmware/Tools                            Version
3641/3645                                                      117.056
HAT                                                            2.8.22.0
AVPP                                                           17x.039




              658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                    Page 302
                     42. 7.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS


               DECT R4 Firmware/Tools                        Version
  DECT R4 - IPBS Boot Firmware                                4.1.30
  DECT R4 - IPBS Firmware                                     4.1.30
  DECT R4 - AIWS Firmware                                      2.73
  DECT R4 - WinPDM (Windows Portable Device
  Manager)                                                     3.8.1
  DECT R4 - Rack Charger Firmware                             1.3.11
  DECT R4 - Advanced Charger Firmware                         1.3.11
  DECT R4 - Avaya 3720 Translation Tool                         21
  DECT R4 - Avaya 3725, 3740,3749 Translation Tool              22
  DECT R4 - Avaya 3720 Downloadable Languages                   21
  DECT R4 - Avaya 3725/3740/3749 Downloadable
  Languages                                                      22
  DECT R4 - Company Phonebook Tool                                8
  3720_v3.2.19.pkg is used in PDM                              3.2.23
  3725_v3.2.19.pkg is used in PDM                              3.2.23
  374_v3.0.11.pkg is used in PDM                               3.0.16
            T3 IP Phone Firmware/Tools                        Version
  T3 IP Phone Firmware                                          T247
  T3 IP Admin Tool                                              3.08
               User CD Version - 4.2.37                      Version
PhoneManager - Application and Installer                       4.2.36
Softconsole - Application and Installer                        4.2.23
TAPI - Application                                           1.0.0.35
TAPI - Installer                                               3.2.23
Dev Link - Application                                        1.0.0.5
Dev Link - Installer                                           3.2.8
            VoiceMail Pro CD Version 6.0                     Version
Voicemail Pro (GUI)                                            7.0.17
Voicemail Pro Server                                           7.0.17
Voicemail Pro Service                                          7.0.17
VPIM Client                                                    7.0.17
VPIMDBSvr                                                      7.0.17
VPIMReceiver                                                   7.0.17
VPIMServer3                                                    7.0.17
IMSAdmin                                                       7.0.17
IMSServiceRestart                                              7.0.17
UMSServer                                                      7.0.17
VMServer                                                       7.0.17
PHP Win32 Installer                                            5.2.6
PHP Win32 VC9-x86                                              5.3.3
                    one-X Portal CD                          Version
one-X Portal CD                                              7.0.14.52
                        CCR CD                               Version
CCR CD                                                       7.0.1.31
                   ContactStore CD                           Version
ContactStore CD                                                7.8.16
                     Softphone CD                            Version
Video Softphone CD                                          3.1(59616)
                     CTI – SDK CD                            Version
CTI – SDK                                                      1.5.4




                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls                Page 303
                    42. 7.0 CD's & SOFTWARE BUILDS


               Application Sever DVD                        Version
Application Sever                                           7.0.10.2
              Data Migration Manager                        Version
Data Migration Manager                                       2.0.20

Note: * The firmware of the 2402/5402 cannot be upgraded.

                               Return to Cover




                 658282ba-7db5-4c01-a7eb-39fe74a8a516.xls              Page 304
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        43. IP Office DevConnect




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Solution                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Industry




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Custom Application Development




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Service Provider Access Trunking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Quality Monitoring/Management
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Data Reporting/Warehousing




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Voice Mail-Unified Massaging
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Unified Communications/fax
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Infrastructure Management
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Communications Continuity




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Multi-media Contact Center




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Government-State & Local
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Multi-vendor Integration




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Workforce Management
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Recording Voice-Digital
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Property Management




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Government-Federal




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Telecommunications
                                                                                                                                                                                           Call Control-Routing

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Call/Contact Center




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Speech Recognition
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Corporate Hoteling
                                                                                                                                           Attendant Console




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Unified Messaging
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Managed Services




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Higher Education
                                                                                                                       Application Suite




                                                                                                                                                                         Call Accounting




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Transportation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Manufacturing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Infrastructure




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 SIP Endpoints
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Conferencing




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Wall Boards
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Screen Pop



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 SIP Trunks




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Hospitality
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Healthcare
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Fax Server




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Messaging




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Insurance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Help Desk




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Security




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Banking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Mobility




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Finance




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Utilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            servers
                                                                                                                                                               Billing




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Retail
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Legal
                  Application Overview                               DevConnect Partner            Country